diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38c9c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +[submodule "Drivers/CommonDrivers"] + path = Drivers/CommonDrivers + url = https://github.com/Rutgers-RPL/CommonDrivers.git diff --git a/.mxproject b/.mxproject index 4ab1601..f26181e 100644 --- a/.mxproject +++ b/.mxproject @@ -1,25 +1,38 @@ -[PreviousLibFiles] -LibFiles=Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_bus.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_system.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_utils.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_gpio.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_dmamux.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_cortex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\Legacy\stm32_hal_legacy.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_def.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_exti.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_bus.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_system.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_utils.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_gpio.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_dmamux.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_cortex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\Legacy\stm32_hal_legacy.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_def.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_exti.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.h;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Include\stm32f411xe.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Include\stm32f4xx.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Include\system_stm32f4xx.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Include\system_stm32f4xx.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Source\Templates\system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cachel1_armv7.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_armcc.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_armclang.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_armclang_ltm.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_compiler.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_gcc.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_iccarm.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\cmsis_version.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_armv81mml.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_armv8mbl.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_armv8mml.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm0.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm0plus.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm1.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm23.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm3.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm33.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm35p.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm4.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm55.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm7.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_cm85.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_sc000.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_sc300.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\core_starmc1.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\mpu_armv7.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\mpu_armv8.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\pac_armv81.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\pmu_armv8.h;Drivers\CMSIS\Include\tz_context.h; - -[PreviousUsedCubeIDEFiles] -SourceFiles=Core\Src\main.c;Core\Src\stm32f4xx_it.c;Core\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Source\Templates\system_stm32f4xx.c;Core\Src\system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Src\stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Source\Templates\system_stm32f4xx.c;Core\Src\system_stm32f4xx.c;;; -HeaderPath=Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc;Drivers\STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver\Inc\Legacy;Drivers\CMSIS\Device\ST\STM32F4xx\Include;Drivers\CMSIS\Include;Core\Inc; -CDefines=USE_HAL_DRIVER;STM32F411xE;USE_HAL_DRIVER;USE_HAL_DRIVER; - -[PreviousGenFiles] -AdvancedFolderStructure=true -HeaderFileListSize=3 -HeaderFiles#0=..\Core\Inc\stm32f4xx_it.h -HeaderFiles#1=..\Core\Inc\stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h -HeaderFiles#2=..\Core\Inc\main.h -HeaderFolderListSize=1 -HeaderPath#0=..\Core\Inc -HeaderFiles=; -SourceFileListSize=3 -SourceFiles#0=..\Core\Src\stm32f4xx_it.c -SourceFiles#1=..\Core\Src\stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c -SourceFiles#2=..\Core\Src\main.c -SourceFolderListSize=1 -SourcePath#0=..\Core\Src -SourceFiles=; - +[PreviousLibFiles] +LibFiles=Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_bus.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_system.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_utils.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_gpio.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dmamux.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_cortex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_def.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_exti.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_mpool.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_os2.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_bus.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_system.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_utils.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_gpio.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dmamux.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_cortex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_def.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_exti.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.h;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_mpool.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_os2.h;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f411xe.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f4xx.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/system_stm32f4xx.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/system_stm32f4xx.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cachel1_armv7.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_armcc.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_armclang.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_armclang_ltm.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_compiler.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_gcc.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_iccarm.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_version.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_armv81mml.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_armv8mbl.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_armv8mml.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm0.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm0plus.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm1.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm23.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm3.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm33.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm35p.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm4.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm55.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm7.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm85.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_sc000.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_sc300.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_starmc1.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/mpu_armv7.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/mpu_armv8.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/pac_armv81.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/pmu_armv8.h;Drivers/CMSIS/Include/tz_context.h; + +[PreviousUsedCubeIDEFiles] +SourceFiles=Core/Src/main.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;;; +HeaderPath=Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include;Drivers/CMSIS/Include;Core/Inc; +CDefines=USE_HAL_DRIVER;STM32F411xE;USE_HAL_DRIVER;USE_HAL_DRIVER; + +[PreviousUsedMakefileFiles] +SourceFiles=Core/Src/main.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;;; +HeaderPath=Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include;Drivers/CMSIS/Include;Core/Inc; +CDefines=USE_HAL_DRIVER;STM32F411xE;USE_HAL_DRIVER;USE_HAL_DRIVER; + +[PreviousUsedCMakes] +SourceFiles=Core/Src/main.c;Core/Src/freertos.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c;Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/Templates/system_stm32f4xx.c;Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c;;;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c; +HeaderPath=Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc;Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2;Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F;Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include;Drivers/CMSIS/Include;Core/Inc; +CDefines=USE_HAL_DRIVER;STM32F411xE;USE_HAL_DRIVER;USE_HAL_DRIVER; + +[PreviousGenFiles] +AdvancedFolderStructure=true +HeaderFileListSize=4 +HeaderFiles#0=../Core/Inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h +HeaderFiles#1=../Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_it.h +HeaderFiles#2=../Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h +HeaderFiles#3=../Core/Inc/main.h +HeaderFolderListSize=1 +HeaderPath#0=../Core/Inc +HeaderFiles=; +SourceFileListSize=5 +SourceFiles#0=../Core/Src/freertos.c +SourceFiles#1=../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c +SourceFiles#2=../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c +SourceFiles#3=../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c +SourceFiles#4=../Core/Src/main.c +SourceFolderListSize=1 +SourcePath#0=../Core/Src +SourceFiles=; + diff --git a/.settings/language.settings.xml b/.settings/language.settings.xml index a625b6a..f6612bd 100644 --- a/.settings/language.settings.xml +++ b/.settings/language.settings.xml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ - + @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ - + diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fddbb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.22) + +# +# This file is generated only once, +# and is not re-generated if converter is called multiple times. +# +# User is free to modify the file as much as necessary +# + +# Setup compiler settings +set(CMAKE_C_STANDARD 11) +set(CMAKE_C_STANDARD_REQUIRED ON) +set(CMAKE_C_EXTENSIONS ON) + + +# Define the build type +if(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE) + set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE "Debug") +endif() + +# Set the project name +set(CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME Hephaestus) + +# Enable compile command to ease indexing with e.g. clangd +set(CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS TRUE) + +# Core project settings +project(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}) +message("Build type: " ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}) + +# Enable CMake support for ASM and C languages +enable_language(C ASM) + +# Create an executable object type +add_executable(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}) + +# Add STM32CubeMX generated sources +add_subdirectory(cmake/stm32cubemx) +add_subdirectory(Drivers/CommonDrivers) + +# Link directories setup +target_link_directories(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE + # Add user defined library search paths +) + +# Add sources to executable +target_sources(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE + # Add user sources here +) + +# Add include paths +target_include_directories(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE + # Add user defined include paths +) + +# Add project symbols (macros) +target_compile_definitions(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE + # Add user defined symbols +) + +# Remove wrong libob.a library dependency when using cpp files +list(REMOVE_ITEM CMAKE_C_IMPLICIT_LINK_LIBRARIES ob) + +# Add linked libraries +target_link_libraries(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} + stm32cubemx + + # Add user defined libraries + common_drivers +) diff --git a/CMakePresets.json b/CMakePresets.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a0c120 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakePresets.json @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +{ + "version": 3, + "configurePresets": [ + { + "name": "default", + "hidden": true, + "generator": "Ninja", + "binaryDir": "${sourceDir}/build/${presetName}", + "toolchainFile": "${sourceDir}/cmake/gcc-arm-none-eabi.cmake", + "cacheVariables": { + } + }, + { + "name": "Debug", + "inherits": "default", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE": "Debug" + } + }, + { + "name": "Release", + "inherits": "default", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE": "Release" + } + } + ], + "buildPresets": [ + { + "name": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "Debug" + }, + { + "name": "Release", + "configurePreset": "Release" + } + ] +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Core/Inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/Core/Inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5331016 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/Inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Portion Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * Portion Copyright (C) 2019 StMicroelectronics, Inc. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H +#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Application specific definitions. + * + * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and + * application requirements. + * + * These parameters and more are described within the 'configuration' section of the + * FreeRTOS API documentation available on the FreeRTOS.org web site. + * + * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ +/* Section where include file can be added */ +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Ensure definitions are only used by the compiler, and not by the assembler. */ +#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__) + #include + extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; +#endif +#ifndef CMSIS_device_header +#define CMSIS_device_header "stm32f4xx.h" +#endif /* CMSIS_device_header */ + +#define configENABLE_FPU 0 +#define configENABLE_MPU 0 + +#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1 +#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 1 +#define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1 +#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0 +#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0 +#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( SystemCoreClock ) +#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000) +#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 56 ) +#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)128) +#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)15360) +#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 ) +#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1 +#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0 +#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8 +#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1 +#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1 +#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 +/* USER CODE BEGIN MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE */ +/* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be changed + if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes in a size_t. */ +#define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE size_t +/* USER CODE END MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE */ + +/* Co-routine definitions. */ +#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 +#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 ) + +/* Software timer definitions. */ +#define configUSE_TIMERS 1 +#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ( 2 ) +#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH 10 +#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH 256 + +/* CMSIS-RTOS V2 flags */ +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME 1 +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE 1 +#define configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR 1 +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS 1 +#define configUSE_OS2_TIMER 1 +#define configUSE_OS2_MUTEX 1 + +/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero +to exclude the API function. */ +#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1 +#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1 +#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 1 +#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 1 +#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1 +#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 1 +#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 1 + +/* + * The CMSIS-RTOS V2 FreeRTOS wrapper is dependent on the heap implementation used + * by the application thus the correct define need to be enabled below + */ +#define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_4 + +/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */ +#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS + /* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */ + #define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS +#else + #define configPRIO_BITS 4 +#endif + +/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority" +function. */ +#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15 + +/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service +routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL +INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER +PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */ +#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5 + +/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic +to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */ +#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) ) +/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!! +See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */ +#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) ) + +/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h +header file. */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ +#define configASSERT( x ) if ((x) == 0) {taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; );} +/* USER CODE END 1 */ + +/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS +standard names. */ +#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler +#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler + +/* IMPORTANT: After 10.3.1 update, Systick_Handler comes from NVIC (if SYS timebase = systick), otherwise from cmsis_os2.c */ + +#define USE_CUSTOM_SYSTICK_HANDLER_IMPLEMENTATION 0 + +/* USER CODE BEGIN Defines */ +/* Section where parameter definitions can be added (for instance, to override default ones in FreeRTOS.h) */ +/* USER CODE END Defines */ + +#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */ diff --git a/Core/Inc/main.h b/Core/Inc/main.h index a1eaeb0..5824471 100644 --- a/Core/Inc/main.h +++ b/Core/Inc/main.h @@ -1,133 +1,137 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file : main.h - * @brief : Header for main.c file. - * This file contains the common defines of the application. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __MAIN_H -#define __MAIN_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" - -/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ - -/* USER CODE END Includes */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */ - -/* USER CODE END ET */ - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */ - -/* USER CODE END EC */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */ - -/* USER CODE END EM */ - -/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/ -void Error_Handler(void); - -/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */ - -/* USER CODE END EFP */ - -/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define BAR1_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_0 -#define BAR1_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define BAR1_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 -#define BAR1_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define BAR_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 -#define BAR_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define BAR_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_3 -#define BAR_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define BAR2_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 -#define BAR2_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define BAR2_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 -#define BAR2_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define IMU_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_5 -#define IMU_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define IMU_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_6 -#define IMU_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define IMU_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_7 -#define IMU_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define IMU1_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_4 -#define IMU1_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define IMU1_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_5 -#define IMU1_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_0 -#define IMU2_GYRO_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 -#define IMU2_GYRO_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 -#define IMU2_ACC_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_10 -#define IMU2_ACC_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define LED_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 -#define LED_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define BUZZER_Pin GPIO_PIN_13 -#define BUZZER_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define BAR_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_7 -#define BAR_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define PYRO1_SENSE_Pin GPIO_PIN_8 -#define PYRO1_SENSE_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define PYRO1_Pin GPIO_PIN_9 -#define PYRO1_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define PYRO2_Pin GPIO_PIN_8 -#define PYRO2_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define PYRO2_SENSE_Pin GPIO_PIN_9 -#define PYRO2_SENSE_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define USB_N_Pin GPIO_PIN_11 -#define USB_N_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define USB_P_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 -#define USB_P_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define SWDIO_Pin GPIO_PIN_13 -#define SWDIO_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define SWCLK_Pin GPIO_PIN_14 -#define SWCLK_GPIO_Port GPIOA -#define MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_10 -#define MAG_FLASH_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_11 -#define MAG_FLASH_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 -#define MAG_FLASH_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOC -#define MAG_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 -#define MAG_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOD -#define MAG_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_3 -#define MAG_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB -#define FLASH_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_4 -#define FLASH_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB - -/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */ - -/* USER CODE END Private defines */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __MAIN_H */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file : main.h + * @brief : Header for main.c file. + * This file contains the common defines of the application. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __MAIN_H +#define __MAIN_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ + +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */ + +/* USER CODE END ET */ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */ + +/* USER CODE END EC */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */ + +/* USER CODE END EM */ + +/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/ +void Error_Handler(void); + +/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */ + +/* USER CODE END EFP */ + +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define BAR1_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_0 +#define BAR1_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define BAR1_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 +#define BAR1_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define BAR_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 +#define BAR_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define BAR_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_3 +#define BAR_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define BAR2_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 +#define BAR2_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define BAR2_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 +#define BAR2_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define IMU_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_5 +#define IMU_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define IMU_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_6 +#define IMU_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define IMU_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_7 +#define IMU_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define IMU1_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_4 +#define IMU1_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define IMU1_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_5 +#define IMU1_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_0 +#define IMU2_GYRO_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_1 +#define IMU2_GYRO_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 +#define IMU2_ACC_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_10 +#define IMU2_ACC_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define LED_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 +#define LED_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define BUZZER_Pin GPIO_PIN_13 +#define BUZZER_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define PYRO3_Pin GPIO_PIN_15 +#define PYRO3_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define PYRO3_SENSE_Pin GPIO_PIN_6 +#define PYRO3_SENSE_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define BAR_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_7 +#define BAR_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define PYRO1_SENSE_Pin GPIO_PIN_8 +#define PYRO1_SENSE_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define PYRO1_Pin GPIO_PIN_9 +#define PYRO1_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define PYRO2_Pin GPIO_PIN_8 +#define PYRO2_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define PYRO2_SENSE_Pin GPIO_PIN_9 +#define PYRO2_SENSE_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define USB_N_Pin GPIO_PIN_11 +#define USB_N_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define USB_P_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 +#define USB_P_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define SWDIO_Pin GPIO_PIN_13 +#define SWDIO_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define SWCLK_Pin GPIO_PIN_14 +#define SWCLK_GPIO_Port GPIOA +#define MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin GPIO_PIN_10 +#define MAG_FLASH_SCK_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin GPIO_PIN_11 +#define MAG_FLASH_MISO_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin GPIO_PIN_12 +#define MAG_FLASH_MOSI_GPIO_Port GPIOC +#define MAG_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_2 +#define MAG_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOD +#define MAG_INT_Pin GPIO_PIN_3 +#define MAG_INT_GPIO_Port GPIOB +#define FLASH_CS_Pin GPIO_PIN_4 +#define FLASH_CS_GPIO_Port GPIOB + +/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */ + +/* USER CODE END Private defines */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __MAIN_H */ diff --git a/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h b/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h index 13f94a2..c3fc76d 100644 --- a/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h +++ b/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h @@ -1,495 +1,495 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf_template.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @brief HAL configuration template file. - * This file should be copied to the application folder and renamed - * to stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */ -/** - * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver - */ -#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED - - /* #define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED -/* #define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ -#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -/* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/* #define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */ -/** - * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application. - * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency - * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). - */ -#if !defined (HSE_VALUE) - #define HSE_VALUE 25000000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ -#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ - -#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) - #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 100U /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ -#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ - -/** - * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value. - * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency - * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). - */ -#if !defined (HSI_VALUE) - #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000U) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/ -#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ - -/** - * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value. - */ -#if !defined (LSI_VALUE) - #define LSI_VALUE 32000U /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/ -#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz - The real value may vary depending on the variations - in voltage and temperature.*/ -/** - * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value. - */ -#if !defined (LSE_VALUE) - #define LSE_VALUE 32768U /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ -#endif /* LSE_VALUE */ - -#if !defined (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) - #define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 5000U /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ -#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ - -/** - * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral - * This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source - * frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad. - */ -#if !defined (EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE) - #define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE 12288000U /*!< Value of the External audio frequency in Hz*/ -#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */ - -/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, - === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */ - -/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */ -/** - * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section - */ -#define VDD_VALUE 3300U /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ -#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY 15U /*!< tick interrupt priority */ -#define USE_RTOS 0U -#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U -#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U -#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U - -#define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ADC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CAN register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CEC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_CRYP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CRYP register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DAC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_DCMI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DCMI register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DFSDM register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DMA2D register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_DSI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DSI register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_ETH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ETH register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HASH register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_HCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HCD register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2C register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_FMPI2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPI2C register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_FMPSMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPSMBUS register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2S register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* IRDA register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LPTIM register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_LTDC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LTDC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* MMC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NAND register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NOR register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCCARD register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCD register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* QSPI register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RNG register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RTC register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SAI register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SD register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMARTCARD register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SDRAM register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SRAM register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SPDIFRX_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPDIFRX register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMBUS register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPI register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* TIM register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* UART register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* USART register callback disabled */ -#define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* WWDG register callback disabled */ - -/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */ -/** - * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the - * HAL drivers code - */ -/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1U */ - -/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */ - -/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */ - -/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */ -#define MAC_ADDR0 2U -#define MAC_ADDR1 0U -#define MAC_ADDR2 0U -#define MAC_ADDR3 0U -#define MAC_ADDR4 0U -#define MAC_ADDR5 0U - -/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */ -#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive */ -#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit */ -#define ETH_RXBUFNB 4U /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE */ -#define ETH_TXBUFNB 4U /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE */ - -/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */ - -/* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/ -#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS -/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/ -#define PHY_RESET_DELAY 0x000000FFU -/* PHY Configuration delay */ -#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY 0x00000FFFU - -#define PHY_READ_TO 0x0000FFFFU -#define PHY_WRITE_TO 0x0000FFFFU - -/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */ - -#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ -#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ - -#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /*!< PHY Reset */ -#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ -#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ -#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ -#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /*!< Select the power down mode */ -#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ - -#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ -#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< Valid link established */ -#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ - -/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */ -#define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY status register Offset */ - -#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY Speed mask */ -#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY Duplex mask */ - -/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */ - -/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver -* Activated: CRC code is present inside driver -* Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver -*/ - -#define USE_SPI_CRC 0U - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @brief Include module's header file - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h" -#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h" -#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h" -#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h" -#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h" -#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h" -#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h" -#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_can_legacy.h" -#endif /* HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h" -#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h" -#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h" -#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h" -#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h" -#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h" -#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth_legacy.h" -#endif /* HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h" -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h" -#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h" -#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h" -#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h" -#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h" -#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h" -#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h" -#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_smbus.h" -#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h" -#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h" -#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h" -#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h" -#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h" -#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h" -#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h" -#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h" -#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h" -#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h" -#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h" -#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h" -#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h" -#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h" -#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h" -#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h" -#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h" -#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h" -#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h" -#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h" -#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h" -#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpsmbus.h" -#endif /* HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h" -#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dfsdm.h" -#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h" -#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED - #include "stm32f4xx_hal_mmc.h" -#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT -/** - * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. - * @param expr If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function - * which reports the name of the source file and the source - * line number of the call that failed. - * If expr is true, it returns no value. - * @retval None - */ - #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__)) -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line); -#else - #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf_template.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief HAL configuration template file. + * This file should be copied to the application folder and renamed + * to stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */ +/** + * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver + */ +#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + + /* #define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */ +/** + * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#if !defined (HSE_VALUE) + #define HSE_VALUE 25000000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ + +#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) + #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 100U /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#if !defined (HSI_VALUE) + #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000U) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/ +#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ + +/** + * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value. + */ +#if !defined (LSI_VALUE) + #define LSI_VALUE 32000U /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/ +#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz + The real value may vary depending on the variations + in voltage and temperature.*/ +/** + * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value. + */ +#if !defined (LSE_VALUE) + #define LSE_VALUE 32768U /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* LSE_VALUE */ + +#if !defined (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) + #define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 5000U /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral + * This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source + * frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad. + */ +#if !defined (EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE) + #define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE 12288000U /*!< Value of the External audio frequency in Hz*/ +#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */ + +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, + === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */ + +/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */ +/** + * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section + */ +#define VDD_VALUE 3300U /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ +#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY 15U /*!< tick interrupt priority */ +#define USE_RTOS 0U +#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U +#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U + +#define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ADC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CAN register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CEC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CRYP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CRYP register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DAC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DCMI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DCMI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DFSDM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DMA2D register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DSI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DSI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_ETH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ETH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HASH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_FMPI2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPI2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_FMPSMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPSMBUS register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2S register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* IRDA register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LPTIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LTDC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LTDC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* MMC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NAND register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NOR register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* QSPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RNG register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RTC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SAI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMARTCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SDRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPDIFRX_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPDIFRX register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMBUS register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* TIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* UART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* USART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* WWDG register callback disabled */ + +/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */ +/** + * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the + * HAL drivers code + */ +/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1U */ + +/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */ + +/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */ + +/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */ +#define MAC_ADDR0 2U +#define MAC_ADDR1 0U +#define MAC_ADDR2 0U +#define MAC_ADDR3 0U +#define MAC_ADDR4 0U +#define MAC_ADDR5 0U + +/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */ +#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive */ +#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit */ +#define ETH_RXBUFNB 4U /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE */ +#define ETH_TXBUFNB 4U /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE */ + +/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */ + +/* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/ +#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS +/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/ +#define PHY_RESET_DELAY 0x000000FFU +/* PHY Configuration delay */ +#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY 0x00000FFFU + +#define PHY_READ_TO 0x0000FFFFU +#define PHY_WRITE_TO 0x0000FFFFU + +/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */ + +#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ +#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ + +#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /*!< PHY Reset */ +#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /*!< Select the power down mode */ +#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ + +#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ +#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< Valid link established */ +#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ + +/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */ +#define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY status register Offset */ + +#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY Speed mask */ +#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS ((uint16_t)) /*!< PHY Duplex mask */ + +/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */ + +/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver +* Activated: CRC code is present inside driver +* Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver +*/ + +#define USE_SPI_CRC 0U + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief Include module's header file + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h" +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h" +#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h" +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h" +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_can_legacy.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h" +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h" +#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth_legacy.h" +#endif /* HAL_ETH_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h" +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h" +#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h" +#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h" +#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_smbus.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h" +#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h" +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h" +#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h" +#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h" +#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h" +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h" +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h" +#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h" +#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h" +#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h" +#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpsmbus.h" +#endif /* HAL_FMPSMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_dfsdm.h" +#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h" +#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED + #include "stm32f4xx_hal_mmc.h" +#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +/** + * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. + * @param expr If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function + * which reports the name of the source file and the source + * line number of the call that failed. + * If expr is true, it returns no value. + * @retval None + */ + #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__)) +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line); +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H */ diff --git a/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_it.h b/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_it.h index 650c3f7..a71d5f9 100644 --- a/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_it.h +++ b/Core/Inc/stm32f4xx_it.h @@ -1,66 +1,64 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_it.h - * @brief This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_IT_H -#define __STM32F4xx_IT_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ - -/* USER CODE END Includes */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */ - -/* USER CODE END ET */ - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */ - -/* USER CODE END EC */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */ - -/* USER CODE END EM */ - -/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/ -void NMI_Handler(void); -void HardFault_Handler(void); -void MemManage_Handler(void); -void BusFault_Handler(void); -void UsageFault_Handler(void); -void SVC_Handler(void); -void DebugMon_Handler(void); -void PendSV_Handler(void); -void SysTick_Handler(void); -/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */ - -/* USER CODE END EFP */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_IT_H */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_it.h + * @brief This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_IT_H +#define __STM32F4xx_IT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ + +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */ + +/* USER CODE END ET */ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */ + +/* USER CODE END EC */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */ + +/* USER CODE END EM */ + +/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/ +void NMI_Handler(void); +void HardFault_Handler(void); +void MemManage_Handler(void); +void BusFault_Handler(void); +void UsageFault_Handler(void); +void DebugMon_Handler(void); +void TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler(void); +/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */ + +/* USER CODE END EFP */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_IT_H */ diff --git a/Core/Src/freertos.c b/Core/Src/freertos.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95f65a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/Src/freertos.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * File Name : freertos.c + * Description : Code for freertos applications + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2026 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "main.h" + +/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ + +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */ + +/* USER CODE END PTD */ + +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */ + +/* USER CODE END PD */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */ + +/* USER CODE END PM */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Variables */ + +/* USER CODE END Variables */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN FunctionPrototypes */ + +/* USER CODE END FunctionPrototypes */ + +/* Private application code --------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Application */ + +/* USER CODE END Application */ + diff --git a/Core/Src/main.c b/Core/Src/main.c index 09b2193..1af92c4 100644 --- a/Core/Src/main.c +++ b/Core/Src/main.c @@ -1,442 +1,661 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file : main.c - * @brief : Main program body - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "main.h" - -/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ - -/* USER CODE END Includes */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */ - -/* USER CODE END PTD */ - -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */ - -/* USER CODE END PD */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */ - -/* USER CODE END PM */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi1; -SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi2; -SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi3; - -PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd_USB_OTG_FS; - -/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ - -/* USER CODE END PV */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -void SystemClock_Config(void); -static void MX_GPIO_Init(void); -static void MX_SPI1_Init(void); -static void MX_SPI2_Init(void); -static void MX_SPI3_Init(void); -static void MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(void); -/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ - -/* USER CODE END PFP */ - -/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ - -/* USER CODE END 0 */ - -/** - * @brief The application entry point. - * @retval int - */ -int main(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END 1 */ - - /* MCU Configuration--------------------------------------------------------*/ - - /* Reset of all peripherals, Initializes the Flash interface and the Systick. */ - HAL_Init(); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN Init */ - - /* USER CODE END Init */ - - /* Configure the system clock */ - SystemClock_Config(); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SysInit */ - - /* USER CODE END SysInit */ - - /* Initialize all configured peripherals */ - MX_GPIO_Init(); - MX_SPI1_Init(); - MX_SPI2_Init(); - MX_SPI3_Init(); - MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(); - /* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */ - uint8_t buffer[128]; - /* USER CODE END 2 */ - - /* Infinite loop */ - /* USER CODE BEGIN WHILE */ - while (1) - { - /* USER CODE END WHILE */ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN 3 */ - } - /* USER CODE END 3 */ -} - -/** - * @brief System Clock Configuration - * @retval None - */ -void SystemClock_Config(void) -{ - RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0}; - RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {0}; - - /** Configure the main internal regulator output voltage - */ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); - - /** Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters - * in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure. - */ - RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI|RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; - RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; - RCC_OscInitStruct.HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; - RCC_OscInitStruct.HSICalibrationValue = RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 15; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 144; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2; - RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 5; - if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } - - /** Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks - */ - RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK - |RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; - RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI; - RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; - RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; - RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; - - if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_0) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief SPI1 Initialization Function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void MX_SPI1_Init(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 1 */ - /* SPI1 parameter configuration*/ - hspi1.Instance = SPI1; - hspi1.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; - hspi1.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; - hspi1.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; - hspi1.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; - hspi1.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; - hspi1.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; - hspi1.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; - hspi1.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; - hspi1.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; - hspi1.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; - hspi1.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; - if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi1) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 2 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 2 */ - -} - -/** - * @brief SPI2 Initialization Function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void MX_SPI2_Init(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 1 */ - /* SPI2 parameter configuration*/ - hspi2.Instance = SPI2; - hspi2.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; - hspi2.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; - hspi2.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; - hspi2.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; - hspi2.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; - hspi2.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; - hspi2.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; - hspi2.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; - hspi2.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; - hspi2.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; - hspi2.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; - if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi2) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 2 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 2 */ - -} - -/** - * @brief SPI3 Initialization Function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void MX_SPI3_Init(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 1 */ - /* SPI3 parameter configuration*/ - hspi3.Instance = SPI3; - hspi3.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; - hspi3.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; - hspi3.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; - hspi3.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; - hspi3.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; - hspi3.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; - hspi3.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; - hspi3.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; - hspi3.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; - hspi3.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; - hspi3.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; - if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi3) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 2 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 2 */ - -} - -/** - * @brief USB_OTG_FS Initialization Function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 0 */ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 1 */ - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Instance = USB_OTG_FS; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.dev_endpoints = 4; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.speed = PCD_SPEED_FULL; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.dma_enable = DISABLE; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.phy_itface = PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.Sof_enable = DISABLE; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.low_power_enable = DISABLE; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.lpm_enable = DISABLE; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.vbus_sensing_enable = DISABLE; - hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.use_dedicated_ep1 = DISABLE; - if (HAL_PCD_Init(&hpcd_USB_OTG_FS) != HAL_OK) - { - Error_Handler(); - } - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 2 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 2 */ - -} - -/** - * @brief GPIO Initialization Function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void MX_GPIO_Init(void) -{ - GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; -/* USER CODE BEGIN MX_GPIO_Init_1 */ -/* USER CODE END MX_GPIO_Init_1 */ - - /* GPIO Ports Clock Enable */ - __HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ - HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOC, BAR1_CS_Pin|IMU1_CS_Pin|PYRO1_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); - - /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ - HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOA, BAR2_CS_Pin|PYRO2_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); - - /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ - HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOB, IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin|IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin|LED_Pin|BUZZER_Pin - |FLASH_CS_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); - - /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ - HAL_GPIO_WritePin(MAG_CS_GPIO_Port, MAG_CS_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); - - /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR1_CS_Pin IMU1_CS_Pin PYRO1_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR1_CS_Pin|IMU1_CS_Pin|PYRO1_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR1_INT_Pin IMU1_INT_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR1_INT_Pin|IMU1_INT_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR2_CS_Pin PYRO2_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR2_CS_Pin|PYRO2_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pin : BAR2_INT_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR2_INT_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - HAL_GPIO_Init(BAR2_INT_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pins : IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin MAG_INT_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin|IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin|MAG_INT_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pins : IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin LED_Pin BUZZER_Pin - FLASH_CS_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin|IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin|LED_Pin|BUZZER_Pin - |FLASH_CS_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pin : PYRO1_SENSE_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = PYRO1_SENSE_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - HAL_GPIO_Init(PYRO1_SENSE_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pin : PYRO2_SENSE_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = PYRO2_SENSE_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - HAL_GPIO_Init(PYRO2_SENSE_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /*Configure GPIO pin : MAG_CS_Pin */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MAG_CS_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; - HAL_GPIO_Init(MAG_CS_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); - -/* USER CODE BEGIN MX_GPIO_Init_2 */ -/* USER CODE END MX_GPIO_Init_2 */ -} - -/* USER CODE BEGIN 4 */ - -/* USER CODE END 4 */ - -/** - * @brief This function is executed in case of error occurrence. - * @retval None - */ -void Error_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN Error_Handler_Debug */ - /* User can add his own implementation to report the HAL error return state */ - __disable_irq(); - while (1) - { - } - /* USER CODE END Error_Handler_Debug */ -} - -#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT -/** - * @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number - * where the assert_param error has occurred. - * @param file: pointer to the source file name - * @param line: assert_param error line source number - * @retval None - */ -void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN 6 */ - /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number, - ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */ - /* USER CODE END 6 */ -} -#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file : main.c + * @brief : Main program body + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "main.h" +#include "cmsis_os.h" + +/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ +#include "sensor.h" +#include "flash.h" + +#include "bmi088.h" +/* #include "bmp581.h" */ +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */ + +/* USER CODE END PTD */ + +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */ + +/* USER CODE END PD */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */ + +/* USER CODE END PM */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c1; + +SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi1; +SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi2; +SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi3; + +UART_HandleTypeDef huart1; + +PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd_USB_OTG_FS; + +/* Definitions for defaultTask */ +osThreadId_t defaultTaskHandle; +const osThreadAttr_t defaultTask_attributes = { + .name = "defaultTask", + .stack_size = 128 * 4, + .priority = (osPriority_t) osPriorityNormal, +}; +/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ +static struct bmi088_ctx bmi088 = (struct bmi088_ctx) { + .accel_intf = (struct bmi088_sensor_intf) { + .gpio_pin = IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin, + .gpio_port = IMU2_ACC_CS_GPIO_Port, + .spi_handle = &hspi1, + }, + .gyro_intf = (struct bmi088_sensor_intf) { + .gpio_pin = IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin, + .gpio_port = IMU2_GYRO_CS_GPIO_Port, + .spi_handle = &hspi1, + }, +}; + +/* TODO: this one is spi for some reason, need to discuss internally */ +/* static struct bmp581_ctx bmp581 = (struct bmp581_ctx) { */ +/* .i2c = */ +/* }; */ + +/* USER CODE END PV */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +void SystemClock_Config(void); +static void MX_GPIO_Init(void); +static void MX_SPI1_Init(void); +static void MX_SPI2_Init(void); +static void MX_SPI3_Init(void); +static void MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(void); +static void MX_I2C1_Init(void); +static void MX_USART1_UART_Init(void); +void StartDefaultTask(void *argument); + +/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ + +/* USER CODE END PFP */ + +/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ + +/* // DMA Callback: Called when GPS Buffer is filled or there is a gap in data */ +/* // transfer between GPS and the Pin. */ +/* void HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t offset) { */ +/* if (huart->Instance == gps_dev.uart->Instance) { */ +/* // Clear any Overrun error */ +/* __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); */ +/* // Parse the entire DMA buffer (if a GGA sentence is found, store into gps_packet) */ +/* gps_parse(&gps); */ +/* // Restart DMA reception */ +/* HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(huart, gps_dev->dma_buffer, BUFFER_SIZE); */ +/* } */ +/* } */ + +/* // UART Error Callback in case error occurs in DMA call back */ +/* void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) { */ +/* if (huart->Instance == gps_dev.uart->Instance) { */ +/* // Clear Overrun */ +/* __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); */ +/* // Restart DMA */ +/* HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(huart, gps_dev->dma_buffer, BUFFER_SIZE); */ +/* } */ +/* } */ + +/* // UART Error Callback in case error occurs in DMA call back */ +/* void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) { */ +/* if (huart->Instance == UART8) { */ +/* // Clear Overrun */ +/* __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(&huart8); */ +/* // Restart DMA */ +/* HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(&huart8, gps_dma_buffer, BUFFER_SIZE); */ +/* } */ +/* } */ +/* USER CODE END 0 */ + +/** + * @brief The application entry point. + * @retval int + */ +int main(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END 1 */ + + /* MCU Configuration--------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /* Reset of all peripherals, Initializes the Flash interface and the Systick. */ + HAL_Init(); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN Init */ + + /* USER CODE END Init */ + + /* Configure the system clock */ + SystemClock_Config(); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SysInit */ + + /* USER CODE END SysInit */ + + /* Initialize all configured peripherals */ + MX_GPIO_Init(); + MX_SPI1_Init(); + MX_SPI2_Init(); + MX_SPI3_Init(); + MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(); + MX_I2C1_Init(); + MX_USART1_UART_Init(); + /* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */ + uint8_t buffer[128]; + /* USER CODE END 2 */ + + /* Init scheduler */ + osKernelInitialize(); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_MUTEX */ + /* add mutexes, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_MUTEX */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_SEMAPHORES */ + /* add semaphores, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_SEMAPHORES */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_TIMERS */ + /* start timers, add new ones, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_TIMERS */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_QUEUES */ + /* add queues, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_QUEUES */ + + /* Create the thread(s) */ + /* creation of defaultTask */ + defaultTaskHandle = osThreadNew(StartDefaultTask, NULL, &defaultTask_attributes); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_THREADS */ + /* add threads, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_THREADS */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_EVENTS */ + /* add events, ... */ + /* USER CODE END RTOS_EVENTS */ + + /* Start scheduler */ + osKernelStart(); + + /* We should never get here as control is now taken by the scheduler */ + + /* Infinite loop */ + /* USER CODE BEGIN WHILE */ + /* while (1) */ + /* { */ + /* USER CODE END WHILE */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN 3 */ + /* HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOB, PYRO3_Pin, GPIO_PIN_SET); */ + /* } */ + + /* flash_init(&flash, GD5F1GQ5XE); */ + /* flash_mount(&flash, &flash_cfg); */ + /* uint32_t boot_count = flash_boot_count(&flash, false); */ + /* flash_unmount(&flash); */ + /* USER CODE END 3 */ +} + +/** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * @retval None + */ +void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0}; + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {0}; + + /** Configure the main internal regulator output voltage + */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /** Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters + * in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure. + */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI|RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSICalibrationValue = RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 15; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 144; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 5; + if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + + /** Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks + */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK + |RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; + + if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_0) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C1 Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_I2C1_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_Init 1 */ + hi2c1.Instance = I2C1; + hi2c1.Init.ClockSpeed = 100000; + hi2c1.Init.DutyCycle = I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2; + hi2c1.Init.OwnAddress1 = 0; + hi2c1.Init.AddressingMode = I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT; + hi2c1.Init.DualAddressMode = I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE; + hi2c1.Init.OwnAddress2 = 0; + hi2c1.Init.GeneralCallMode = I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE; + hi2c1.Init.NoStretchMode = I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE; + if (HAL_I2C_Init(&hi2c1) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief SPI1 Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_SPI1_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 1 */ + /* SPI1 parameter configuration*/ + hspi1.Instance = SPI1; + hspi1.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; + hspi1.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; + hspi1.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; + hspi1.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; + hspi1.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; + hspi1.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; + hspi1.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; + hspi1.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; + hspi1.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; + hspi1.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + hspi1.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; + if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi1) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief SPI2 Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_SPI2_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 1 */ + /* SPI2 parameter configuration*/ + hspi2.Instance = SPI2; + hspi2.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; + hspi2.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; + hspi2.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; + hspi2.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; + hspi2.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; + hspi2.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; + hspi2.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; + hspi2.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; + hspi2.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; + hspi2.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + hspi2.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; + if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi2) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief SPI3 Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_SPI3_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 1 */ + /* SPI3 parameter configuration*/ + hspi3.Instance = SPI3; + hspi3.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER; + hspi3.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES; + hspi3.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT; + hspi3.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW; + hspi3.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; + hspi3.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT; + hspi3.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2; + hspi3.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB; + hspi3.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE; + hspi3.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + hspi3.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10; + if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi3) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief USART1 Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_USART1_UART_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 1 */ + huart1.Instance = USART1; + huart1.Init.BaudRate = 115200; + huart1.Init.WordLength = UART_WORDLENGTH_8B; + huart1.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1; + huart1.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE; + huart1.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX; + huart1.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE; + huart1.Init.OverSampling = UART_OVERSAMPLING_16; + if (HAL_UART_Init(&huart1) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief USB_OTG_FS Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 0 */ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 1 */ + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Instance = USB_OTG_FS; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.dev_endpoints = 4; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.speed = PCD_SPEED_FULL; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.dma_enable = DISABLE; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.phy_itface = PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.Sof_enable = DISABLE; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.low_power_enable = DISABLE; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.lpm_enable = DISABLE; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.vbus_sensing_enable = DISABLE; + hpcd_USB_OTG_FS.Init.use_dedicated_ep1 = DISABLE; + if (HAL_PCD_Init(&hpcd_USB_OTG_FS) != HAL_OK) + { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_Init 2 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_Init 2 */ + +} + +/** + * @brief GPIO Initialization Function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void MX_GPIO_Init(void) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + /* USER CODE BEGIN MX_GPIO_Init_1 */ + /* USER CODE END MX_GPIO_Init_1 */ + + /* GPIO Ports Clock Enable */ + __HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ + HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOC, BAR1_CS_Pin|IMU1_CS_Pin|PYRO1_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); + + /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ + HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOA, BAR2_CS_Pin|PYRO2_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); + + /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ + HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIOB, IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin|IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin|LED_Pin|BUZZER_Pin + |PYRO3_Pin|FLASH_CS_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); + + /*Configure GPIO pin Output Level */ + HAL_GPIO_WritePin(MAG_CS_GPIO_Port, MAG_CS_Pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR1_CS_Pin IMU1_CS_Pin PYRO1_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR1_CS_Pin|IMU1_CS_Pin|PYRO1_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR1_INT_Pin IMU1_INT_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR1_INT_Pin|IMU1_INT_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : BAR2_CS_Pin PYRO2_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR2_CS_Pin|PYRO2_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pin : BAR2_INT_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR2_INT_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(BAR2_INT_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin MAG_INT_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU2_GYRO_INT_Pin|IMU2_ACC_INT_Pin|MAG_INT_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin LED_Pin BUZZER_Pin + PYRO3_Pin FLASH_CS_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU2_GYRO_CS_Pin|IMU2_ACC_CS_Pin|LED_Pin|BUZZER_Pin + |PYRO3_Pin|FLASH_CS_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pins : PYRO3_SENSE_Pin PYRO1_SENSE_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = PYRO3_SENSE_Pin|PYRO1_SENSE_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pin : PYRO2_SENSE_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = PYRO2_SENSE_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + HAL_GPIO_Init(PYRO2_SENSE_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /*Configure GPIO pin : MAG_CS_Pin */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MAG_CS_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; + HAL_GPIO_Init(MAG_CS_GPIO_Port, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN MX_GPIO_Init_2 */ + /* USER CODE END MX_GPIO_Init_2 */ +} + +/* USER CODE BEGIN 4 */ + +/* USER CODE END 4 */ + +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header_StartDefaultTask */ +/** + * @brief Function implementing the defaultTask thread. + * @param argument: Not used + * @retval None + */ +/* USER CODE END Header_StartDefaultTask */ +void StartDefaultTask(void *argument) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN 5 */ + /* Infinite loop */ + for(;;) + { + osDelay(1); + } + /* USER CODE END 5 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @note This function is called when TIM1 interrupt took place, inside + * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment + * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN Callback 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END Callback 0 */ + if (htim->Instance == TIM1) + { + HAL_IncTick(); + } + /* USER CODE BEGIN Callback 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END Callback 1 */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function is executed in case of error occurrence. + * @retval None + */ +void Error_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN Error_Handler_Debug */ + /* User can add his own implementation to report the HAL error return state */ + __disable_irq(); + while (1) + { + } + /* USER CODE END Error_Handler_Debug */ +} +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +/** + * @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number + * where the assert_param error has occurred. + * @param file: pointer to the source file name + * @param line: assert_param error line source number + * @retval None + */ +void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN 6 */ + /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number, + ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */ + /* USER CODE END 6 */ +} +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ diff --git a/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c index 35e0711..a81bceb 100644 --- a/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c +++ b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c @@ -1,303 +1,439 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c - * @brief This file provides code for the MSP Initialization - * and de-Initialization codes. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "main.h" -/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ - -/* USER CODE END Includes */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */ - -/* USER CODE END TD */ - -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Define */ - -/* USER CODE END Define */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Macro */ - -/* USER CODE END Macro */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ - -/* USER CODE END PV */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ - -/* USER CODE END PFP */ - -/* External functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN ExternalFunctions */ - -/* USER CODE END ExternalFunctions */ - -/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ - -/* USER CODE END 0 */ -/** - * Initializes the Global MSP. - */ -void HAL_MspInit(void) -{ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END MspInit 0 */ - - __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* System interrupt init*/ - - /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END MspInit 1 */ -} - -/** -* @brief SPI MSP Initialization -* This function configures the hardware resources used in this example -* @param hspi: SPI handle pointer -* @retval None -*/ -void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi) -{ - GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; - if(hspi->Instance==SPI1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock enable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_ENABLE(); - - __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); - /**SPI1 GPIO Configuration - PA5 ------> SPI1_SCK - PA6 ------> SPI1_MISO - PA7 ------> SPI1_MOSI - */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU_SCK_Pin|IMU_MISO_Pin|IMU_MOSI_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF5_SPI1; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspInit 1 */ - } - else if(hspi->Instance==SPI2) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock enable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE(); - - __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); - /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration - PC2 ------> SPI2_MISO - PC3 ------> SPI2_MOSI - PC7 ------> SPI2_SCK - */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR_MISO_Pin|BAR_MOSI_Pin|BAR_SCK_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF5_SPI2; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 1 */ - } - else if(hspi->Instance==SPI3) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock enable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_ENABLE(); - - __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); - /**SPI3 GPIO Configuration - PC10 ------> SPI3_SCK - PC11 ------> SPI3_MISO - PC12 ------> SPI3_MOSI - */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF6_SPI3; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspInit 1 */ - } - -} - -/** -* @brief SPI MSP De-Initialization -* This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example -* @param hspi: SPI handle pointer -* @retval None -*/ -void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi) -{ - if(hspi->Instance==SPI1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspDeInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspDeInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock disable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_DISABLE(); - - /**SPI1 GPIO Configuration - PA5 ------> SPI1_SCK - PA6 ------> SPI1_MISO - PA7 ------> SPI1_MOSI - */ - HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, IMU_SCK_Pin|IMU_MISO_Pin|IMU_MOSI_Pin); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspDeInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspDeInit 1 */ - } - else if(hspi->Instance==SPI2) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock disable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE(); - - /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration - PC2 ------> SPI2_MISO - PC3 ------> SPI2_MOSI - PC7 ------> SPI2_SCK - */ - HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOC, BAR_MISO_Pin|BAR_MOSI_Pin|BAR_SCK_Pin); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */ - } - else if(hspi->Instance==SPI3) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspDeInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspDeInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock disable */ - __HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_DISABLE(); - - /**SPI3 GPIO Configuration - PC10 ------> SPI3_SCK - PC11 ------> SPI3_MISO - PC12 ------> SPI3_MOSI - */ - HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOC, MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspDeInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspDeInit 1 */ - } - -} - -/** -* @brief PCD MSP Initialization -* This function configures the hardware resources used in this example -* @param hpcd: PCD handle pointer -* @retval None -*/ -void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef* hpcd) -{ - GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; - if(hpcd->Instance==USB_OTG_FS) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 0 */ - - __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); - /**USB_OTG_FS GPIO Configuration - PA11 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DM - PA12 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DP - */ - GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = USB_N_Pin|USB_P_Pin; - GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; - GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS; - HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); - - /* Peripheral clock enable */ - __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 1 */ - - } - -} - -/** -* @brief PCD MSP De-Initialization -* This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example -* @param hpcd: PCD handle pointer -* @retval None -*/ -void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef* hpcd) -{ - if(hpcd->Instance==USB_OTG_FS) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 0 */ - /* Peripheral clock disable */ - __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_DISABLE(); - - /**USB_OTG_FS GPIO Configuration - PA11 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DM - PA12 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DP - */ - HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, USB_N_Pin|USB_P_Pin); - - /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 1 */ - } - -} - -/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ - -/* USER CODE END 1 */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c + * @brief This file provides code for the MSP Initialization + * and de-Initialization codes. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "main.h" +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ + +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */ + +/* USER CODE END TD */ + +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Define */ + +/* USER CODE END Define */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Macro */ + +/* USER CODE END Macro */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ + +/* USER CODE END PV */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ + +/* USER CODE END PFP */ + +/* External functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN ExternalFunctions */ + +/* USER CODE END ExternalFunctions */ + +/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ + +/* USER CODE END 0 */ +/** + * Initializes the Global MSP. + */ +void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + + /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END MspInit 0 */ + + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* System interrupt init*/ + /* PendSV_IRQn interrupt configuration */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(PendSV_IRQn, 15, 0); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END MspInit 1 */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP Initialization + * This function configures the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hi2c: I2C handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + if(hi2c->Instance==I2C1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_MspInit 0 */ + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**I2C1 GPIO Configuration + PB6 ------> I2C1_SCL + PB7 ------> I2C1_SDA + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_6|GPIO_PIN_7; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_OD; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF4_I2C1; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_ENABLE(); + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_MspInit 1 */ + + } + +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP De-Initialization + * This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hi2c: I2C handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->Instance==I2C1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**I2C1 GPIO Configuration + PB6 ------> I2C1_SCL + PB7 ------> I2C1_SDA + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOB, GPIO_PIN_6); + + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOB, GPIO_PIN_7); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN I2C1_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END I2C1_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief SPI MSP Initialization + * This function configures the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hspi: SPI handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + if(hspi->Instance==SPI1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**SPI1 GPIO Configuration + PA5 ------> SPI1_SCK + PA6 ------> SPI1_MISO + PA7 ------> SPI1_MOSI + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = IMU_SCK_Pin|IMU_MISO_Pin|IMU_MOSI_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF5_SPI1; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspInit 1 */ + } + else if(hspi->Instance==SPI2) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration + PC2 ------> SPI2_MISO + PC3 ------> SPI2_MOSI + PC7 ------> SPI2_SCK + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = BAR_MISO_Pin|BAR_MOSI_Pin|BAR_SCK_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF5_SPI2; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 1 */ + } + else if(hspi->Instance==SPI3) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**SPI3 GPIO Configuration + PC10 ------> SPI3_SCK + PC11 ------> SPI3_MISO + PC12 ------> SPI3_MOSI + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF6_SPI3; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspInit 1 */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief SPI MSP De-Initialization + * This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hspi: SPI handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi) +{ + if(hspi->Instance==SPI1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI1_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**SPI1 GPIO Configuration + PA5 ------> SPI1_SCK + PA6 ------> SPI1_MISO + PA7 ------> SPI1_MOSI + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, IMU_SCK_Pin|IMU_MISO_Pin|IMU_MOSI_Pin); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI1_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI1_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + else if(hspi->Instance==SPI2) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration + PC2 ------> SPI2_MISO + PC3 ------> SPI2_MOSI + PC7 ------> SPI2_SCK + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOC, BAR_MISO_Pin|BAR_MOSI_Pin|BAR_SCK_Pin); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + else if(hspi->Instance==SPI3) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_SPI3_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**SPI3 GPIO Configuration + PC10 ------> SPI3_SCK + PC11 ------> SPI3_MISO + PC12 ------> SPI3_MOSI + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOC, MAG_FLASH_SCK_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MISO_Pin|MAG_FLASH_MOSI_Pin); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI3_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END SPI3_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP Initialization + * This function configures the hardware resources used in this example + * @param huart: UART handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef* huart) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + if(huart->Instance==USART1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_MspInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**USART1 GPIO Configuration + PA10 ------> USART1_RX + PA15 ------> USART1_TX + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_10|GPIO_PIN_15; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF7_USART1; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_MspInit 1 */ + + } + +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP De-Initialization + * This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example + * @param huart: UART handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef* huart) +{ + if(huart->Instance==USART1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**USART1 GPIO Configuration + PA10 ------> USART1_RX + PA15 ------> USART1_TX + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, GPIO_PIN_10|GPIO_PIN_15); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USART1_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USART1_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief PCD MSP Initialization + * This function configures the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hpcd: PCD handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef* hpcd) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; + if(hpcd->Instance==USB_OTG_FS) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 0 */ + + __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE(); + /**USB_OTG_FS GPIO Configuration + PA11 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DM + PA12 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DP + */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = USB_N_Pin|USB_P_Pin; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS; + HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Peripheral clock enable */ + __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspInit 1 */ + + } + +} + +/** + * @brief PCD MSP De-Initialization + * This function freeze the hardware resources used in this example + * @param hpcd: PCD handle pointer + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef* hpcd) +{ + if(hpcd->Instance==USB_OTG_FS) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 0 */ + /* Peripheral clock disable */ + __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_DISABLE(); + + /**USB_OTG_FS GPIO Configuration + PA11 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DM + PA12 ------> USB_OTG_FS_DP + */ + HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOA, USB_N_Pin|USB_P_Pin); + + /* USER CODE BEGIN USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END USB_OTG_FS_MspDeInit 1 */ + } + +} + +/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ + +/* USER CODE END 1 */ diff --git a/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c62800 --- /dev/null +++ b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c + * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2026 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h" + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1; +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the TIM1 as a time base source. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig; + uint32_t uwTimclock = 0U; + + uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U; + uint32_t pFLatency; + + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Enable TIM1 clock */ + __HAL_RCC_TIM1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Get clock configuration */ + HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency); + + /* Compute TIM1 clock */ + uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + + /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM1 counter clock equal to 1MHz */ + uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U); + + /* Initialize TIM1 */ + htim1.Instance = TIM1; + + /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow: + * Period = [(TIM1CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base. + * Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock. + * ClockDivision = 0 + * Counter direction = Up + */ + htim1.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U; + htim1.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue; + htim1.Init.ClockDivision = 0; + htim1.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP; + htim1.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE; + + status = HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&htim1); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */ + status = HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&htim1); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the TIM1 global Interrupt */ + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn); + /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) + { + /* Configure the TIM IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U); + uwTickPrio = TickPriority; + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM1 update interrupt. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable TIM1 update Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&htim1, TIM_IT_UPDATE); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM1 update interrupt. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable TIM1 Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&htim1, TIM_IT_UPDATE); +} + diff --git a/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c index bc9c66c..0624a6b 100644 --- a/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c +++ b/Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c @@ -1,203 +1,178 @@ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_it.c - * @brief Interrupt Service Routines. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. - * All rights reserved. - * - * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file - * in the root directory of this software component. - * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ -/* USER CODE END Header */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "main.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_it.h" -/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ -/* USER CODE END Includes */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */ - -/* USER CODE END TD */ - -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */ - -/* USER CODE END PD */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */ - -/* USER CODE END PM */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ - -/* USER CODE END PV */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ - -/* USER CODE END PFP */ - -/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ - -/* USER CODE END 0 */ - -/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* USER CODE BEGIN EV */ - -/* USER CODE END EV */ - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Cortex-M4 Processor Interruption and Exception Handlers */ -/******************************************************************************/ -/** - * @brief This function handles Non maskable interrupt. - */ -void NMI_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */ - while (1) - { - } - /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Hard fault interrupt. - */ -void HardFault_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN HardFault_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END HardFault_IRQn 0 */ - while (1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE END W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */ - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Memory management fault. - */ -void MemManage_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ - while (1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE END W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault. - */ -void BusFault_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN BusFault_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END BusFault_IRQn 0 */ - while (1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE END W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */ - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Undefined instruction or illegal state. - */ -void UsageFault_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ - while (1) - { - /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE END W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles System service call via SWI instruction. - */ -void SVC_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN SVCall_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SVCall_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE BEGIN SVCall_IRQn 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SVCall_IRQn 1 */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Debug monitor. - */ -void DebugMon_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles Pendable request for system service. - */ -void PendSV_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN PendSV_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END PendSV_IRQn 0 */ - /* USER CODE BEGIN PendSV_IRQn 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END PendSV_IRQn 1 */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles System tick timer. - */ -void SysTick_Handler(void) -{ - /* USER CODE BEGIN SysTick_IRQn 0 */ - - /* USER CODE END SysTick_IRQn 0 */ - HAL_IncTick(); - /* USER CODE BEGIN SysTick_IRQn 1 */ - - /* USER CODE END SysTick_IRQn 1 */ -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* STM32F4xx Peripheral Interrupt Handlers */ -/* Add here the Interrupt Handlers for the used peripherals. */ -/* For the available peripheral interrupt handler names, */ -/* please refer to the startup file (startup_stm32f4xx.s). */ -/******************************************************************************/ - -/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ - -/* USER CODE END 1 */ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_it.c + * @brief Interrupt Service Routines. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2025 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* USER CODE END Header */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "main.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_it.h" +/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */ +/* USER CODE END Includes */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */ + +/* USER CODE END TD */ + +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */ + +/* USER CODE END PD */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */ + +/* USER CODE END PM */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */ + +/* USER CODE END PV */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */ + +/* USER CODE END PFP */ + +/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */ + +/* USER CODE END 0 */ + +/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ +extern TIM_HandleTypeDef htim1; + +/* USER CODE BEGIN EV */ + +/* USER CODE END EV */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Cortex-M4 Processor Interruption and Exception Handlers */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/** + * @brief This function handles Non maskable interrupt. + */ +void NMI_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */ + while (1) + { + } + /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Hard fault interrupt. + */ +void HardFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN HardFault_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END HardFault_IRQn 0 */ + while (1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE END W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Memory management fault. + */ +void MemManage_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ + while (1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE END W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault. + */ +void BusFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN BusFault_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END BusFault_IRQn 0 */ + while (1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE END W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Undefined instruction or illegal state. + */ +void UsageFault_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ + while (1) + { + /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE END W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Debug monitor. + */ +void DebugMon_Handler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */ + /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */ +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* STM32F4xx Peripheral Interrupt Handlers */ +/* Add here the Interrupt Handlers for the used peripherals. */ +/* For the available peripheral interrupt handler names, */ +/* please refer to the startup file (startup_stm32f4xx.s). */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM1 update interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt. + */ +void TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn 0 */ + + /* USER CODE END TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn 0 */ + HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&htim1); + /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn 1 */ + + /* USER CODE END TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn 1 */ +} + +/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */ + +/* USER CODE END 1 */ diff --git a/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f411xe.h b/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f411xe.h index baa9edc..38e8a09 100644 --- a/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f411xe.h +++ b/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include/stm32f411xe.h @@ -1422,9 +1422,9 @@ typedef struct #define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Pos (25U) #define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Msk (0x7UL << DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Pos) /*!< 0x0E000000 */ #define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Msk -#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_0 0x02000000U -#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_1 0x04000000U -#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_2 0x08000000U +#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_0 (0x1UL << DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Pos) /*!< 0x02000000 */ +#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_1 (0x2UL << DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Pos) /*!< 0x04000000 */ +#define DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_2 (0x4UL << DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_Pos) /*!< 0x08000000 */ #define DMA_SxCR_MBURST_Pos (23U) #define DMA_SxCR_MBURST_Msk (0x3UL << DMA_SxCR_MBURST_Pos) /*!< 0x01800000 */ #define DMA_SxCR_MBURST DMA_SxCR_MBURST_Msk @@ -2305,62 +2305,56 @@ typedef struct #define FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Pos (8U) -#define FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ #define FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN_Msk #define FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Pos (9U) -#define FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000200 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000200 */ #define FLASH_ACR_ICEN FLASH_ACR_ICEN_Msk #define FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Pos (10U) -#define FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000400 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000400 */ #define FLASH_ACR_DCEN FLASH_ACR_DCEN_Msk #define FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Pos (11U) -#define FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000800 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000800 */ #define FLASH_ACR_ICRST FLASH_ACR_ICRST_Msk #define FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Pos (12U) -#define FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ #define FLASH_ACR_DCRST FLASH_ACR_DCRST_Msk -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Pos (10U) -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Msk (0x10008FUL << FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< 0x40023C00 */ -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Msk -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Pos (0U) -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Msk (0x40023C03UL << FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< 0x40023C03 */ -#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Msk /******************* Bits definition for FLASH_SR register ******************/ #define FLASH_SR_EOP_Pos (0U) -#define FLASH_SR_EOP_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_EOP_Pos) /*!< 0x00000001 */ +#define FLASH_SR_EOP_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_EOP_Pos) /*!< 0x00000001 */ #define FLASH_SR_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP_Msk -#define FLASH_SR_SOP_Pos (1U) -#define FLASH_SR_SOP_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_SOP_Pos) /*!< 0x00000002 */ -#define FLASH_SR_SOP FLASH_SR_SOP_Msk +#define FLASH_SR_OPERR_Pos (1U) +#define FLASH_SR_OPERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_OPERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000002 */ +#define FLASH_SR_OPERR FLASH_SR_OPERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Pos (4U) -#define FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000010 */ +#define FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000010 */ #define FLASH_SR_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Pos (5U) -#define FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000020 */ +#define FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000020 */ #define FLASH_SR_PGAERR FLASH_SR_PGAERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Pos (6U) -#define FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000040 */ +#define FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000040 */ #define FLASH_SR_PGPERR FLASH_SR_PGPERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Pos (7U) -#define FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000080 */ +#define FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000080 */ #define FLASH_SR_PGSERR FLASH_SR_PGSERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_RDERR_Pos (8U) -#define FLASH_SR_RDERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_RDERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ +#define FLASH_SR_RDERR_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_RDERR_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ #define FLASH_SR_RDERR FLASH_SR_RDERR_Msk #define FLASH_SR_BSY_Pos (16U) -#define FLASH_SR_BSY_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_BSY_Pos) /*!< 0x00010000 */ +#define FLASH_SR_BSY_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_SR_BSY_Pos) /*!< 0x00010000 */ #define FLASH_SR_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY_Msk /******************* Bits definition for FLASH_CR register ******************/ #define FLASH_CR_PG_Pos (0U) -#define FLASH_CR_PG_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_PG_Pos) /*!< 0x00000001 */ +#define FLASH_CR_PG_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_PG_Pos) /*!< 0x00000001 */ #define FLASH_CR_PG FLASH_CR_PG_Msk #define FLASH_CR_SER_Pos (1U) -#define FLASH_CR_SER_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_SER_Pos) /*!< 0x00000002 */ +#define FLASH_CR_SER_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_SER_Pos) /*!< 0x00000002 */ #define FLASH_CR_SER FLASH_CR_SER_Msk #define FLASH_CR_MER_Pos (2U) -#define FLASH_CR_MER_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_MER_Pos) /*!< 0x00000004 */ +#define FLASH_CR_MER_Msk (0x1UL << FLASH_CR_MER_Pos) /*!< 0x00000004 */ #define FLASH_CR_MER FLASH_CR_MER_Msk #define FLASH_CR_SNB_Pos (3U) #define FLASH_CR_SNB_Msk (0x1FUL << FLASH_CR_SNB_Pos) /*!< 0x000000F8 */ @@ -2453,6 +2447,16 @@ typedef struct #define FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_9 (0x200UL << FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_Pos) /*!< 0x02000000 */ #define FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_10 (0x400UL << FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_Pos) /*!< 0x04000000 */ #define FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_11 (0x800UL << FLASH_OPTCR1_nWRP_Pos) /*!< 0x08000000 */ +/* Legacy defines */ +#define FLASH_SR_SOP_Pos FLASH_SR_OPERR_Pos +#define FLASH_SR_SOP_Msk FLASH_SR_OPERR_Msk +#define FLASH_SR_SOP FLASH_SR_OPERR +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Pos (10U) +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Msk (0x10008FUL << FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< 0x40023C00 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS FLASH_ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS_Msk +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Pos (0U) +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Msk (0x40023C03UL << FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< 0x40023C03 */ +#define FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS FLASH_ACR_BYTE2_ADDRESS_Msk /******************************************************************************/ /* */ @@ -4243,31 +4247,31 @@ typedef struct #define RCC_APB2RSTR_USART6RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_USART6RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000020 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_USART6RST RCC_APB2RSTR_USART6RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Pos (8U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000100 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST RCC_APB2RSTR_ADCRST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Pos (11U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000800 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Pos) /*!< 0x00000800 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST RCC_APB2RSTR_SDIORST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Pos (12U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI1RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Pos (13U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00002000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00002000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI4RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SYSCFGRST_Pos (14U) #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SYSCFGRST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SYSCFGRST_Pos) /*!< 0x00004000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SYSCFGRST RCC_APB2RSTR_SYSCFGRST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Pos (16U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00010000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00010000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM9RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Pos (17U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00020000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00020000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM10RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Pos (18U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00040000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00040000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST RCC_APB2RSTR_TIM11RST_Msk #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Pos (20U) -#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00100000 */ +#define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Pos) /*!< 0x00100000 */ #define RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST RCC_APB2RSTR_SPI5RST_Msk /* Old SPI1RST bit definition, maintained for legacy purpose */ @@ -4407,7 +4411,7 @@ typedef struct #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_GPIOHLPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_GPIOHLPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00000080 */ #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_GPIOHLPEN RCC_AHB1LPENR_GPIOHLPEN_Msk #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Pos (12U) -#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ +#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00001000 */ #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN RCC_AHB1LPENR_CRCLPEN_Msk #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_FLITFLPEN_Pos (15U) #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_FLITFLPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_FLITFLPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00008000 */ @@ -4416,10 +4420,10 @@ typedef struct #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_SRAM1LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_SRAM1LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00010000 */ #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_SRAM1LPEN RCC_AHB1LPENR_SRAM1LPEN_Msk #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Pos (21U) -#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00200000 */ +#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00200000 */ #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA1LPEN_Msk #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Pos (22U) -#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00400000 */ +#define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00400000 */ #define RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN RCC_AHB1LPENR_DMA2LPEN_Msk @@ -4456,13 +4460,13 @@ typedef struct #define RCC_APB1LPENR_USART2LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_USART2LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00020000 */ #define RCC_APB1LPENR_USART2LPEN RCC_APB1LPENR_USART2LPEN_Msk #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Pos (21U) -#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00200000 */ +#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00200000 */ #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C1LPEN_Msk #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Pos (22U) -#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00400000 */ +#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00400000 */ #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C2LPEN_Msk #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Pos (23U) -#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00800000 */ +#define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x00800000 */ #define RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN RCC_APB1LPENR_I2C3LPEN_Msk #define RCC_APB1LPENR_PWRLPEN_Pos (28U) #define RCC_APB1LPENR_PWRLPEN_Msk (0x1UL << RCC_APB1LPENR_PWRLPEN_Pos) /*!< 0x10000000 */ @@ -6505,8 +6509,8 @@ typedef struct /******************* Bit definition for TIM_CNT register ********************/ #define TIM_CNT_CNT_Pos (0U) -#define TIM_CNT_CNT_Msk (0xFFFFFFFFUL << TIM_CNT_CNT_Pos) /*!< 0xFFFFFFFF */ -#define TIM_CNT_CNT TIM_CNT_CNT_Msk /*!State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + } while(0) +#else +#define __HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) +#endif + +/** @brief Enable or disable the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt source to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt enable + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt enable + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2,(__INTERRUPT__)) +#define __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2, (__INTERRUPT__)) + +/** @brief Checks if the specified I2C interrupt source is enabled or disabled. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the I2C interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt enable + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt enable + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable + * @retval The new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 & (__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET) + +/** @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag + * Address matched flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag + * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((((uint8_t)((__FLAG__) >> 16U)) == 0x01U) ? \ + (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR1) & ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) == ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET) : \ + (((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR2) & ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) == ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET)) + +/** @brief Clears the I2C pending flags which are cleared by writing 0 in a specific bit. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR1 = ~((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) + +/** @brief Clears the I2C ADDR pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \ + tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR1; \ + tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR2; \ + UNUSED(tmpreg); \ + } while(0) + +/** @brief Clears the I2C STOPF pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \ + tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR1; \ + SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE); \ + UNUSED(tmpreg); \ + } while(0) + +/** @brief Enable the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE) + +/** @brief Disable the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the I2C Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Include I2C HAL Extension module */ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h" + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @{ + */ +/* Initialization and de-initialization functions******************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Callbacks Register/UnRegister functions ***********************************/ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @{ + */ +/* IO operation functions ****************************************************/ +/******* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout); + +/******* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress); + +/******* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ +/******* I2C IRQHandler and Callbacks used in non blocking modes (Interrupt and DMA) */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode); +void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @{ + */ +/* Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions *********************************/ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define I2C_FLAG_MASK 0x0000FFFFU +#define I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ_STANDARD 2000000U /*!< 2 MHz */ +#define I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ_FAST 4000000U /*!< 4 MHz */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macros I2C Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ(__PCLK__, __SPEED__) (((__SPEED__) <= 100000U) ? ((__PCLK__) < I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ_STANDARD) : ((__PCLK__) < I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ_FAST)) +#define I2C_CCR_CALCULATION(__PCLK__, __SPEED__, __COEFF__) (((((__PCLK__) - 1U)/((__SPEED__) * (__COEFF__))) + 1U) & I2C_CCR_CCR) +#define I2C_FREQRANGE(__PCLK__) ((__PCLK__)/1000000U) +#define I2C_RISE_TIME(__FREQRANGE__, __SPEED__) (((__SPEED__) <= 100000U) ? ((__FREQRANGE__) + 1U) : ((((__FREQRANGE__) * 300U) / 1000U) + 1U)) +#define I2C_SPEED_STANDARD(__PCLK__, __SPEED__) ((I2C_CCR_CALCULATION((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), 2U) < 4U)? 4U:I2C_CCR_CALCULATION((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), 2U)) +#define I2C_SPEED_FAST(__PCLK__, __SPEED__, __DUTYCYCLE__) (((__DUTYCYCLE__) == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2)? I2C_CCR_CALCULATION((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), 3U) : (I2C_CCR_CALCULATION((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), 25U) | I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9)) +#define I2C_SPEED(__PCLK__, __SPEED__, __DUTYCYCLE__) (((__SPEED__) <= 100000U)? (I2C_SPEED_STANDARD((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__))) : \ + ((I2C_SPEED_FAST((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), (__DUTYCYCLE__)) & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0U)? 1U : \ + ((I2C_SPEED_FAST((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), (__DUTYCYCLE__))) | I2C_CCR_FS)) + +#define I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint8_t)(~I2C_OAR1_ADD0))) +#define I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((__ADDRESS__) | I2C_OAR1_ADD0)) + +#define I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)0x00FF))) +#define I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)0x0300)) >> 7) | (uint16_t)0x00F0))) +#define I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)0x0300)) >> 7) | (uint16_t)(0x00F1)))) + +#define I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)0xFF00)) >> 8))) +#define I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)0x00FF))) + +/** @defgroup I2C_IS_RTC_Definitions I2C Private macros to check input parameters + * @{ + */ +#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2) || \ + ((CYCLE) == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9)) +#define IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)) +#define IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE)) +#define IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(CALL) (((CALL) == I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE) || \ + ((CALL) == I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE)) +#define IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(STRETCH) (((STRETCH) == I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE) || \ + ((STRETCH) == I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE)) +#define IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) || \ + ((SIZE) == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT)) +#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) > 0U) && ((SPEED) <= 400000U)) +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) (((ADDRESS1) & 0xFFFFFC00U) == 0U) +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) (((ADDRESS2) & 0xFFFFFF01U) == 0U) +#define IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP) || \ + IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST)) + +#define IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(REQUEST) (((REQUEST) == I2C_OTHER_FRAME) || \ + ((REQUEST) == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + +#define I2C_CHECK_FLAG(__ISR__, __FLAG__) ((((__ISR__) & ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) == ((__FLAG__) & I2C_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET) +#define I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(__CR1__, __IT__) ((((__CR1__) & (__IT__)) == (__IT__)) ? SET : RESET) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_I2C_H */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2ee7c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of I2C HAL Extension module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF)&&defined(I2C_FLTR_DNF) +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2CEx + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Constants I2C Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Analog_Filter I2C Analog Filter + * @{ + */ +#define I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE 0x00000000U +#define I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE I2C_FLTR_ANOFF +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @{ + */ +/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Private_Macros I2C Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \ + ((FILTER) == I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE)) +#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000FU) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_I2C_EX_H */ + + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h index cf01e51..2e3909a 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h @@ -1242,8 +1242,8 @@ typedef struct */ /* Initialization and de-initialization functions ******************************/ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void); -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct); -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(const RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(const RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency); /** * @} */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h index 4e2de04..84d1b51 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h @@ -339,11 +339,12 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to * @retval None */ #if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U) -#define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do{ \ - (__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; \ - (__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL; \ - (__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ - } while(0) +#define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + (__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + } while(0) #else #define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) #endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ @@ -444,7 +445,7 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to __IO uint32_t tmpreg_fre = 0x00U; \ tmpreg_fre = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \ UNUSED(tmpreg_fre); \ - }while(0U) + } while(0U) /** @brief Enable the SPI peripheral. * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle. @@ -488,8 +489,11 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to * This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. * @retval None */ -#define SPI_RESET_CRC(__HANDLE__) do{CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN);\ - SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN);}while(0U) +#define SPI_RESET_CRC(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN); \ + SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN); \ + } while(0U) /** @brief Check whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. * @param __SR__ copy of SPI SR register. @@ -505,7 +509,7 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to * @retval SET or RESET. */ #define SPI_CHECK_FLAG(__SR__, __FLAG__) ((((__SR__) & ((__FLAG__) & SPI_FLAG_MASK)) == \ - ((__FLAG__) & SPI_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET) + ((__FLAG__) & SPI_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET) /** @brief Check whether the specified SPI Interrupt is set or not. * @param __CR2__ copy of SPI CR2 register. @@ -517,7 +521,7 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to * @retval SET or RESET. */ #define SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(__CR2__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__CR2__) & (__INTERRUPT__)) == \ - (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET) + (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET) /** @brief Checks if SPI Mode parameter is in allowed range. * @param __MODE__ specifies the SPI Mode. @@ -627,7 +631,7 @@ typedef void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to */ #define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__POLYNOMIAL__) (((__POLYNOMIAL__) >= 0x1U) && \ ((__POLYNOMIAL__) <= 0xFFFFU) && \ - (((__POLYNOMIAL__)&0x1U) != 0U)) + (((__POLYNOMIAL__)&0x1U) != 0U)) /** @brief Checks if DMA handle is valid. * @param __HANDLE__ specifies a DMA Handle. @@ -669,7 +673,7 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_Ca /* I/O operation functions ***************************************************/ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53c9bf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,2157 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of TIM HAL module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_H +#define STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Types TIM Exported Types + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time base Configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */ + + uint32_t CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF. */ + + uint32_t ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_ClockDivision */ + + uint32_t RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + GP timers: this parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and + Max_Data = 0xFF. + Advanced timers: this parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and + Max_Data = 0xFFFF. */ + + uint32_t AutoReloadPreload; /*!< Specifies the auto-reload preload. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AutoReloadPreload */ +} TIM_Base_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint32_t Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */ + + uint32_t OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint32_t OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ + + uint32_t OCFastMode; /*!< Specifies the Fast mode state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Fast_State + @note This parameter is valid only in PWM1 and PWM2 mode. */ + + + uint32_t OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ + + uint32_t OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ +} TIM_OC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM One Pulse Mode Configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint32_t Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */ + + uint32_t OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint32_t OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ + + uint32_t OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ + + uint32_t OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature. */ + + uint32_t ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint32_t ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint32_t ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ +} TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint32_t ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint32_t ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint32_t ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ +} TIM_IC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Encoder Configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EncoderMode; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Encoder_Mode */ + + uint32_t IC1Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Encoder_Input_Polarity */ + + uint32_t IC1Selection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint32_t IC1Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint32_t IC1Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ + + uint32_t IC2Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Encoder_Input_Polarity */ + + uint32_t IC2Selection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint32_t IC2Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint32_t IC2Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ +} TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Clock Configuration Handle Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ClockSource; /*!< TIM clock sources + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Source */ + uint32_t ClockPolarity; /*!< TIM clock polarity + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Polarity */ + uint32_t ClockPrescaler; /*!< TIM clock prescaler + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Prescaler */ + uint32_t ClockFilter; /*!< TIM clock filter + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ +} TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Clear Input Configuration Handle Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ClearInputState; /*!< TIM clear Input state + This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE */ + uint32_t ClearInputSource; /*!< TIM clear Input sources + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_ClearInput_Source */ + uint32_t ClearInputPolarity; /*!< TIM Clear Input polarity + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_ClearInput_Polarity */ + uint32_t ClearInputPrescaler; /*!< TIM Clear Input prescaler + This parameter must be 0: When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, + ETR prescaler must be off */ + uint32_t ClearInputFilter; /*!< TIM Clear Input filter + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ +} TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Master configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t MasterOutputTrigger; /*!< Trigger output (TRGO) selection + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Master_Mode_Selection */ + uint32_t MasterSlaveMode; /*!< Master/slave mode selection + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + @note When the Master/slave mode is enabled, the effect of + an event on the trigger input (TRGI) is delayed to allow a + perfect synchronization between the current timer and its + slaves (through TRGO). It is not mandatory in case of timer + synchronization mode. */ +} TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Slave configuration Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SlaveMode; /*!< Slave mode selection + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Slave_Mode */ + uint32_t InputTrigger; /*!< Input Trigger source + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Trigger_Selection */ + uint32_t TriggerPolarity; /*!< Input Trigger polarity + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Trigger_Polarity */ + uint32_t TriggerPrescaler; /*!< Input trigger prescaler + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Trigger_Prescaler */ + uint32_t TriggerFilter; /*!< Input trigger filter + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ + +} TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Break input(s) and Dead time configuration Structure definition + * @note 2 break inputs can be configured (BKIN and BKIN2) with configurable + * filter and polarity. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t OffStateRunMode; /*!< TIM off state in run mode, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint32_t OffStateIDLEMode; /*!< TIM off state in IDLE mode, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint32_t LockLevel; /*!< TIM Lock level, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint32_t DeadTime; /*!< TIM dead Time, This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF */ + + uint32_t BreakState; /*!< TIM Break State, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint32_t BreakPolarity; /*!< TIM Break input polarity, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint32_t BreakFilter; /*!< Specifies the break input filter.This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ + + uint32_t AutomaticOutput; /*!< TIM Automatic Output Enable state, This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ + +} TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL State structures definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< Peripheral not yet initialized or disabled */ + HAL_TIM_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use */ + HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< An internal process is ongoing */ + HAL_TIM_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03U, /*!< Timeout state */ + HAL_TIM_STATE_ERROR = 0x04U /*!< Reception process is ongoing */ +} HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Channel States definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< TIM Channel initial state */ + HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< TIM Channel ready for use */ + HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< An internal process is ongoing on the TIM channel */ +} HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA Burst States definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< DMA Burst initial state */ + HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< DMA Burst ready for use */ + HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< Ongoing DMA Burst */ +} HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL Active channel structures definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1 = 0x01U, /*!< The active channel is 1 */ + HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2 = 0x02U, /*!< The active channel is 2 */ + HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3 = 0x04U, /*!< The active channel is 3 */ + HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4 = 0x08U, /*!< The active channel is 4 */ + HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED = 0x00U /*!< All active channels cleared */ +} HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel; + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Handle Structure definition + */ +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +typedef struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef +#else +typedef struct +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +{ + TIM_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */ + TIM_Base_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< TIM Time Base required parameters */ + HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel Channel; /*!< Active channel */ + DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma[7]; /*!< DMA Handlers array + This array is accessed by a @ref DMA_Handle_index */ + HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< Locking object */ + __IO HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef State; /*!< TIM operation state */ + __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef ChannelState[4]; /*!< TIM channel operation state */ + __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef ChannelNState[4]; /*!< TIM complementary channel operation state */ + __IO HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef DMABurstState; /*!< DMA burst operation state */ + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + void (* Base_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Base Msp Init Callback */ + void (* Base_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* IC_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM IC Msp Init Callback */ + void (* IC_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* OC_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM OC Msp Init Callback */ + void (* OC_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* PWM_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM PWM Msp Init Callback */ + void (* PWM_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* OnePulse_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ + void (* OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* Encoder_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback */ + void (* Encoder_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* HallSensor_MspInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */ + void (* HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */ + void (* PeriodElapsedCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Period Elapsed Callback */ + void (* PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ + void (* TriggerCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Trigger Callback */ + void (* TriggerHalfCpltCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Trigger half complete Callback */ + void (* IC_CaptureCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Input Capture Callback */ + void (* IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Input Capture half complete Callback */ + void (* OC_DelayElapsedCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback */ + void (* PWM_PulseFinishedCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ + void (* PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ + void (* ErrorCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Error Callback */ + void (* CommutationCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Commutation Callback */ + void (* CommutationHalfCpltCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Commutation half complete Callback */ + void (* BreakCallback)(struct __TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< TIM Break Callback */ +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} TIM_HandleTypeDef; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief HAL TIM Callback ID enumeration definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x00U /*!< TIM Base MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x01U /*!< TIM Base MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x02U /*!< TIM IC MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x03U /*!< TIM IC MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x04U /*!< TIM OC MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x05U /*!< TIM OC MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x06U /*!< TIM PWM MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x07U /*!< TIM PWM MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x08U /*!< TIM One Pulse MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x09U /*!< TIM One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x0AU /*!< TIM Encoder MspInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x0BU /*!< TIM Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x0CU /*!< TIM Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x0DU /*!< TIM Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID = 0x0EU /*!< TIM Period Elapsed Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID = 0x0FU /*!< TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID = 0x10U /*!< TIM Trigger Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID = 0x11U /*!< TIM Trigger half complete Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID = 0x12U /*!< TIM Input Capture Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID = 0x13U /*!< TIM Input Capture half complete Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID = 0x14U /*!< TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID = 0x15U /*!< TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID = 0x16U /*!< TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID = 0x17U /*!< TIM Error Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID = 0x18U /*!< TIM Commutation Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID = 0x19U /*!< TIM Commutation half complete Callback ID */ + , HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID = 0x1AU /*!< TIM Break Callback ID */ +} HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL TIM Callback pointer definition + */ +typedef void (*pTIM_CallbackTypeDef)(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); /*!< pointer to the TIM callback function */ + +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported types -----------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Constants TIM Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ClearInput_Source TIM Clear Input Source + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< OCREF_CLR is disabled */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR 0x00000001U /*!< OCREF_CLR is connected to ETRF input */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address TIM DMA Base Address + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_DMABASE_CR1 0x00000000U +#define TIM_DMABASE_CR2 0x00000001U +#define TIM_DMABASE_SMCR 0x00000002U +#define TIM_DMABASE_DIER 0x00000003U +#define TIM_DMABASE_SR 0x00000004U +#define TIM_DMABASE_EGR 0x00000005U +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 0x00000006U +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 0x00000007U +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCER 0x00000008U +#define TIM_DMABASE_CNT 0x00000009U +#define TIM_DMABASE_PSC 0x0000000AU +#define TIM_DMABASE_ARR 0x0000000BU +#define TIM_DMABASE_RCR 0x0000000CU +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 0x0000000DU +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 0x0000000EU +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 0x0000000FU +#define TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 0x00000010U +#define TIM_DMABASE_BDTR 0x00000011U +#define TIM_DMABASE_DCR 0x00000012U +#define TIM_DMABASE_DMAR 0x00000013U +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source TIM Event Source + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE TIM_EGR_UG /*!< Reinitialize the counter and generates an update of the registers */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1 TIM_EGR_CC1G /*!< A capture/compare event is generated on channel 1 */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2 TIM_EGR_CC2G /*!< A capture/compare event is generated on channel 2 */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3 TIM_EGR_CC3G /*!< A capture/compare event is generated on channel 3 */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4 TIM_EGR_CC4G /*!< A capture/compare event is generated on channel 4 */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM TIM_EGR_COMG /*!< A commutation event is generated */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER TIM_EGR_TG /*!< A trigger event is generated */ +#define TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK TIM_EGR_BG /*!< A break event is generated */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Channel_Polarity TIM Input Channel polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING 0x00000000U /*!< Polarity for TIx source */ +#define TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING TIM_CCER_CC1P /*!< Polarity for TIx source */ +#define TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP) /*!< Polarity for TIx source */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ETR_Polarity TIM ETR Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED TIM_SMCR_ETP /*!< Polarity for ETR source */ +#define TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED 0x00000000U /*!< Polarity for ETR source */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ETR_Prescaler TIM ETR Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1 0x00000000U /*!< No prescaler is used */ +#define TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2 TIM_SMCR_ETPS_0 /*!< ETR input source is divided by 2 */ +#define TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4 TIM_SMCR_ETPS_1 /*!< ETR input source is divided by 4 */ +#define TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8 TIM_SMCR_ETPS /*!< ETR input source is divided by 8 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode TIM Counter Mode + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP 0x00000000U /*!< Counter used as up-counter */ +#define TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN TIM_CR1_DIR /*!< Counter used as down-counter */ +#define TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1 TIM_CR1_CMS_0 /*!< Center-aligned mode 1 */ +#define TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED2 TIM_CR1_CMS_1 /*!< Center-aligned mode 2 */ +#define TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED3 TIM_CR1_CMS /*!< Center-aligned mode 3 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ClockDivision TIM Clock Division + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1 0x00000000U /*!< Clock division: tDTS=tCK_INT */ +#define TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2 TIM_CR1_CKD_0 /*!< Clock division: tDTS=2*tCK_INT */ +#define TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4 TIM_CR1_CKD_1 /*!< Clock division: tDTS=4*tCK_INT */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State TIM Output Compare State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Capture/Compare 1 output disabled */ +#define TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE TIM_CCER_CC1E /*!< Capture/Compare 1 output enabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AutoReloadPreload TIM Auto-Reload Preload + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< TIMx_ARR register is not buffered */ +#define TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_ENABLE TIM_CR1_ARPE /*!< TIMx_ARR register is buffered */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Fast_State TIM Output Fast State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Output Compare fast disable */ +#define TIM_OCFAST_ENABLE TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE /*!< Output Compare fast enable */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State TIM Complementary Output Compare State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< OCxN is disabled */ +#define TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_ENABLE TIM_CCER_CC1NE /*!< OCxN is enabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity TIM Output Compare Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH 0x00000000U /*!< Capture/Compare output polarity */ +#define TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW TIM_CCER_CC1P /*!< Capture/Compare output polarity */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity TIM Complementary Output Compare Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH 0x00000000U /*!< Capture/Compare complementary output polarity */ +#define TIM_OCNPOLARITY_LOW TIM_CCER_CC1NP /*!< Capture/Compare complementary output polarity */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State TIM Output Compare Idle State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCIDLESTATE_SET TIM_CR2_OIS1 /*!< Output Idle state: OCx=1 when MOE=0 */ +#define TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET 0x00000000U /*!< Output Idle state: OCx=0 when MOE=0 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State TIM Complementary Output Compare Idle State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_SET TIM_CR2_OIS1N /*!< Complementary output Idle state: OCxN=1 when MOE=0 */ +#define TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET 0x00000000U /*!< Complementary output Idle state: OCxN=0 when MOE=0 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity TIM Input Capture Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING /*!< Capture triggered by rising edge on timer input */ +#define TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING /*!< Capture triggered by falling edge on timer input */ +#define TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE /*!< Capture triggered by both rising and falling edges on timer input*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Input_Polarity TIM Encoder Input Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_RISING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING /*!< Encoder input with rising edge polarity */ +#define TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_FALLING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING /*!< Encoder input with falling edge polarity */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection TIM Input Capture Selection + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_1 /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC TIM_CCMR1_CC1S /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler TIM Input Capture Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 0x00000000U /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_0 /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC_1 /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode TIM One Pulse Mode + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE TIM_CR1_OPM /*!< Counter stops counting at the next update event */ +#define TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE 0x00000000U /*!< Counter is not stopped at update event */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode TIM Encoder Mode + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI1 TIM_SMCR_SMS_0 /*!< Quadrature encoder mode 1, x2 mode, counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level */ +#define TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI2 TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 /*!< Quadrature encoder mode 2, x2 mode, counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. */ +#define TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI12 (TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_0) /*!< Quadrature encoder mode 3, x4 mode, counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending on the level of the other input. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Interrupt_definition TIM interrupt Definition + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_IT_UPDATE TIM_DIER_UIE /*!< Update interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_CC1 TIM_DIER_CC1IE /*!< Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_CC2 TIM_DIER_CC2IE /*!< Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_CC3 TIM_DIER_CC3IE /*!< Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_CC4 TIM_DIER_CC4IE /*!< Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_COM TIM_DIER_COMIE /*!< Commutation interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_TRIGGER TIM_DIER_TIE /*!< Trigger interrupt */ +#define TIM_IT_BREAK TIM_DIER_BIE /*!< Break interrupt */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Commutation_Source TIM Commutation Source + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI TIM_CR2_CCUS /*!< When Capture/compare control bits are preloaded, they are updated by setting the COMG bit or when an rising edge occurs on trigger input */ +#define TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE 0x00000000U /*!< When Capture/compare control bits are preloaded, they are updated by setting the COMG bit */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources TIM DMA Sources + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_DMA_UPDATE TIM_DIER_UDE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the update event */ +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 TIM_DIER_CC1DE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 1 event */ +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 TIM_DIER_CC2DE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 2 event event */ +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 TIM_DIER_CC3DE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 3 event event */ +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 TIM_DIER_CC4DE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 4 event event */ +#define TIM_DMA_COM TIM_DIER_COMDE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the commutation event */ +#define TIM_DMA_TRIGGER TIM_DIER_TDE /*!< DMA request is triggered by the trigger event */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_CC_DMA_Request CCx DMA request selection + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC 0x00000000U /*!< CCx DMA request sent when capture or compare match event occurs */ +#define TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPDATE TIM_CR2_CCDS /*!< CCx DMA requests sent when update event occurs */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Flag_definition TIM Flag Definition + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_FLAG_UPDATE TIM_SR_UIF /*!< Update interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 TIM_SR_CC1IF /*!< Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 TIM_SR_CC2IF /*!< Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 TIM_SR_CC3IF /*!< Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 TIM_SR_CC4IF /*!< Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_COM TIM_SR_COMIF /*!< Commutation interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER TIM_SR_TIF /*!< Trigger interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_BREAK TIM_SR_BIF /*!< Break interrupt flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF TIM_SR_CC1OF /*!< Capture 1 overcapture flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF TIM_SR_CC2OF /*!< Capture 2 overcapture flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF TIM_SR_CC3OF /*!< Capture 3 overcapture flag */ +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF TIM_SR_CC4OF /*!< Capture 4 overcapture flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel TIM Channel + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CHANNEL_1 0x00000000U /*!< Capture/compare channel 1 identifier */ +#define TIM_CHANNEL_2 0x00000004U /*!< Capture/compare channel 2 identifier */ +#define TIM_CHANNEL_3 0x00000008U /*!< Capture/compare channel 3 identifier */ +#define TIM_CHANNEL_4 0x0000000CU /*!< Capture/compare channel 4 identifier */ +#define TIM_CHANNEL_ALL 0x0000003CU /*!< Global Capture/compare channel identifier */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Source TIM Clock Source + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL TIM_SMCR_ETPS_0 /*!< Internal clock source */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1 TIM_TS_ETRF /*!< External clock source mode 1 (ETRF) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 TIM_SMCR_ETPS_1 /*!< External clock source mode 2 */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED TIM_TS_TI1F_ED /*!< External clock source mode 1 (TTI1FP1 + edge detect.) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1 TIM_TS_TI1FP1 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (TTI1FP1) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2 TIM_TS_TI2FP2 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (TTI2FP2) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0 TIM_TS_ITR0 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (ITR0) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1 TIM_TS_ITR1 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (ITR1) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2 TIM_TS_ITR2 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (ITR2) */ +#define TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3 TIM_TS_ITR3 /*!< External clock source mode 1 (ITR3) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Polarity TIM Clock Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_INVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx clock sources */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_NONINVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx clock sources */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING /*!< Polarity for TIx clock sources */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING /*!< Polarity for TIx clock sources */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE /*!< Polarity for TIx clock sources */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Prescaler TIM Clock Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV1 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1 /*!< No prescaler is used */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV2 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV4 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV8 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ClearInput_Polarity TIM Clear Input Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_INVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx pin */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_NONINVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx pin */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_ClearInput_Prescaler TIM Clear Input Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1 /*!< No prescaler is used */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV2 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV4 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV8 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state TIM OSSR OffState Selection for Run mode state + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OSSR_ENABLE TIM_BDTR_OSSR /*!< When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are enabled (still controlled by the timer) */ +#define TIM_OSSR_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are disabled (not controlled any longer by the timer) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state TIM OSSI OffState Selection for Idle mode state + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OSSI_ENABLE TIM_BDTR_OSSI /*!< When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are enabled (still controlled by the timer) */ +#define TIM_OSSI_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are disabled (not controlled any longer by the timer) */ +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level TIM Lock level + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF 0x00000000U /*!< LOCK OFF */ +#define TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1 TIM_BDTR_LOCK_0 /*!< LOCK Level 1 */ +#define TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2 TIM_BDTR_LOCK_1 /*!< LOCK Level 2 */ +#define TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3 TIM_BDTR_LOCK /*!< LOCK Level 3 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable TIM Break Input Enable + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_BREAK_ENABLE TIM_BDTR_BKE /*!< Break input BRK is enabled */ +#define TIM_BREAK_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Break input BRK is disabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity TIM Break Input Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_LOW 0x00000000U /*!< Break input BRK is active low */ +#define TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_HIGH TIM_BDTR_BKP /*!< Break input BRK is active high */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset TIM Automatic Output Enable + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< MOE can be set only by software */ +#define TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE TIM_BDTR_AOE /*!< MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event (if none of the break inputs BRK and BRK2 is active) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Mode_Selection TIM Master Mode Selection + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_TRGO_RESET 0x00000000U /*!< TIMx_EGR.UG bit is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_ENABLE TIM_CR2_MMS_0 /*!< TIMx_CR1.CEN bit is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_UPDATE TIM_CR2_MMS_1 /*!< Update event is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_OC1 (TIM_CR2_MMS_1 | TIM_CR2_MMS_0) /*!< Capture or a compare match 1 is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_OC1REF TIM_CR2_MMS_2 /*!< OC1REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_OC2REF (TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_0) /*!< OC2REF signal is used as trigger output(TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_OC3REF (TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_1) /*!< OC3REF signal is used as trigger output(TRGO) */ +#define TIM_TRGO_OC4REF (TIM_CR2_MMS_2 | TIM_CR2_MMS_1 | TIM_CR2_MMS_0) /*!< OC4REF signal is used as trigger output(TRGO) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode TIM Master/Slave Mode + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_ENABLE TIM_SMCR_MSM /*!< No action */ +#define TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Master/slave mode is selected */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode TIM Slave mode + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Slave mode disabled */ +#define TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 /*!< Reset Mode */ +#define TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED (TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_0) /*!< Gated Mode */ +#define TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER (TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_1) /*!< Trigger Mode */ +#define TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 (TIM_SMCR_SMS_2 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_1 | TIM_SMCR_SMS_0) /*!< External Clock Mode 1 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes TIM Output Compare and PWM Modes + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_TIMING 0x00000000U /*!< Frozen */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0 /*!< Set channel to active level on match */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 /*!< Set channel to inactive level on match */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE (TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0) /*!< Toggle */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_PWM1 (TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1) /*!< PWM mode 1 */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_PWM2 (TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_1 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0) /*!< PWM mode 2 */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE (TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 | TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_0) /*!< Force active level */ +#define TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE TIM_CCMR1_OC1M_2 /*!< Force inactive level */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Selection TIM Trigger Selection + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 0x00000000U /*!< Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0) */ +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 TIM_SMCR_TS_0 /*!< Internal Trigger 1 (ITR1) */ +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 TIM_SMCR_TS_1 /*!< Internal Trigger 2 (ITR2) */ +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 (TIM_SMCR_TS_0 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1) /*!< Internal Trigger 3 (ITR3) */ +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED TIM_SMCR_TS_2 /*!< TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED) */ +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 (TIM_SMCR_TS_0 | TIM_SMCR_TS_2) /*!< Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1) */ +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 (TIM_SMCR_TS_1 | TIM_SMCR_TS_2) /*!< Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI2FP2) */ +#define TIM_TS_ETRF (TIM_SMCR_TS_0 | TIM_SMCR_TS_1 | TIM_SMCR_TS_2) /*!< Filtered External Trigger input (ETRF) */ +#define TIM_TS_NONE 0x0000FFFFU /*!< No trigger selected */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Polarity TIM Trigger Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_INVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx trigger sources */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_NONINVERTED TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED /*!< Polarity for ETRx trigger sources */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_RISING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING /*!< Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger sources */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_FALLING TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING /*!< Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger sources */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE /*!< Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger sources */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Prescaler TIM Trigger Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV1 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1 /*!< No prescaler is used */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV2 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV4 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV8 TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8 /*!< Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TI1_Selection TIM TI1 Input Selection + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1 0x00000000U /*!< The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input */ +#define TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION TIM_CR2_TI1S /*!< The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length TIM DMA Burst Length + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER 0x00000000U /*!< The transfer is done to 1 register starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_2TRANSFERS 0x00000100U /*!< The transfer is done to 2 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_3TRANSFERS 0x00000200U /*!< The transfer is done to 3 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_4TRANSFERS 0x00000300U /*!< The transfer is done to 4 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_5TRANSFERS 0x00000400U /*!< The transfer is done to 5 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_6TRANSFERS 0x00000500U /*!< The transfer is done to 6 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_7TRANSFERS 0x00000600U /*!< The transfer is done to 7 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_8TRANSFERS 0x00000700U /*!< The transfer is done to 8 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_9TRANSFERS 0x00000800U /*!< The transfer is done to 9 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_10TRANSFERS 0x00000900U /*!< The transfer is done to 10 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_11TRANSFERS 0x00000A00U /*!< The transfer is done to 11 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_12TRANSFERS 0x00000B00U /*!< The transfer is done to 12 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_13TRANSFERS 0x00000C00U /*!< The transfer is done to 13 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_14TRANSFERS 0x00000D00U /*!< The transfer is done to 14 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_15TRANSFERS 0x00000E00U /*!< The transfer is done to 15 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_16TRANSFERS 0x00000F00U /*!< The transfer is done to 16 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_17TRANSFERS 0x00001000U /*!< The transfer is done to 17 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +#define TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS 0x00001100U /*!< The transfer is done to 18 registers starting from TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Handle_index TIM DMA Handle Index + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE ((uint16_t) 0x0000) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Update DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_CC1 ((uint16_t) 0x0001) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 1 DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_CC2 ((uint16_t) 0x0002) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 2 DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_CC3 ((uint16_t) 0x0003) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 3 DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_CC4 ((uint16_t) 0x0004) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 4 DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION ((uint16_t) 0x0005) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Commutation DMA requests */ +#define TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER ((uint16_t) 0x0006) /*!< Index of the DMA handle used for Trigger DMA requests */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Channel_CC_State TIM Capture/Compare Channel State + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_CCx_ENABLE 0x00000001U /*!< Input or output channel is enabled */ +#define TIM_CCx_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Input or output channel is disabled */ +#define TIM_CCxN_ENABLE 0x00000004U /*!< Complementary output channel is enabled */ +#define TIM_CCxN_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Complementary output channel is enabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported constants -------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Macros TIM Exported Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** @brief Reset TIM handle state. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @retval None + */ +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +#define __HAL_TIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do { \ + (__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[0] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[1] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[2] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[3] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[0] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[1] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[2] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[3] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->Base_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->Base_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->IC_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->IC_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->OC_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->OC_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->PWM_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->Encoder_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + } while(0) +#else +#define __HAL_TIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do { \ + (__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[0] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[1] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[2] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[3] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[0] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[1] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[2] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[3] = HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; \ + } while(0) +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the TIM peripheral. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1|=(TIM_CR1_CEN)) + +/** + * @brief Enable the TIM main Output. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->BDTR|=(TIM_BDTR_MOE)) + +/** + * @brief Disable the TIM peripheral. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do { \ + if (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER & TIM_CCER_CCxE_MASK) == 0UL) \ + { \ + if(((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER & TIM_CCER_CCxNE_MASK) == 0UL) \ + { \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_CEN); \ + } \ + } \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @brief Disable the TIM main Output. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @retval None + * @note The Main Output Enable of a timer instance is disabled only if all the CCx and CCxN channels have been + * disabled + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do { \ + if (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER & TIM_CCER_CCxE_MASK) == 0UL) \ + { \ + if(((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER & TIM_CCER_CCxNE_MASK) == 0UL) \ + { \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->BDTR &= ~(TIM_BDTR_MOE); \ + } \ + } \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @brief Disable the TIM main Output. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @retval None + * @note The Main Output Enable of a timer instance is disabled unconditionally + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE_UNCONDITIONALLY(__HANDLE__) (__HANDLE__)->Instance->BDTR &= ~(TIM_BDTR_MOE) + +/** @brief Enable the specified TIM interrupt. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the TIM interrupt source to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_UPDATE: Update interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: Commutation interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_BREAK: Break interrupt + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DIER |= (__INTERRUPT__)) + +/** @brief Disable the specified TIM interrupt. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the TIM interrupt source to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_UPDATE: Update interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: Commutation interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_BREAK: Break interrupt + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DIER &= ~(__INTERRUPT__)) + +/** @brief Enable the specified DMA request. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __DMA__ specifies the TIM DMA request to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: Update DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: Commutation DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: Trigger DMA request + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(__HANDLE__, __DMA__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DIER |= (__DMA__)) + +/** @brief Disable the specified DMA request. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __DMA__ specifies the TIM DMA request to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: Update DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: Commutation DMA request + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: Trigger DMA request + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(__HANDLE__, __DMA__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DIER &= ~(__DMA__)) + +/** @brief Check whether the specified TIM interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the TIM interrupt flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_UPDATE: Update interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: Commutation interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_BREAK: Break interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag + * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR &(__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__)) + +/** @brief Clear the specified TIM interrupt flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the TIM interrupt flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_UPDATE: Update interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: Commutation interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_BREAK: Break interrupt flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag + * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = ~(__FLAG__)) + +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified TIM interrupt source is enabled or not. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_UPDATE: Update interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: Commutation interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_BREAK: Break interrupt + * @retval The state of TIM_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DIER & (__INTERRUPT__)) \ + == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET) + +/** @brief Clear the TIM interrupt pending bits. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_UPDATE: Update interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: Commutation interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt + * @arg TIM_IT_BREAK: Break interrupt + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = ~(__INTERRUPT__)) + +/** + * @brief Indicates whether or not the TIM Counter is used as downcounter. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @retval False (Counter used as upcounter) or True (Counter used as downcounter) + * @note This macro is particularly useful to get the counting mode when the timer operates in Center-aligned mode + * or Encoder mode. + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_IS_TIM_COUNTING_DOWN(__HANDLE__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &(TIM_CR1_DIR)) == (TIM_CR1_DIR)) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Prescaler on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __PRESC__ specifies the Prescaler new value. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_PRESCALER(__HANDLE__, __PRESC__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->PSC = (__PRESC__)) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Counter Register value on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __COUNTER__ specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__, __COUNTER__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CNT = (__COUNTER__)) + +/** + * @brief Get the TIM Counter Register value on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @retval 16-bit or 32-bit value of the timer counter register (TIMx_CNT) + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CNT) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Autoreload Register value on runtime without calling another time any Init function. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __AUTORELOAD__ specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_AUTORELOAD(__HANDLE__, __AUTORELOAD__) \ + do{ \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->ARR = (__AUTORELOAD__); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.Period = (__AUTORELOAD__); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @brief Get the TIM Autoreload Register value on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @retval 16-bit or 32-bit value of the timer auto-reload register(TIMx_ARR) + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_AUTORELOAD(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->ARR) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Clock Division value on runtime without calling another time any Init function. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CKD__ specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1: tDTS=tCK_INT + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2: tDTS=2*tCK_INT + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4: tDTS=4*tCK_INT + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_CLOCKDIVISION(__HANDLE__, __CKD__) \ + do{ \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= (~TIM_CR1_CKD); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= (__CKD__); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.ClockDivision = (__CKD__); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @brief Get the TIM Clock Division value on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @retval The clock division can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1: tDTS=tCK_INT + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2: tDTS=2*tCK_INT + * @arg TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4: tDTS=4*tCK_INT + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_CLOCKDIVISION(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 & TIM_CR1_CKD) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Input Capture prescaler on runtime without calling another time HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel() + * function. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param __ICPSC__ specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_ICPRESCALER(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __ICPSC__) \ + do{ \ + TIM_RESET_ICPRESCALERVALUE((__HANDLE__), (__CHANNEL__)); \ + TIM_SET_ICPRESCALERVALUE((__HANDLE__), (__CHANNEL__), (__ICPSC__)); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @brief Get the TIM Input Capture prescaler on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: get input capture 1 prescaler value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: get input capture 2 prescaler value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: get input capture 3 prescaler value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: get input capture 4 prescaler value + * @retval The input capture prescaler can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_ICPRESCALER(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC) >> 8U) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC) :\ + (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC)) >> 8U) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Capture Compare Register value on runtime without calling another time ConfigChannel function. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param __COMPARE__ specifies the Capture Compare register new value. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_COMPARE(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __COMPARE__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR1 = (__COMPARE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR2 = (__COMPARE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR3 = (__COMPARE__)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR4 = (__COMPARE__))) + +/** + * @brief Get the TIM Capture Compare Register value on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channel associated with the capture compare register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: get capture/compare 1 register value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: get capture/compare 2 register value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: get capture/compare 3 register value + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: get capture/compare 4 register value + * @retval 16-bit or 32-bit value of the capture/compare register (TIMx_CCRy) + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_GET_COMPARE(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR1) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR2) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR3) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR4)) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Output compare preload. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxPRELOAD(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE)) + +/** + * @brief Reset the TIM Output compare preload. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_OCxPRELOAD(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE)) + +/** + * @brief Enable fast mode for a given channel. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @note When fast mode is enabled an active edge on the trigger input acts + * like a compare match on CCx output. Delay to sample the trigger + * input and to activate CCx output is reduced to 3 clock cycles. + * @note Fast mode acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE)) + +/** + * @brief Disable fast mode for a given channel. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @note When fast mode is disabled CCx output behaves normally depending + * on counter and CCRx values even when the trigger is ON. The minimum + * delay to activate CCx output when an active edge occurs on the + * trigger input is 5 clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_OCxFAST(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE)) + +/** + * @brief Set the Update Request Source (URS) bit of the TIMx_CR1 register. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @note When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is set, only counter + * overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request (if + * enabled) + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_URS_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1|= TIM_CR1_URS) + +/** + * @brief Reset the Update Request Source (URS) bit of the TIMx_CR1 register. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @note When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is reset, any of the + * following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request (if + * enabled): + * _ Counter overflow underflow + * _ Setting the UG bit + * _ Update generation through the slave mode controller + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_URS_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1&=~TIM_CR1_URS) + +/** + * @brief Set the TIM Capture x input polarity on runtime. + * @param __HANDLE__ TIM handle. + * @param __CHANNEL__ TIM Channels to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param __POLARITY__ Polarity for TIx source + * @arg TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING: Rising Edge + * @arg TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING: Falling Edge + * @arg TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE: Rising and Falling Edge + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOLARITY(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __POLARITY__) \ + do{ \ + TIM_RESET_CAPTUREPOLARITY((__HANDLE__), (__CHANNEL__)); \ + TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOLARITY((__HANDLE__), (__CHANNEL__), (__POLARITY__)); \ + }while(0) + +/** @brief Select the Capture/compare DMA request source. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the TIM Handle. + * @param __CCDMA__ specifies Capture/compare DMA request source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC: CCx DMA request generated on Capture/Compare event + * @arg TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPDATE: CCx DMA request generated on Update event + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_TIM_SELECT_CCDMAREQUEST(__HANDLE__, __CCDMA__) \ + MODIFY_REG((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2, TIM_CR2_CCDS, (__CCDMA__)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported macros ----------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Constants TIM Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* The counter of a timer instance is disabled only if all the CCx and CCxN + channels have been disabled */ +#define TIM_CCER_CCxE_MASK ((uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E | TIM_CCER_CC3E | TIM_CCER_CC4E)) +#define TIM_CCER_CCxNE_MASK ((uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of private constants --------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros TIM Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR)) + +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(__BASE__) (((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CR1) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CR2) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_SMCR) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_DIER) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_SR) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_EGR) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCER) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CNT) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_PSC) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_ARR) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_RCR) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCR1) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCR2) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCR3) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_CCR4) || \ + ((__BASE__) == TIM_DMABASE_BDTR)) + +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(__SOURCE__) ((((__SOURCE__) & 0xFFFFFF00U) == 0x00000000U) && ((__SOURCE__) != 0x00000000U)) + +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED2) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED3)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(__DIV__) (((__DIV__) == TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1) || \ + ((__DIV__) == TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2) || \ + ((__DIV__) == TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4)) + +#define IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(PRELOAD) (((PRELOAD) == TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE) || \ + ((PRELOAD) == TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_OCFAST_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW)) + +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_OCNPOLARITY_LOW)) + +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_OCIDLESTATE_SET) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET)) + +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_SET) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET)) + +#define IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_RISING) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_FALLING)) + +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE)) + +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(__SELECTION__) (((__SELECTION__) == TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC)) + +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(__PRESCALER__) (((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) + +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE)) + +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI1) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI2) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI12)) + +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(__SOURCE__) ((((__SOURCE__) & 0xFFFF80FFU) == 0x00000000U) && ((__SOURCE__) != 0x00000000U)) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNELS(__CHANNEL__) (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_ALL)) + +#define IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(__CHANNEL__) (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + +#define IS_TIM_PERIOD(__HANDLE__, __PERIOD__) ((IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(((__HANDLE__)->Instance)) == 0U) ? \ + (((__PERIOD__) > 0U) && ((__PERIOD__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)) : \ + ((__PERIOD__) > 0U)) + +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNELS(__CHANNEL__) (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(__CLOCK__) (((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2) || \ + ((__CLOCK__) == TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_INVERTED) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_NONINVERTED) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(__PRESCALER__) (((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV1) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV2) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV4) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV8)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(__ICFILTER__) ((__ICFILTER__) <= 0xFU) + +#define IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_INVERTED) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_NONINVERTED)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(__PRESCALER__) (((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV2) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV4) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV8)) + +#define IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(__ICFILTER__) ((__ICFILTER__) <= 0xFU) + +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_OSSR_ENABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_OSSR_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_OSSI_ENABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_OSSI_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(__LEVEL__) (((__LEVEL__) == TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF) || \ + ((__LEVEL__) == TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1) || \ + ((__LEVEL__) == TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2) || \ + ((__LEVEL__) == TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3)) + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(__BRKFILTER__) ((__BRKFILTER__) <= 0xFUL) + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_BREAK_ENABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_BREAK_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_LOW) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(__SOURCE__) (((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_RESET) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_ENABLE) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_UPDATE) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_OC1) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_OC1REF) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_OC2REF) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_OC3REF) || \ + ((__SOURCE__) == TIM_TRGO_OC4REF)) + +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_ENABLE) || \ + ((__STATE__) == TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_PWM1) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_PWM2)) + +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_TIMING) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE) || \ + ((__MODE__) == TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE)) + +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(__SELECTION__) (((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) + +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(__SELECTION__) (((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((__SELECTION__) == TIM_TS_NONE)) + +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(__POLARITY__) (((__POLARITY__) == TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_INVERTED ) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_NONINVERTED) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_RISING ) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_FALLING ) || \ + ((__POLARITY__) == TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE )) + +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(__PRESCALER__) (((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV1) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV2) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV4) || \ + ((__PRESCALER__) == TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV8)) + +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(__ICFILTER__) ((__ICFILTER__) <= 0xFU) + +#define IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(__TI1SELECTION__) (((__TI1SELECTION__) == TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1) || \ + ((__TI1SELECTION__) == TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION)) + +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(__LENGTH__) (((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_2TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_3TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_4TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_5TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_6TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_7TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_8TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_9TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_10TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_11TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_12TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_13TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_14TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_15TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_16TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_17TRANSFERS) || \ + ((__LENGTH__) == TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS)) + +#define IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1U) && ((LENGTH) < 0x10000U)) + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(__ICFILTER__) ((__ICFILTER__) <= 0xFU) + +#define IS_TIM_DEADTIME(__DEADTIME__) ((__DEADTIME__) <= 0xFFU) + +#define IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(__TRIGGER__) ((__TRIGGER__) == TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER) + +#define TIM_SET_ICPRESCALERVALUE(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __ICPSC__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= (__ICPSC__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 |= ((__ICPSC__) << 8U)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= (__ICPSC__)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 |= ((__ICPSC__) << 8U))) + +#define TIM_RESET_ICPRESCALERVALUE(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC)) + +#define TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOLARITY(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __POLARITY__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER |= (__POLARITY__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER |= ((__POLARITY__) << 4U)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER |= ((__POLARITY__) << 8U)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER |= (((__POLARITY__) << 12U)))) + +#define TIM_RESET_CAPTUREPOLARITY(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCER &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP))) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__)\ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[0] :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[1] :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[2] :\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[3]) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __CHANNEL_STATE__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[0] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[1] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[2] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[3] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__))) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL_STATE__)\ + do {\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[0] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__);\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[1] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__);\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[2] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__);\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelState[3] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__);\ + } while(0) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__)\ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[0] :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[1] :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[2] :\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[3]) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL__, __CHANNEL_STATE__) \ + (((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[0] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_2) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[1] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__CHANNEL__) == TIM_CHANNEL_3) ? ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[2] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__)) :\ + ((__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[3] = (__CHANNEL_STATE__))) + +#define TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(__HANDLE__, __CHANNEL_STATE__)\ + do {\ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[0] = \ + (__CHANNEL_STATE__); \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[1] = \ + (__CHANNEL_STATE__); \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[2] = \ + (__CHANNEL_STATE__); \ + (__HANDLE__)->ChannelNState[3] = \ + (__CHANNEL_STATE__); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of private macros -----------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Include TIM HAL Extended module */ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h" + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * @{ + */ +/* Time Base functions ********************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions + * @brief TIM Output Compare functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Output Compare functions *********************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions + * @brief TIM PWM functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer PWM functions ********************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions + * @brief TIM Input Capture functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Input Capture functions **********************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions + * @brief TIM One Pulse functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer One Pulse functions **************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions + * @brief TIM Encoder functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Encoder functions ****************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, + uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief IRQ handler management + * @{ + */ +/* Interrupt Handler functions ***********************************************/ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * @{ + */ +/* Control functions *********************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, + uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource); +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * @{ + */ +/* Callback in non blocking modes (Interrupt and DMA) *************************/ +void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); + +/* Callbacks Register/UnRegister functions ***********************************/ +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * @{ + */ +/* Peripheral State functions ************************************************/ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); + +/* Peripheral Channel state functions ************************************************/ +HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private functions----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure); +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); + +void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_H */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f1d01b --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of TIM HAL Extended module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H +#define STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Types TIM Extended Exported Types + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM Hall sensor Configuration Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t IC1Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint32_t IC1Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint32_t IC1Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */ + + uint32_t Commutation_Delay; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */ +} TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef; +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported types -----------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Constants TIM Extended Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Remap TIM Extended Remapping + * @{ + */ +#if defined (TIM2) +#if defined(TIM8) +#define TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to TIM8 TRGO */ +#endif /* TIM8 */ +#define TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_0 /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to PTP trigger output */ +#define TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_1 /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG FS SOF */ +#define TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF (TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_1 | TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_0) /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG HS SOF */ +#endif /* TIM2 */ + +#define TIM_TIM5_GPIO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO */ +#define TIM_TIM5_LSI TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_0 /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSI */ +#define TIM_TIM5_LSE TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_1 /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSE */ +#define TIM_TIM5_RTC (TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_1 | TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_0) /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to the RTC wakeup interrupt */ + +#define TIM_TIM11_GPIO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to GPIO */ +#define TIM_TIM11_HSE TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_1 /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock */ +#if defined(SPDIFRX) +#define TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_0 /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to SPDIFRX_FRAME_SYNC */ +#endif /* SPDIFRX*/ + +#if defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) +#define LPTIM_REMAP_MASK 0x10000000U + +#define TIM_TIM9_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM9 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */ +#define TIM_TIM9_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM9_ITR1_RMP) /*!< TIM9 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output */ + +#define TIM_TIM5_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM5 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */ +#define TIM_TIM5_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) /*!< TIM5 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output */ + +#define TIM_TIM1_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM1 ITR2 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */ +#define TIM_TIM1_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) /*!< TIM1 ITR2 is connected to LPTIM1 output */ +#endif /* LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported constants -------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Macros TIM Extended Exported Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported macro -----------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Macros TIM Extended Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#if defined(SPDIFRX) +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \ + ((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE)))) +#elif defined(TIM2) +#if defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \ + ((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM1) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM1_TIM3_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM1_LPTIM))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_TIM3_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LPTIM))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM9) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_TIM3_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_LPTIM)))) +#elif defined(TIM8) +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \ + ((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE)))) +#else +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \ + ((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE)))) +#endif /* LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP */ +#else +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \ + ((((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE)))) +#endif /* SPDIFRX */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of private macro ------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Hall Sensor functions **********************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); + +void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); + +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Complementary Output Compare functions *****************************/ +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); + +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); + +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Complementary PWM functions ****************************************/ +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); + +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @{ + */ +/* Timer Complementary One Pulse functions **********************************/ +/* Blocking mode: Polling */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); + +/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * @{ + */ +/* Extended Control functions ************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions + * @brief Extended Callbacks functions + * @{ + */ +/* Extended Callback **********************************************************/ +void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral State functions + * @{ + */ +/* Extended Peripheral State functions ***************************************/ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim); +HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t ChannelN); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private functions----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIM Extended Private Functions + * @{ + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ +/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6ce82f --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h @@ -0,0 +1,909 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of UART HAL module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Types UART Exported Types + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief UART Init Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the UART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (huart->Init.BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5 + Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */ + + uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Word_Length */ + + uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Mode */ + + uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies whether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Hardware_Flow_Control */ + + uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies whether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or disabled, to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8). + This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Over_Sampling */ +} UART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL UART State structures definition + * @note HAL UART State value is a combination of 2 different substates: gState and RxState. + * - gState contains UART state information related to global Handle management + * and also information related to Tx operations. + * gState value coding follow below described bitmap : + * b7-b6 Error information + * 00 : No Error + * 01 : (Not Used) + * 10 : Timeout + * 11 : Error + * b5 Peripheral initialization status + * 0 : Reset (Peripheral not initialized) + * 1 : Init done (Peripheral initialized. HAL UART Init function already called) + * b4-b3 (not used) + * xx : Should be set to 00 + * b2 Intrinsic process state + * 0 : Ready + * 1 : Busy (Peripheral busy with some configuration or internal operations) + * b1 (not used) + * x : Should be set to 0 + * b0 Tx state + * 0 : Ready (no Tx operation ongoing) + * 1 : Busy (Tx operation ongoing) + * - RxState contains information related to Rx operations. + * RxState value coding follow below described bitmap : + * b7-b6 (not used) + * xx : Should be set to 00 + * b5 Peripheral initialization status + * 0 : Reset (Peripheral not initialized) + * 1 : Init done (Peripheral initialized) + * b4-b2 (not used) + * xxx : Should be set to 000 + * b1 Rx state + * 0 : Ready (no Rx operation ongoing) + * 1 : Busy (Rx operation ongoing) + * b0 (not used) + * x : Should be set to 0. + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_UART_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< Peripheral is not yet Initialized + Value is allowed for gState and RxState */ + HAL_UART_STATE_READY = 0x20U, /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use + Value is allowed for gState and RxState */ + HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY = 0x24U, /*!< an internal process is ongoing + Value is allowed for gState only */ + HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX = 0x21U, /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing + Value is allowed for gState only */ + HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX = 0x22U, /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing + Value is allowed for RxState only */ + HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX = 0x23U, /*!< Data Transmission and Reception process is ongoing + Not to be used for neither gState nor RxState. + Value is result of combination (Or) between gState and RxState values */ + HAL_UART_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0xA0U, /*!< Timeout state + Value is allowed for gState only */ + HAL_UART_STATE_ERROR = 0xE0U /*!< Error + Value is allowed for gState only */ +} HAL_UART_StateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL UART Reception type definition + * @note HAL UART Reception type value aims to identify which type of Reception is ongoing. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_Reception_Type_Values : + * HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD = 0x00U, + * HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE = 0x01U, + */ +typedef uint32_t HAL_UART_RxTypeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL UART Rx Event type definition + * @note HAL UART Rx Event type value aims to identify which type of Event has occurred + * leading to call of the RxEvent callback. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref UART_RxEvent_Type_Values : + * HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC = 0x00U, + * HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT = 0x01U, + * HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE = 0x02U, + */ +typedef uint32_t HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief UART handle Structure definition + */ +typedef struct __UART_HandleTypeDef +{ + USART_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< UART registers base address */ + + UART_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< UART communication parameters */ + + const uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr; /*!< Pointer to UART Tx transfer Buffer */ + + uint16_t TxXferSize; /*!< UART Tx Transfer size */ + + __IO uint16_t TxXferCount; /*!< UART Tx Transfer Counter */ + + uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr; /*!< Pointer to UART Rx transfer Buffer */ + + uint16_t RxXferSize; /*!< UART Rx Transfer size */ + + __IO uint16_t RxXferCount; /*!< UART Rx Transfer Counter */ + + __IO HAL_UART_RxTypeTypeDef ReceptionType; /*!< Type of ongoing reception */ + + __IO HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef RxEventType; /*!< Type of Rx Event */ + + DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /*!< UART Tx DMA Handle parameters */ + + DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /*!< UART Rx DMA Handle parameters */ + + HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< Locking object */ + + __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gState; /*!< UART state information related to global Handle management + and also related to Tx operations. + This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_UART_StateTypeDef */ + + __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef RxState; /*!< UART state information related to Rx operations. + This parameter can be a value of @ref HAL_UART_StateTypeDef */ + + __IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< UART Error code */ + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + void (* TxHalfCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Tx Half Complete Callback */ + void (* TxCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Tx Complete Callback */ + void (* RxHalfCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Rx Half Complete Callback */ + void (* RxCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Rx Complete Callback */ + void (* ErrorCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Error Callback */ + void (* AbortCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Abort Complete Callback */ + void (* AbortTransmitCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + void (* AbortReceiveCpltCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + void (* WakeupCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Wakeup Callback */ + void (* RxEventCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Pos); /*!< UART Reception Event Callback */ + + void (* MspInitCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Msp Init callback */ + void (* MspDeInitCallback)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< UART Msp DeInit callback */ +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +} UART_HandleTypeDef; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief HAL UART Callback ID enumeration definition + */ +typedef enum +{ + HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x00U, /*!< UART Tx Half Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x01U, /*!< UART Tx Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x02U, /*!< UART Rx Half Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x03U, /*!< UART Rx Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID = 0x04U, /*!< UART Error Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x05U, /*!< UART Abort Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x06U, /*!< UART Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID = 0x07U, /*!< UART Abort Receive Complete Callback ID */ + HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID = 0x08U, /*!< UART Wakeup Callback ID */ + + HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID = 0x0BU, /*!< UART MspInit callback ID */ + HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID = 0x0CU /*!< UART MspDeInit callback ID */ + +} HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HAL UART Callback pointer definition + */ +typedef void (*pUART_CallbackTypeDef)(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); /*!< pointer to an UART callback function */ +typedef void (*pUART_RxEventCallbackTypeDef)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Pos); /*!< pointer to a UART Rx Event specific callback function */ + +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Constants UART Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Error_Code UART Error Code + * @{ + */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< No error */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_PE 0x00000001U /*!< Parity error */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_NE 0x00000002U /*!< Noise error */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_FE 0x00000004U /*!< Frame error */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE 0x00000008U /*!< Overrun error */ +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA 0x00000010U /*!< DMA transfer error */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +#define HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK 0x00000020U /*!< Invalid Callback error */ +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length UART Word Length + * @{ + */ +#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B 0x00000000U +#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Stop_Bits UART Number of Stop Bits + * @{ + */ +#define UART_STOPBITS_1 0x00000000U +#define UART_STOPBITS_2 ((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP_1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Parity UART Parity + * @{ + */ +#define UART_PARITY_NONE 0x00000000U +#define UART_PARITY_EVEN ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_PCE) +#define UART_PARITY_ODD ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Hardware_Flow_Control UART Hardware Flow Control + * @{ + */ +#define UART_HWCONTROL_NONE 0x00000000U +#define UART_HWCONTROL_RTS ((uint32_t)USART_CR3_RTSE) +#define UART_HWCONTROL_CTS ((uint32_t)USART_CR3_CTSE) +#define UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Mode UART Transfer Mode + * @{ + */ +#define UART_MODE_RX ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE) +#define UART_MODE_TX ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE) +#define UART_MODE_TX_RX ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_State UART State + * @{ + */ +#define UART_STATE_DISABLE 0x00000000U +#define UART_STATE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Over_Sampling UART Over Sampling + * @{ + */ +#define UART_OVERSAMPLING_16 0x00000000U +#define UART_OVERSAMPLING_8 ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length UART LIN Break Detection Length + * @{ + */ +#define UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 0x00000000U +#define UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B ((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LBDL) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_WakeUp_functions UART Wakeup Functions + * @{ + */ +#define UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE 0x00000000U +#define UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_WAKE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Flags UART FLags + * Elements values convention: 0xXXXX + * - 0xXXXX : Flag mask in the SR register + * @{ + */ +#define UART_FLAG_CTS ((uint32_t)USART_SR_CTS) +#define UART_FLAG_LBD ((uint32_t)USART_SR_LBD) +#define UART_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_TXE) +#define UART_FLAG_TC ((uint32_t)USART_SR_TC) +#define UART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_RXNE) +#define UART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_IDLE) +#define UART_FLAG_ORE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_ORE) +#define UART_FLAG_NE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_NE) +#define UART_FLAG_FE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_FE) +#define UART_FLAG_PE ((uint32_t)USART_SR_PE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Interrupt_definition UART Interrupt Definitions + * Elements values convention: 0xY000XXXX + * - XXXX : Interrupt mask (16 bits) in the Y register + * - Y : Interrupt source register (2bits) + * - 0001: CR1 register + * - 0010: CR2 register + * - 0011: CR3 register + * @{ + */ + +#define UART_IT_PE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_PEIE)) +#define UART_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_TXEIE)) +#define UART_IT_TC ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_TCIE)) +#define UART_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_RXNEIE)) +#define UART_IT_IDLE ((uint32_t)(UART_CR1_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR1_IDLEIE)) + +#define UART_IT_LBD ((uint32_t)(UART_CR2_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR2_LBDIE)) + +#define UART_IT_CTS ((uint32_t)(UART_CR3_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR3_CTSIE)) +#define UART_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)(UART_CR3_REG_INDEX << 28U | USART_CR3_EIE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Reception_Type_Values UART Reception type values + * @{ + */ +#define HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD (0x00000000U) /*!< Standard reception */ +#define HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE (0x00000001U) /*!< Reception till completion or IDLE event */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_RxEvent_Type_Values UART RxEvent type values + * @{ + */ +#define HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC (0x00000000U) /*!< RxEvent linked to Transfer Complete event */ +#define HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT (0x00000001U) /*!< RxEvent linked to Half Transfer event */ +#define HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE (0x00000002U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Macros UART Exported Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** @brief Reset UART handle gstate & RxState + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +#define __HAL_UART_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do{ \ + (__HANDLE__)->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL; \ + (__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL; \ + } while(0U) +#else +#define __HAL_UART_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) do{ \ + (__HANDLE__)->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \ + (__HANDLE__)->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; \ + } while(0U) +#endif /*USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** @brief Flushes the UART DR register + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + */ +#define __HAL_UART_FLUSH_DRREGISTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR) + +/** @brief Checks whether the specified UART flag is set or not. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg UART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_ORE: Overrun Error flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag + * @arg UART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag + * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__)) + +/** @brief Clears the specified UART pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5). + * @arg UART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg UART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg UART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * + * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (Overrun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register followed by a read + * operation to USART_DR register. + * @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register. + * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register followed by a write operation to USART_DR register. + * @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register. + * + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = ~(__FLAG__)) + +/** @brief Clears the UART PE pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \ + tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR; \ + tmpreg = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR; \ + UNUSED(tmpreg); \ + } while(0U) + +/** @brief Clears the UART FE pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) + +/** @brief Clears the UART NE pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) + +/** @brief Clears the UART ORE pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) + +/** @brief Clears the UART IDLE pending flag. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(__HANDLE__) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(__HANDLE__) + +/** @brief Enable the specified UART interrupt. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the UART interrupt source to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == UART_CR1_REG_INDEX)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \ + (((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == UART_CR2_REG_INDEX)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3 |= ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK))) + +/** @brief Disable the specified UART interrupt. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the UART interrupt source to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == UART_CR1_REG_INDEX)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= ~((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \ + (((__INTERRUPT__) >> 28U) == UART_CR2_REG_INDEX)? ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 &= ~((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK)): \ + ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3 &= ~ ((__INTERRUPT__) & UART_IT_MASK))) + +/** @brief Checks whether the specified UART interrupt source is enabled or not. + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * UART Handle selects the USARTx or UARTy peripheral + * (USART,UART availability and x,y values depending on device). + * @param __IT__ specifies the UART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg UART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg UART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt + * @retval The new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE). + */ +#define __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __IT__) (((((__IT__) >> 28U) == UART_CR1_REG_INDEX)? (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1:(((((uint32_t)(__IT__)) >> 28U) == UART_CR2_REG_INDEX)? \ + (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2 : (__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3)) & (((uint32_t)(__IT__)) & UART_IT_MASK)) + +/** @brief Enable CTS flow control + * @note This macro allows to enable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, + * without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function. + * As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user. + * @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need + * for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled : + * - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() ) + * - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)) + * and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)). + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * The Handle Instance can be any USARTx (supporting the HW Flow control feature). + * It is used to select the USART peripheral (USART availability and x value depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl |= USART_CR3_CTSE; \ + } while(0U) + +/** @brief Disable CTS flow control + * @note This macro allows to disable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, + * without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function. + * As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user. + * @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need + * for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled : + * - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() ) + * - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)) + * and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)). + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * The Handle Instance can be any USARTx (supporting the HW Flow control feature). + * It is used to select the USART peripheral (USART availability and x value depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl &= ~(USART_CR3_CTSE); \ + } while(0U) + +/** @brief Enable RTS flow control + * This macro allows to enable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, + * without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function. + * As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user. + * @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need + * for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled : + * - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() ) + * - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)) + * and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)). + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * The Handle Instance can be any USARTx (supporting the HW Flow control feature). + * It is used to select the USART peripheral (USART availability and x value depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE); \ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl |= USART_CR3_RTSE; \ + } while(0U) + +/** @brief Disable RTS flow control + * This macro allows to disable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, + * without need to call HAL_UART_Init() function. + * As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be fully endorsed by user. + * @note As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature activation, without need + * for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be fulfilled : + * - UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() ) + * - macro could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)) + * and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)). + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * The Handle Instance can be any USARTx (supporting the HW Flow control feature). + * It is used to select the USART peripheral (USART availability and x value depending on device). + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) \ + do{ \ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE);\ + (__HANDLE__)->Init.HwFlowCtl &= ~(USART_CR3_RTSE); \ + } while(0U) + +/** @brief Macro to enable the UART's one bit sample method + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3|= USART_CR3_ONEBIT) + +/** @brief Macro to disable the UART's one bit sample method + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR3\ + &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT)) + +/** @brief Enable UART + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE) + +/** @brief Disable UART + * @param __HANDLE__ specifies the UART Handle. + * @retval None + */ +#define __HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1 &= ~USART_CR1_UE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @{ + */ + +/* Initialization/de-initialization functions **********************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +/* Callbacks Register/UnRegister functions ***********************************/ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, pUART_RxEventCallbackTypeDef pCallback); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @{ + */ + +/* IO operation functions *******************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, + uint32_t Timeout); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); + +HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_GetRxEventType(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +/* Transfer Abort functions */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +void HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @{ + */ +/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 + * @{ + */ +/* Peripheral State functions **************************************************/ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** @brief UART interruptions flag mask + * + */ +#define UART_IT_MASK 0x0000FFFFU + +#define UART_CR1_REG_INDEX 1U +#define UART_CR2_REG_INDEX 2U +#define UART_CR3_REG_INDEX 3U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Macros UART Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) || \ + ((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B)) +#define IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B)) +#define IS_UART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == UART_STOPBITS_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == UART_STOPBITS_2)) +#define IS_UART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_NONE) || \ + ((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_EVEN) || \ + ((PARITY) == UART_PARITY_ODD)) +#define IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) || \ + ((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS)) +#define IS_UART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & 0x0000FFF3U) == 0x00U) && ((MODE) != 0x00U)) +#define IS_UART_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == UART_STATE_DISABLE) || \ + ((STATE) == UART_STATE_ENABLE)) +#define IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(SAMPLING) (((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_16) || \ + ((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)) +#define IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(SAMPLING) (((SAMPLING) == UART_OVERSAMPLING_16)) +#define IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B) || \ + ((LENGTH) == UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B)) +#define IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK)) +#define IS_UART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) ((BAUDRATE) <= 10500000U) +#define IS_UART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0FU) + +#define UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(_PCLK_))*25U)/(4U*((uint64_t)(_BAUD_))))) +#define UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (UART_DIV_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_))/100U) +#define UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((((UART_DIV_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) - (UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) * 100U)) * 16U)\ + + 50U) / 100U) +/* UART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction + = (UART DIVMANT << 4) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0xF0) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0x0FU) */ +#define UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) << 4U) + \ + (UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0xF0U) + \ + (UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0x0FU)) + +#define UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(_PCLK_))*25U)/(2U*((uint64_t)(_BAUD_))))) +#define UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) (UART_DIV_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_))/100U) +#define UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((((UART_DIV_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) - (UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) * 100U)) * 8U)\ + + 50U) / 100U) +/* UART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction + = (UART DIVMANT << 4) + ((UART DIVFRAQ & 0xF8) << 1) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0x07U) */ +#define UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(_PCLK_, _BAUD_) ((UART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) << 4U) + \ + ((UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0xF8U) << 1U) + \ + (UART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((_PCLK_), (_BAUD_)) & 0x07U)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_UART_H */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h index c0182de..055ba5f 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_dma.h @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetM2MDstAddress(DMA_TypeDef* DMAx, uint32_t Str */ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemory1Address(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t Address) { - MODIFY_REG(((DMA_Stream_TypeDef*)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)DMAx + STREAM_OFFSET_TAB[Stream])))->M1AR, DMA_SxM1AR_M1A, Address); + WRITE_REG(((DMA_Stream_TypeDef*)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)DMAx + STREAM_OFFSET_TAB[Stream])))->M1AR, Address); } /** diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a17be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h @@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_ll_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of I2C LL module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_LL_I2C_H +#define __STM32F4xx_LL_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3) + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Defines used to perform compute and check in the macros */ +#define LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_STANDARD 100000U +#define LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_FAST 400000U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros I2C Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /*USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER*/ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_ES_INIT I2C Exported Init structure + * @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t PeripheralMode; /*!< Specifies the peripheral mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_LL_EC_PERIPHERAL_MODE + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetMode(). */ + + uint32_t ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz (in Hz) + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetClockPeriod() + or @ref LL_I2C_SetDutyCycle() or @ref LL_I2C_SetClockSpeedMode() or @ref LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed(). */ + + uint32_t DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_LL_EC_DUTYCYCLE + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetDutyCycle(). */ + +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF)&&defined(I2C_FLTR_DNF) + uint32_t AnalogFilter; /*!< Enables or disables analog noise filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_LL_EC_ANALOGFILTER_SELECTION + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions @ref LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter() or LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter(). */ + + uint32_t DigitalFilter; /*!< Configures the digital noise filter. + This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x0F + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter(). */ + +#endif + uint32_t OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1. + This parameter must be a value between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x3FF + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(). */ + + uint32_t TypeAcknowledge; /*!< Specifies the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition after the address receive match code or next received byte. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_LL_EC_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(). */ + + uint32_t OwnAddrSize; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1 size (7-bit or 10-bit). + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_LL_EC_OWNADDRESS1 + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(). */ +} LL_I2C_InitTypeDef; +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /*USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_Exported_Constants I2C Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_GET_FLAG Get Flags Defines + * @brief Flags defines which can be used with LL_I2C_ReadReg function + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_SB I2C_SR1_SB /*!< Start Bit (master mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_ADDR I2C_SR1_ADDR /*!< Address sent (master mode) or + Address matched flag (slave mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_BTF I2C_SR1_BTF /*!< Byte Transfer Finished flag */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_ADD10 I2C_SR1_ADD10 /*!< 10-bit header sent (master mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_STOPF I2C_SR1_STOPF /*!< Stop detection flag (slave mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_RXNE I2C_SR1_RXNE /*!< Data register not empty (receivers) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_TXE I2C_SR1_TXE /*!< Data register empty (transmitters) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_BERR I2C_SR1_BERR /*!< Bus error */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_ARLO I2C_SR1_ARLO /*!< Arbitration lost */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_AF I2C_SR1_AF /*!< Acknowledge failure flag */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_OVR I2C_SR1_OVR /*!< Overrun/Underrun */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_PECERR I2C_ISR_PECERR /*!< PEC Error in reception (SMBus mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_TIMEOUT I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT /*!< Timeout detection flag (SMBus mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR1_SMALERT I2C_ISR_SMALERT /*!< SMBus alert (SMBus mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_MSL I2C_SR2_MSL /*!< Master/Slave flag */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_BUSY I2C_SR2_BUSY /*!< Bus busy flag */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_TRA I2C_SR2_TRA /*!< Transmitter/receiver direction */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_GENCALL I2C_SR2_GENCALL /*!< General call address (Slave mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_SMBDEFAULT I2C_SR2_SMBDEFAULT /*!< SMBus Device default address (Slave mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_SMBHOST I2C_SR2_SMBHOST /*!< SMBus Host address (Slave mode) */ +#define LL_I2C_SR2_DUALF I2C_SR2_DUALF /*!< Dual flag (Slave mode) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_IT IT Defines + * @brief IT defines which can be used with LL_I2C_ReadReg and LL_I2C_WriteReg functions + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN /*!< Events interrupts enable */ +#define LL_I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN /*!< Buffer interrupts enable */ +#define LL_I2C_CR2_ITERREN I2C_CR2_ITERREN /*!< Error interrupts enable */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF) +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_ANALOGFILTER_SELECTION Analog Filter Selection + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Analog filter is enabled. */ +#define LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE I2C_FLTR_ANOFF /*!< Analog filter is disabled.*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_OWNADDRESS1 Own Address 1 Length + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT 0x00004000U /*!< Own address 1 is a 7-bit address. */ +#define LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT (uint32_t)(I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE | 0x00004000U) /*!< Own address 1 is a 10-bit address. */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_DUTYCYCLE Fast Mode Duty Cycle + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 0x00000000U /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ +#define LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 I2C_CCR_DUTY /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_CLOCK_SPEED_MODE Master Clock Speed Mode + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_STANDARD_MODE 0x00000000U /*!< Master clock speed range is standard mode */ +#define LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_FAST_MODE I2C_CCR_FS /*!< Master clock speed range is fast mode */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_PERIPHERAL_MODE Peripheral Mode + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_MODE_I2C 0x00000000U /*!< I2C Master or Slave mode */ +#define LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST (uint32_t)(I2C_CR1_SMBUS | I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE | I2C_CR1_ENARP) /*!< SMBus Host address acknowledge */ +#define LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE I2C_CR1_SMBUS /*!< SMBus Device default mode (Default address not acknowledge) */ +#define LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP (uint32_t)(I2C_CR1_SMBUS | I2C_CR1_ENARP) /*!< SMBus Device Default address acknowledge */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE Acknowledge Generation + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_ACK I2C_CR1_ACK /*!< ACK is sent after current received byte. */ +#define LL_I2C_NACK 0x00000000U /*!< NACK is sent after current received byte.*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EC_DIRECTION Read Write Direction + * @{ + */ +#define LL_I2C_DIRECTION_WRITE I2C_SR2_TRA /*!< Bus is in write transfer */ +#define LL_I2C_DIRECTION_READ 0x00000000U /*!< Bus is in read transfer */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_Exported_Macros I2C Exported Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EM_WRITE_READ Common Write and read registers Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Write a value in I2C register + * @param __INSTANCE__ I2C Instance + * @param __REG__ Register to be written + * @param __VALUE__ Value to be written in the register + * @retval None + */ +#define LL_I2C_WriteReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__, __VALUE__) WRITE_REG(__INSTANCE__->__REG__, (__VALUE__)) + +/** + * @brief Read a value in I2C register + * @param __INSTANCE__ I2C Instance + * @param __REG__ Register to be read + * @retval Register value + */ +#define LL_I2C_ReadReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__) READ_REG(__INSTANCE__->__REG__) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EM_Exported_Macros_Helper Exported Macros Helper + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Convert Peripheral Clock Frequency in Mhz. + * @param __PCLK__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Hz). + * @retval Value of peripheral clock (in Mhz) + */ +#define __LL_I2C_FREQ_HZ_TO_MHZ(__PCLK__) (uint32_t)((__PCLK__)/1000000U) + +/** + * @brief Convert Peripheral Clock Frequency in Hz. + * @param __PCLK__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Mhz). + * @retval Value of peripheral clock (in Hz) + */ +#define __LL_I2C_FREQ_MHZ_TO_HZ(__PCLK__) (uint32_t)((__PCLK__)*1000000U) + +/** + * @brief Compute I2C Clock rising time. + * @param __FREQRANGE__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Mhz). + * @param __SPEED__ This parameter must be a value lower than 400kHz (in Hz). + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0x3F + */ +#define __LL_I2C_RISE_TIME(__FREQRANGE__, __SPEED__) (uint32_t)(((__SPEED__) <= LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_STANDARD) ? ((__FREQRANGE__) + 1U) : ((((__FREQRANGE__) * 300U) / 1000U) + 1U)) + +/** + * @brief Compute Speed clock range to a Clock Control Register (I2C_CCR_CCR) value. + * @param __PCLK__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Hz). + * @param __SPEED__ This parameter must be a value lower than 400kHz (in Hz). + * @param __DUTYCYCLE__ This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x004 and Max_Data=0xFFF, except in FAST DUTY mode where Min_Data=0x001. + */ +#define __LL_I2C_SPEED_TO_CCR(__PCLK__, __SPEED__, __DUTYCYCLE__) (uint32_t)(((__SPEED__) <= LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_STANDARD)? \ + (__LL_I2C_SPEED_STANDARD_TO_CCR((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__))) : \ + (__LL_I2C_SPEED_FAST_TO_CCR((__PCLK__), (__SPEED__), (__DUTYCYCLE__)))) + +/** + * @brief Compute Speed Standard clock range to a Clock Control Register (I2C_CCR_CCR) value. + * @param __PCLK__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Hz). + * @param __SPEED__ This parameter must be a value lower than 100kHz (in Hz). + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x004 and Max_Data=0xFFF. + */ +#define __LL_I2C_SPEED_STANDARD_TO_CCR(__PCLK__, __SPEED__) (uint32_t)(((((__PCLK__)/((__SPEED__) << 1U)) & I2C_CCR_CCR) < 4U)? 4U:((__PCLK__) / ((__SPEED__) << 1U))) + +/** + * @brief Compute Speed Fast clock range to a Clock Control Register (I2C_CCR_CCR) value. + * @param __PCLK__ This parameter must be a value of peripheral clock (in Hz). + * @param __SPEED__ This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=100Khz and Max_Data=400Khz (in Hz). + * @param __DUTYCYCLE__ This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x001 and Max_Data=0xFFF + */ +#define __LL_I2C_SPEED_FAST_TO_CCR(__PCLK__, __SPEED__, __DUTYCYCLE__) (uint32_t)(((__DUTYCYCLE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2)? \ + (((((__PCLK__) / ((__SPEED__) * 3U)) & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0U)? 1U:((__PCLK__) / ((__SPEED__) * 3U))) : \ + (((((__PCLK__) / ((__SPEED__) * 25U)) & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0U)? 1U:((__PCLK__) / ((__SPEED__) * 25U)))) + +/** + * @brief Get the Least significant bits of a 10-Bits address. + * @param __ADDRESS__ This parameter must be a value of a 10-Bits slave address. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + */ +#define __LL_I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)(0x00FF)))) + +/** + * @brief Convert a 10-Bits address to a 10-Bits header with Write direction. + * @param __ADDRESS__ This parameter must be a value of a 10-Bits slave address. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0xF0 and Max_Data=0xF6 + */ +#define __LL_I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)(0x0300))) >> 7) | (uint16_t)(0xF0)))) + +/** + * @brief Convert a 10-Bits address to a 10-Bits header with Read direction. + * @param __ADDRESS__ This parameter must be a value of a 10-Bits slave address. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0xF1 and Max_Data=0xF7 + */ +#define __LL_I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(__ADDRESS__) ((uint8_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((__ADDRESS__) & (uint16_t)(0x0300))) >> 7) | (uint16_t)(0xF1)))) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EF_Configuration Configuration + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable I2C peripheral (PE = 1). + * @rmtoll CR1 PE LL_I2C_Enable + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_Enable(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable I2C peripheral (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll CR1 PE LL_I2C_Disable + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_Disable(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the I2C peripheral is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 PE LL_I2C_IsEnabled + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabled(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE) == (I2C_CR1_PE)); +} + +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF)&&defined(I2C_FLTR_DNF) +/** + * @brief Configure Noise Filters (Analog and Digital). + * @note If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to analog filter. + * The filters can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll FLTR ANOFF LL_I2C_ConfigFilters\n + * FLTR DNF LL_I2C_ConfigFilters + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param AnalogFilter This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE + * @param DigitalFilter This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 (Digital filter disabled) and Max_Data=0x0F (Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15*TPCLK1) + * This parameter is used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter will suppress the spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0]*TPCLK1. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t AnalogFilter, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_ANOFF | I2C_FLTR_DNF, AnalogFilter | DigitalFilter); +} +#endif +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_DNF) + +/** + * @brief Configure Digital Noise Filter. + * @note If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to analog filter. + * This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll FLTR DNF LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param DigitalFilter This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 (Digital filter disabled) and Max_Data=0x0F (Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15*TPCLK1) + * This parameter is used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter will suppress the spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0]*TPCLK1. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_DNF, DigitalFilter); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the current Digital Noise Filter configuration. + * @rmtoll FLTR DNF LL_I2C_GetDigitalFilter + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x0 and Max_Data=0xF + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetDigitalFilter(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_DNF)); +} +#endif +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF) + +/** + * @brief Enable Analog Noise Filter. + * @note This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll FLTR ANOFF LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Analog Noise Filter. + * @note This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll FLTR ANOFF LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Analog Noise Filter is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll FLTR ANOFF LL_I2C_IsEnabledAnalogFilter + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledAnalogFilter(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->FLTR, I2C_FLTR_ANOFF) == (I2C_FLTR_ANOFF)); +} +#endif + +/** + * @brief Enable DMA transmission requests. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable DMA transmission requests. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if DMA transmission requests are enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == (I2C_CR2_DMAEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable DMA reception requests. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable DMA reception requests. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if DMA reception requests are enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 DMAEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == (I2C_CR2_DMAEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the data register address used for DMA transfer. + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Address of data register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t) & (I2Cx->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Clock stretching. + * @note This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_EnableClockStretching + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableClockStretching(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Clock stretching. + * @note This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_DisableClockStretching + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableClockStretching(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Clock stretching is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_IsEnabledClockStretching + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledClockStretching(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH) != (I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable General Call. + * @note When enabled the Address 0x00 is ACKed. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENGC LL_I2C_EnableGeneralCall + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableGeneralCall(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENGC); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable General Call. + * @note When disabled the Address 0x00 is NACKed. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENGC LL_I2C_DisableGeneralCall + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableGeneralCall(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENGC); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if General Call is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENGC LL_I2C_IsEnabledGeneralCall + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledGeneralCall(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENGC) == (I2C_CR1_ENGC)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Own Address1. + * @rmtoll OAR1 ADD0 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1\n + * OAR1 ADD1_7 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1\n + * OAR1 ADD8_9 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1\n + * OAR1 ADDMODE LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param OwnAddress1 This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF. + * @param OwnAddrSize This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t OwnAddress1, uint32_t OwnAddrSize) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->OAR1, I2C_OAR1_ADD0 | I2C_OAR1_ADD1_7 | I2C_OAR1_ADD8_9 | I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE, OwnAddress1 | OwnAddrSize); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the 7bits Own Address2. + * @note This action has no effect if own address2 is enabled. + * @rmtoll OAR2 ADD2 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param OwnAddress2 This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x7F. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t OwnAddress2) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->OAR2, I2C_OAR2_ADD2, OwnAddress2); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable acknowledge on Own Address2 match address. + * @rmtoll OAR2 ENDUAL LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress2 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress2(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->OAR2, I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable acknowledge on Own Address2 match address. + * @rmtoll OAR2 ENDUAL LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress2 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress2(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->OAR2, I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Own Address1 acknowledge is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll OAR2 ENDUAL LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress2 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress2(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->OAR2, I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL) == (I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Peripheral clock frequency. + * @rmtoll CR2 FREQ LL_I2C_SetPeriphClock + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param PeriphClock Peripheral Clock (in Hz) + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetPeriphClock(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t PeriphClock) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_FREQ, __LL_I2C_FREQ_HZ_TO_MHZ(PeriphClock)); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Peripheral clock frequency. + * @rmtoll CR2 FREQ LL_I2C_GetPeriphClock + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value of Peripheral Clock (in Hz) + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetPeriphClock(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(__LL_I2C_FREQ_MHZ_TO_HZ(READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_FREQ))); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Duty cycle (Fast mode only). + * @rmtoll CCR DUTY LL_I2C_SetDutyCycle + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param DutyCycle This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetDutyCycle(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t DutyCycle) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_DUTY, DutyCycle); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Duty cycle (Fast mode only). + * @rmtoll CCR DUTY LL_I2C_GetDutyCycle + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetDutyCycle(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_DUTY)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the I2C master clock speed mode. + * @rmtoll CCR FS LL_I2C_SetClockSpeedMode + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param ClockSpeedMode This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_STANDARD_MODE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_FAST_MODE + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetClockSpeedMode(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t ClockSpeedMode) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_FS, ClockSpeedMode); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the the I2C master speed mode. + * @rmtoll CCR FS LL_I2C_GetClockSpeedMode + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_STANDARD_MODE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_FAST_MODE + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetClockSpeedMode(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_FS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SCL, SDA rising time. + * @note This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll TRISE TRISE LL_I2C_SetRiseTime + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param RiseTime This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0x3F. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetRiseTime(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t RiseTime) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->TRISE, I2C_TRISE_TRISE, RiseTime); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the SCL, SDA rising time. + * @rmtoll TRISE TRISE LL_I2C_GetRiseTime + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0x3F + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetRiseTime(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->TRISE, I2C_TRISE_TRISE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SCL high and low period. + * @note This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll CCR CCR LL_I2C_SetClockPeriod + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param ClockPeriod This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x004 and Max_Data=0xFFF, except in FAST DUTY mode where Min_Data=0x001. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetClockPeriod(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t ClockPeriod) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_CCR, ClockPeriod); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the SCL high and low period. + * @rmtoll CCR CCR LL_I2C_GetClockPeriod + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x004 and Max_Data=0xFFF, except in FAST DUTY mode where Min_Data=0x001. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetClockPeriod(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->CCR, I2C_CCR_CCR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SCL speed. + * @note This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0). + * @rmtoll CR2 FREQ LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed\n + * TRISE TRISE LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed\n + * CCR FS LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed\n + * CCR DUTY LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed\n + * CCR CCR LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param PeriphClock Peripheral Clock (in Hz) + * @param ClockSpeed This parameter must be a value lower than 400kHz (in Hz). + * @param DutyCycle This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t PeriphClock, uint32_t ClockSpeed, + uint32_t DutyCycle) +{ + uint32_t freqrange = 0x0U; + uint32_t clockconfig = 0x0U; + + /* Compute frequency range */ + freqrange = __LL_I2C_FREQ_HZ_TO_MHZ(PeriphClock); + + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range register */ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_FREQ, freqrange); + + /* Configure I2Cx: Rise Time register */ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->TRISE, I2C_TRISE_TRISE, __LL_I2C_RISE_TIME(freqrange, ClockSpeed)); + + /* Configure Speed mode, Duty Cycle and Clock control register value */ + if (ClockSpeed > LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_STANDARD) + { + /* Set Speed mode at fast and duty cycle for Clock Speed request in fast clock range */ + clockconfig = LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_FAST_MODE | \ + __LL_I2C_SPEED_FAST_TO_CCR(PeriphClock, ClockSpeed, DutyCycle) | \ + DutyCycle; + } + else + { + /* Set Speed mode at standard for Clock Speed request in standard clock range */ + clockconfig = LL_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED_STANDARD_MODE | \ + __LL_I2C_SPEED_STANDARD_TO_CCR(PeriphClock, ClockSpeed); + } + + /* Configure I2Cx: Clock control register */ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CCR, (I2C_CCR_FS | I2C_CCR_DUTY | I2C_CCR_CCR), clockconfig); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure peripheral mode. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 SMBUS LL_I2C_SetMode\n + * CR1 SMBTYPE LL_I2C_SetMode\n + * CR1 ENARP LL_I2C_SetMode + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param PeripheralMode This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_I2C + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetMode(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t PeripheralMode) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_SMBUS | I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE | I2C_CR1_ENARP, PeripheralMode); +} + +/** + * @brief Get peripheral mode. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 SMBUS LL_I2C_GetMode\n + * CR1 SMBTYPE LL_I2C_GetMode\n + * CR1 ENARP LL_I2C_GetMode + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_I2C + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_SMBUS | I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE | I2C_CR1_ENARP)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable SMBus alert (Host or Device mode) + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note SMBus Device mode: + * - SMBus Alert pin is drived low and + * Alert Response Address Header acknowledge is enabled. + * SMBus Host mode: + * - SMBus Alert pin management is supported. + * @rmtoll CR1 ALERT LL_I2C_EnableSMBusAlert + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusAlert(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ALERT); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable SMBus alert (Host or Device mode) + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note SMBus Device mode: + * - SMBus Alert pin is not drived (can be used as a standard GPIO) and + * Alert Response Address Header acknowledge is disabled. + * SMBus Host mode: + * - SMBus Alert pin management is not supported. + * @rmtoll CR1 ALERT LL_I2C_DisableSMBusAlert + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusAlert(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ALERT); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if SMBus alert (Host or Device mode) is enabled or disabled. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 ALERT LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusAlert + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusAlert(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ALERT) == (I2C_CR1_ALERT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENPEC LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPEC + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPEC(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENPEC); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENPEC LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPEC + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPEC(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENPEC); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC) is enabled or disabled. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 ENPEC LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPEC + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPEC(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ENPEC) == (I2C_CR1_ENPEC)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EF_IT_Management IT_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable TXE interrupt. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable TXE interrupt. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the TXE Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN) == (I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable RXNE interrupt. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable RXNE interrupt. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the RXNE Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX\n + * CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN) == (I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN | I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Events interrupts. + * @note Any of these events will generate interrupt : + * Start Bit (SB) + * Address sent, Address matched (ADDR) + * 10-bit header sent (ADD10) + * Stop detection (STOPF) + * Byte transfer finished (BTF) + * + * @note Any of these events will generate interrupt if Buffer interrupts are enabled too(using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_EnableIT_BUF()) : + * Receive buffer not empty (RXNE) + * Transmit buffer empty (TXE) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_EVT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_EVT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Events interrupts. + * @note Any of these events will generate interrupt : + * Start Bit (SB) + * Address sent, Address matched (ADDR) + * 10-bit header sent (ADD10) + * Stop detection (STOPF) + * Byte transfer finished (BTF) + * Receive buffer not empty (RXNE) + * Transmit buffer empty (TXE) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_EVT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_EVT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Events interrupts are enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITEVTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_EVT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_EVT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN) == (I2C_CR2_ITEVTEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Buffer interrupts. + * @note Any of these Buffer events will generate interrupt if Events interrupts are enabled too(using unitary function @ref LL_I2C_EnableIT_EVT()) : + * Receive buffer not empty (RXNE) + * Transmit buffer empty (TXE) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_EnableIT_BUF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_BUF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Buffer interrupts. + * @note Any of these Buffer events will generate interrupt : + * Receive buffer not empty (RXNE) + * Transmit buffer empty (TXE) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_DisableIT_BUF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_BUF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Buffer interrupts are enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITBUFEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_BUF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_BUF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN) == (I2C_CR2_ITBUFEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Error interrupts. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note Any of these errors will generate interrupt : + * Bus Error detection (BERR) + * Arbitration Loss (ARLO) + * Acknowledge Failure(AF) + * Overrun/Underrun (OVR) + * SMBus Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) + * SMBus PEC error detection (PECERR) + * SMBus Alert pin event detection (SMBALERT) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITERREN LL_I2C_EnableIT_ERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_ERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITERREN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Error interrupts. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note Any of these errors will generate interrupt : + * Bus Error detection (BERR) + * Arbitration Loss (ARLO) + * Acknowledge Failure(AF) + * Overrun/Underrun (OVR) + * SMBus Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) + * SMBus PEC error detection (PECERR) + * SMBus Alert pin event detection (SMBALERT) + * @rmtoll CR2 ITERREN LL_I2C_DisableIT_ERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_ERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITERREN); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if Error interrupts are enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 ITERREN LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_ITERREN) == (I2C_CR2_ITERREN)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EF_FLAG_management FLAG_management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. + * @note RESET: When next data is written in Transmit data register. + * SET: When Transmit data register is empty. + * @rmtoll SR1 TXE LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXE + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXE(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_TXE) == (I2C_SR1_TXE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Byte Transfer Finished flag. + * RESET: When Data byte transfer not done. + * SET: When Data byte transfer succeeded. + * @rmtoll SR1 BTF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BTF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BTF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_BTF) == (I2C_SR1_BTF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + * @note RESET: When Receive data register is read. + * SET: When the received data is copied in Receive data register. + * @rmtoll SR1 RXNE LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_RXNE + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_RXNE(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_RXNE) == (I2C_SR1_RXNE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Start Bit (master mode). + * @note RESET: When No Start condition. + * SET: When Start condition is generated. + * @rmtoll SR1 SB LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_SB + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_SB(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_SB) == (I2C_SR1_SB)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Address sent (master mode) or Address matched flag (slave mode). + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When the address is fully sent (master mode) or when the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave address (slave mode). + * @rmtoll SR1 ADDR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADDR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADDR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_ADDR) == (I2C_SR1_ADDR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of 10-bit header sent (master mode). + * @note RESET: When no ADD10 event occurred. + * SET: When the master has sent the first address byte (header). + * @rmtoll SR1 ADD10 LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADD10 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADD10(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_ADD10) == (I2C_SR1_ADD10)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Acknowledge failure flag. + * @note RESET: No acknowledge failure. + * SET: When an acknowledge failure is received after a byte transmission. + * @rmtoll SR1 AF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_AF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_AF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_AF) == (I2C_SR1_AF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Stop detection flag (slave mode). + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When a Stop condition is detected. + * @rmtoll SR1 STOPF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_STOP + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_STOP(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_STOPF) == (I2C_SR1_STOPF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Bus error flag. + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When a misplaced Start or Stop condition is detected. + * @rmtoll SR1 BERR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_BERR) == (I2C_SR1_BERR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When arbitration lost. + * @rmtoll SR1 ARLO LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ARLO + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ARLO(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_ARLO) == (I2C_SR1_ARLO)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When an overrun/underrun error occurs (Clock Stretching Disabled). + * @rmtoll SR1 OVR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_OVR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_OVR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_OVR) == (I2C_SR1_OVR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of SMBus PEC error flag in reception. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR1 PECERR LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_PECERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_PECERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_PECERR) == (I2C_SR1_PECERR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of SMBus Timeout detection flag. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR1 TIMEOUT LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_TIMEOUT) == (I2C_SR1_TIMEOUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of SMBus alert flag. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR1 SMBALERT LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_ALERT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_ALERT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_SMBALERT) == (I2C_SR1_SMBALERT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Bus Busy flag. + * @note RESET: Clear default value. + * SET: When a Start condition is detected. + * @rmtoll SR2 BUSY LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BUSY + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BUSY(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_BUSY) == (I2C_SR2_BUSY)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Dual flag. + * @note RESET: Received address matched with OAR1. + * SET: Received address matched with OAR2. + * @rmtoll SR2 DUALF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_DUAL + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_DUAL(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_DUALF) == (I2C_SR2_DUALF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of SMBus Host address reception (Slave mode). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note RESET: No SMBus Host address + * SET: SMBus Host address received. + * @note This status is cleared by hardware after a STOP condition or repeated START condition. + * @rmtoll SR2 SMBHOST LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_SMBHOST + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_SMBHOST(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_SMBHOST) == (I2C_SR2_SMBHOST)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of SMBus Device default address reception (Slave mode). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note RESET: No SMBus Device default address + * SET: SMBus Device default address received. + * @note This status is cleared by hardware after a STOP condition or repeated START condition. + * @rmtoll SR2 SMBDEFAULT LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_SMBDEFAULT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_SMBDEFAULT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_SMBDEFAULT) == (I2C_SR2_SMBDEFAULT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of General call address reception (Slave mode). + * @note RESET: No General call address + * SET: General call address received. + * @note This status is cleared by hardware after a STOP condition or repeated START condition. + * @rmtoll SR2 GENCALL LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_GENCALL + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_GENCALL(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_GENCALL) == (I2C_SR2_GENCALL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the status of Master/Slave flag. + * @note RESET: Slave Mode. + * SET: Master Mode. + * @rmtoll SR2 MSL LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_MSL + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_MSL(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_MSL) == (I2C_SR2_MSL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Address Matched flag. + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the I2Cx_SR1 + * register followed by a read access to the I2Cx_SR2 register. + * @rmtoll SR1 ADDR LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ADDR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ADDR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = I2Cx->SR1; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = I2Cx->SR2; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Acknowledge failure flag. + * @rmtoll SR1 AF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_AF + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_AF(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_AF); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Stop detection flag. + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the I2Cx_SR1 + * register followed by a write access to I2Cx_CR1 register. + * @rmtoll SR1 STOPF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP\n + * CR1 PE LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = I2Cx->SR1; + (void) tmpreg; + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PE); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Bus error flag. + * @rmtoll SR1 BERR LL_I2C_ClearFlag_BERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_BERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_BERR); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Arbitration lost flag. + * @rmtoll SR1 ARLO LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ARLO + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ARLO(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_ARLO); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Overrun/Underrun flag. + * @rmtoll SR1 OVR LL_I2C_ClearFlag_OVR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_OVR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_OVR); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear SMBus PEC error flag. + * @rmtoll SR1 PECERR LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_PECERR + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_PECERR(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_PECERR); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear SMBus Timeout detection flag. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR1 TIMEOUT LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_TIMEOUT); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear SMBus Alert flag. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR1 SMBALERT LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_ALERT + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_ALERT(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->SR1, I2C_SR1_SMBALERT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EF_Data_Management Data_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable Reset of I2C peripheral. + * @rmtoll CR1 SWRST LL_I2C_EnableReset + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableReset(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_SWRST); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Reset of I2C peripheral. + * @rmtoll CR1 SWRST LL_I2C_DisableReset + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableReset(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_SWRST); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the I2C peripheral is under reset state or not. + * @rmtoll CR1 SWRST LL_I2C_IsResetEnabled + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsResetEnabled(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_SWRST) == (I2C_CR1_SWRST)); +} + +/** + * @brief Prepare the generation of a ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition after the address receive match code or next received byte. + * @note Usage in Slave or Master mode. + * @rmtoll CR1 ACK LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param TypeAcknowledge This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_ACK + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_NACK + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t TypeAcknowledge) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK, TypeAcknowledge); +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a START or RESTART condition + * @note The START bit can be set even if bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. + * This action has no effect when RELOAD is set. + * @rmtoll CR1 START LL_I2C_GenerateStartCondition + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_GenerateStartCondition(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a STOP condition after the current byte transfer (master mode). + * @rmtoll CR1 STOP LL_I2C_GenerateStopCondition + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_GenerateStopCondition(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable bit POS (master/host mode). + * @note In that case, the ACK bit controls the (N)ACK of the next byte received or the PEC bit indicates that the next byte in shift register is a PEC. + * @rmtoll CR1 POS LL_I2C_EnableBitPOS + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableBitPOS(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable bit POS (master/host mode). + * @note In that case, the ACK bit controls the (N)ACK of the current byte received or the PEC bit indicates that the current byte in shift register is a PEC. + * @rmtoll CR1 POS LL_I2C_DisableBitPOS + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableBitPOS(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if bit POS is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 POS LL_I2C_IsEnabledBitPOS + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledBitPOS(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS) == (I2C_CR1_POS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate the value of transfer direction. + * @note RESET: Bus is in read transfer (peripheral point of view). + * SET: Bus is in write transfer (peripheral point of view). + * @rmtoll SR2 TRA LL_I2C_GetTransferDirection + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DIRECTION_WRITE + * @arg @ref LL_I2C_DIRECTION_READ + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetTransferDirection(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_TRA)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable DMA last transfer. + * @note This action mean that next DMA EOT is the last transfer. + * @rmtoll CR2 LAST LL_I2C_EnableLastDMA + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableLastDMA(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable DMA last transfer. + * @note This action mean that next DMA EOT is not the last transfer. + * @rmtoll CR2 LAST LL_I2C_DisableLastDMA + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableLastDMA(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if DMA last transfer is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR2 LAST LL_I2C_IsEnabledLastDMA + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledLastDMA(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST) == (I2C_CR2_LAST)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable transfer or internal comparison of the SMBus Packet Error byte (transmission or reception mode). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @note This feature is cleared by hardware when the PEC byte is transferred or compared, + * or by a START or STOP condition, it is also cleared by software. + * @rmtoll CR1 PEC LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPECCompare + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPECCompare(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + SET_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PEC); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable transfer or internal comparison of the SMBus Packet Error byte (transmission or reception mode). + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 PEC LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPECCompare + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPECCompare(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PEC); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the SMBus Packet Error byte transfer or internal comparison is requested or not. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll CR1 PEC LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPECCompare + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPECCompare(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(I2Cx->CR1, I2C_CR1_PEC) == (I2C_CR1_PEC)); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the SMBus Packet Error byte calculated. + * @note Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not + * SMBus feature is supported by the I2Cx Instance. + * @rmtoll SR2 PEC LL_I2C_GetSMBusPEC + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSMBusPEC(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->SR2, I2C_SR2_PEC) >> I2C_SR2_PEC_Pos); +} + +/** + * @brief Read Receive Data register. + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_I2C_ReceiveData8 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x0 and Max_Data=0xFF + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t LL_I2C_ReceiveData8(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + return (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(I2Cx->DR, I2C_DR_DR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Write in Transmit Data Register . + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_I2C_TransmitData8 + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param Data Value between Min_Data=0x0 and Max_Data=0xFF + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_TransmitData8(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + MODIFY_REG(I2Cx->DR, I2C_DR_DR, Data); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup I2C_LL_EF_Init Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @{ + */ + +uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct); +uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx); +void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct); + + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_LL_I2C_H */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h index 796f06d..0a6a5b9 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_rcc.h @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ extern "C" { * @{ */ -#if defined(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR) +#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI_SUPPORT) && defined(LTDC) static const uint8_t aRCC_PLLSAIDIVRPrescTable[4] = {2, 4, 8, 16}; -#endif /* RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR */ +#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI_SUPPORT && LTDC */ /** * @} diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h index 371383e..164cbb9 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_spi.h @@ -55,53 +55,66 @@ typedef struct uint32_t TransferDirection; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_TRANSFER_MODE. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection().*/ uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI mode (Master/Slave). This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_MODE. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetMode().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetMode().*/ uint32_t DataWidth; /*!< Specifies the SPI data width. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_DATAWIDTH. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetDataWidth().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetDataWidth().*/ uint32_t ClockPolarity; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_POLARITY. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity().*/ uint32_t ClockPhase; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_PHASE. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetClockPhase().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetClockPhase().*/ - uint32_t NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + uint32_t NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by hardware (NSS pin) + or by software using the SSI bit. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_NSS_MODE. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetNSSMode().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetNSSMode().*/ - uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< Specifies the BaudRate prescaler value which will be used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< Specifies the BaudRate prescaler value which will be used + to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_BAUDRATEPRESCALER. - @note The communication clock is derived from the master clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. + @note The communication clock is derived from the master clock. + The slave clock does not need to be set. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler().*/ uint32_t BitOrder; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_BIT_ORDER. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder().*/ uint32_t CRCCalculation; /*!< Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_LL_EC_CRC_CALCULATION. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions @ref LL_SPI_EnableCRC() and @ref LL_SPI_DisableCRC().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + functions @ref LL_SPI_EnableCRC() and @ref LL_SPI_DisableCRC().*/ uint32_t CRCPoly; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF. - This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial().*/ + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary + function @ref LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial().*/ } LL_SPI_InitTypeDef; @@ -841,7 +854,7 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_MODF(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None */ -__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR(const SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) { __IO uint32_t tmpreg; tmpreg = SPIx->DR; @@ -857,7 +870,7 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None */ -__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE(const SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) { __IO uint32_t tmpreg; tmpreg = SPIx->SR; @@ -874,7 +887,8 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) /** * @brief Enable error interrupt - * @note This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode). + * @note This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition + * occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode). * @rmtoll CR2 ERRIE LL_SPI_EnableIT_ERR * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None @@ -908,7 +922,8 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableIT_TXE(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) /** * @brief Disable error interrupt - * @note This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode). + * @note This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition + * occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode). * @rmtoll CR2 ERRIE LL_SPI_DisableIT_ERR * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None @@ -1751,7 +1766,7 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_OVR(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None */ -__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR(const SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) { __IO uint32_t tmpreg; tmpreg = SPIx->SR; @@ -1764,7 +1779,7 @@ __STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) * @param SPIx SPI Instance * @retval None */ -__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_FRE(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_FRE(const SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) { LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE(SPIx); } diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed83b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,2521 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_ll_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Header file of USART LL module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_LL_USART_H +#define __STM32F4xx_LL_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (USART6) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5) || defined (UART7) || defined (UART8) || defined (UART9) || defined (UART10) + +/** @defgroup USART_LL USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USART_LL_Private_Constants USART Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Defines used for the bit position in the register and perform offsets*/ +#define USART_POSITION_GTPR_GT USART_GTPR_GT_Pos +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup USART_LL_Private_Macros USART Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /*USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER*/ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup USART_LL_ES_INIT USART Exported Init structures + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief LL USART Init Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This field defines expected Usart communication baud rate. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetBaudRate().*/ + + uint32_t DataWidth; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_DATAWIDTH. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetDataWidth().*/ + + uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_STOPBITS. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength().*/ + + uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_PARITY. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetParity().*/ + + uint32_t TransferDirection; /*!< Specifies whether the Receive and/or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_DIRECTION. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetTransferDirection().*/ + + uint32_t HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_HWCONTROL. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl().*/ + + uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies whether USART oversampling mode is 16 or 8. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_OVERSAMPLING. + + This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function @ref LL_USART_SetOverSampling().*/ + +} LL_USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LL USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ClockOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_CLOCK. + + USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions + @ref LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput() or @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(). + For more details, refer to description of this function. */ + + uint32_t ClockPolarity; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_POLARITY. + + USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions @ref LL_USART_SetClockPolarity(). + For more details, refer to description of this function. */ + + uint32_t ClockPhase; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_PHASE. + + USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions @ref LL_USART_SetClockPhase(). + For more details, refer to description of this function. */ + + uint32_t LastBitClockPulse; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_LL_EC_LASTCLKPULSE. + + USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions @ref LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput(). + For more details, refer to description of this function. */ + +} LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USART_LL_Exported_Constants USART Exported Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_GET_FLAG Get Flags Defines + * @brief Flags defines which can be used with LL_USART_ReadReg function + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_SR_PE USART_SR_PE /*!< Parity error flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_FE USART_SR_FE /*!< Framing error flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_NE USART_SR_NE /*!< Noise detected flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_ORE USART_SR_ORE /*!< Overrun error flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_IDLE USART_SR_IDLE /*!< Idle line detected flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_RXNE USART_SR_RXNE /*!< Read data register not empty flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_TC USART_SR_TC /*!< Transmission complete flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_TXE USART_SR_TXE /*!< Transmit data register empty flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_LBD USART_SR_LBD /*!< LIN break detection flag */ +#define LL_USART_SR_CTS USART_SR_CTS /*!< CTS flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_IT IT Defines + * @brief IT defines which can be used with LL_USART_ReadReg and LL_USART_WriteReg functions + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_CR1_IDLEIE USART_CR1_IDLEIE /*!< IDLE interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR1_RXNEIE USART_CR1_RXNEIE /*!< Read data register not empty interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR1_TCIE USART_CR1_TCIE /*!< Transmission complete interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR1_TXEIE USART_CR1_TXEIE /*!< Transmit data register empty interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR1_PEIE USART_CR1_PEIE /*!< Parity error */ +#define LL_USART_CR2_LBDIE USART_CR2_LBDIE /*!< LIN break detection interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR3_EIE USART_CR3_EIE /*!< Error interrupt enable */ +#define LL_USART_CR3_CTSIE USART_CR3_CTSIE /*!< CTS interrupt enable */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_DIRECTION Communication Direction + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< Transmitter and Receiver are disabled */ +#define LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX USART_CR1_RE /*!< Transmitter is disabled and Receiver is enabled */ +#define LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX USART_CR1_TE /*!< Transmitter is enabled and Receiver is disabled */ +#define LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX (USART_CR1_TE |USART_CR1_RE) /*!< Transmitter and Receiver are enabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_PARITY Parity Control + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_PARITY_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< Parity control disabled */ +#define LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN USART_CR1_PCE /*!< Parity control enabled and Even Parity is selected */ +#define LL_USART_PARITY_ODD (USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS) /*!< Parity control enabled and Odd Parity is selected */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_WAKEUP Wakeup + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE 0x00000000U /*!< USART wake up from Mute mode on Idle Line */ +#define LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK USART_CR1_WAKE /*!< USART wake up from Mute mode on Address Mark */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_DATAWIDTH Datawidth + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B 0x00000000U /*!< 8 bits word length : Start bit, 8 data bits, n stop bits */ +#define LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B USART_CR1_M /*!< 9 bits word length : Start bit, 9 data bits, n stop bits */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_OVERSAMPLING Oversampling + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16 0x00000000U /*!< Oversampling by 16 */ +#define LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8 USART_CR1_OVER8 /*!< Oversampling by 8 */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_CLOCK Clock Signal + * @{ + */ + +#define LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Clock signal not provided */ +#define LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE USART_CR2_CLKEN /*!< Clock signal provided */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /*USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_LASTCLKPULSE Last Clock Pulse + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT 0x00000000U /*!< The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the SCLK pin */ +#define LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT USART_CR2_LBCL /*!< The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_PHASE Clock Phase + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE 0x00000000U /*!< The first clock transition is the first data capture edge */ +#define LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE USART_CR2_CPHA /*!< The second clock transition is the first data capture edge */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_POLARITY Clock Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW 0x00000000U /*!< Steady low value on SCLK pin outside transmission window*/ +#define LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH USART_CR2_CPOL /*!< Steady high value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_STOPBITS Stop Bits + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5 USART_CR2_STOP_0 /*!< 0.5 stop bit */ +#define LL_USART_STOPBITS_1 0x00000000U /*!< 1 stop bit */ +#define LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5 (USART_CR2_STOP_0 | USART_CR2_STOP_1) /*!< 1.5 stop bits */ +#define LL_USART_STOPBITS_2 USART_CR2_STOP_1 /*!< 2 stop bits */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_HWCONTROL Hardware Control + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< CTS and RTS hardware flow control disabled */ +#define LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS USART_CR3_RTSE /*!< RTS output enabled, data is only requested when there is space in the receive buffer */ +#define LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS USART_CR3_CTSE /*!< CTS mode enabled, data is only transmitted when the nCTS input is asserted (tied to 0) */ +#define LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE) /*!< CTS and RTS hardware flow control enabled */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_IRDA_POWER IrDA Power + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL 0x00000000U /*!< IrDA normal power mode */ +#define LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_LOW USART_CR3_IRLP /*!< IrDA low power mode */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EC_LINBREAK_DETECT LIN Break Detection Length + * @{ + */ +#define LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_10B 0x00000000U /*!< 10-bit break detection method selected */ +#define LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_11B USART_CR2_LBDL /*!< 11-bit break detection method selected */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USART_LL_Exported_Macros USART Exported Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EM_WRITE_READ Common Write and read registers Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Write a value in USART register + * @param __INSTANCE__ USART Instance + * @param __REG__ Register to be written + * @param __VALUE__ Value to be written in the register + * @retval None + */ +#define LL_USART_WriteReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__, __VALUE__) WRITE_REG(__INSTANCE__->__REG__, (__VALUE__)) + +/** + * @brief Read a value in USART register + * @param __INSTANCE__ USART Instance + * @param __REG__ Register to be read + * @retval Register value + */ +#define LL_USART_ReadReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__) READ_REG(__INSTANCE__->__REG__) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EM_Exported_Macros_Helper Exported Macros Helper + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Compute USARTDIV value according to Peripheral Clock and + * expected Baud Rate in 8 bits sampling mode (32 bits value of USARTDIV is returned) + * @param __PERIPHCLK__ Peripheral Clock frequency used for USART instance + * @param __BAUDRATE__ Baud rate value to achieve + * @retval USARTDIV value to be used for BRR register filling in OverSampling_8 case + */ +#define __LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8_100(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(__PERIPHCLK__))*25)/(2*((uint64_t)(__BAUDRATE__))))) +#define __LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) (__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8_100((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__))/100) +#define __LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) ((((__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8_100((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) - (__LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) * 100)) * 8)\ + + 50) / 100) +/* UART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction + = (UART DIVMANT << 4) + ((UART DIVFRAQ & 0xF8) << 1) + (UART DIVFRAQ & 0x07) */ +#define __LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) (((__LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING8((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) << 4) + \ + ((__LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) & 0xF8) << 1)) + \ + (__LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING8((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) & 0x07)) + +/** + * @brief Compute USARTDIV value according to Peripheral Clock and + * expected Baud Rate in 16 bits sampling mode (32 bits value of USARTDIV is returned) + * @param __PERIPHCLK__ Peripheral Clock frequency used for USART instance + * @param __BAUDRATE__ Baud rate value to achieve + * @retval USARTDIV value to be used for BRR register filling in OverSampling_16 case + */ +#define __LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16_100(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(__PERIPHCLK__))*25)/(4*((uint64_t)(__BAUDRATE__))))) +#define __LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) (__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16_100((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__))/100) +#define __LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) ((((__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16_100((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) - (__LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) * 100)) * 16)\ + + 50) / 100) +/* USART BRR = mantissa + overflow + fraction + = (USART DIVMANT << 4) + (USART DIVFRAQ & 0xF0) + (USART DIVFRAQ & 0x0F) */ +#define __LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16(__PERIPHCLK__, __BAUDRATE__) (((__LL_USART_DIVMANT_SAMPLING16((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) << 4) + \ + (__LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) & 0xF0)) + \ + (__LL_USART_DIVFRAQ_SAMPLING16((__PERIPHCLK__), (__BAUDRATE__)) & 0x0F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Configuration Configuration functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief USART Enable + * @rmtoll CR1 UE LL_USART_Enable + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_Enable(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); +} + +/** + * @brief USART Disable (all USART prescalers and outputs are disabled) + * @note When USART is disabled, USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, + * and current operations are discarded. The configuration of the USART is kept, but all the status + * flags, in the USARTx_SR are set to their default values. + * @rmtoll CR1 UE LL_USART_Disable + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_Disable(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if USART is enabled + * @rmtoll CR1 UE LL_USART_IsEnabled + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabled(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_UE) == (USART_CR1_UE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Receiver Enable (Receiver is enabled and begins searching for a start bit) + * @rmtoll CR1 RE LL_USART_EnableDirectionRx + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDirectionRx(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); +} + +/** + * @brief Receiver Disable + * @rmtoll CR1 RE LL_USART_DisableDirectionRx + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDirectionRx(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmitter Enable + * @rmtoll CR1 TE LL_USART_EnableDirectionTx + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDirectionTx(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmitter Disable + * @rmtoll CR1 TE LL_USART_DisableDirectionTx + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDirectionTx(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure simultaneously enabled/disabled states + * of Transmitter and Receiver + * @rmtoll CR1 RE LL_USART_SetTransferDirection\n + * CR1 TE LL_USART_SetTransferDirection + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param TransferDirection This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetTransferDirection(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t TransferDirection) +{ + ATOMIC_MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_TE, TransferDirection); +} + +/** + * @brief Return enabled/disabled states of Transmitter and Receiver + * @rmtoll CR1 RE LL_USART_GetTransferDirection\n + * CR1 TE LL_USART_GetTransferDirection + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetTransferDirection(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_TE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Parity (enabled/disabled and parity mode if enabled). + * @note This function selects if hardware parity control (generation and detection) is enabled or disabled. + * When the parity control is enabled (Odd or Even), computed parity bit is inserted at the MSB position + * (9th or 8th bit depending on data width) and parity is checked on the received data. + * @rmtoll CR1 PS LL_USART_SetParity\n + * CR1 PCE LL_USART_SetParity + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param Parity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_ODD + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetParity(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t Parity) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_PCE, Parity); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Parity configuration (enabled/disabled and parity mode if enabled) + * @rmtoll CR1 PS LL_USART_GetParity\n + * CR1 PCE LL_USART_GetParity + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_ODD + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetParity(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_PCE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Receiver Wake Up method from Mute mode. + * @rmtoll CR1 WAKE LL_USART_SetWakeUpMethod + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param Method This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetWakeUpMethod(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t Method) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, Method); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Receiver Wake Up method from Mute mode + * @rmtoll CR1 WAKE LL_USART_GetWakeUpMethod + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetWakeUpMethod(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Word length (i.e. nb of data bits, excluding start and stop bits) + * @rmtoll CR1 M LL_USART_SetDataWidth + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param DataWidth This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetDataWidth(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t DataWidth) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_M, DataWidth); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Word length (i.e. nb of data bits, excluding start and stop bits) + * @rmtoll CR1 M LL_USART_GetDataWidth + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetDataWidth(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_M)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Oversampling to 8-bit or 16-bit mode + * @rmtoll CR1 OVER8 LL_USART_SetOverSampling + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param OverSampling This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetOverSampling(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t OverSampling) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_OVER8, OverSampling); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Oversampling mode + * @rmtoll CR1 OVER8 LL_USART_GetOverSampling + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8 + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetOverSampling(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_OVER8)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure if Clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin or not + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBCL LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param LastBitClockPulse This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t LastBitClockPulse) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBCL, LastBitClockPulse); +} + +/** + * @brief Retrieve Clock pulse of the last data bit output configuration + * (Last bit Clock pulse output to the SCLK pin or not) + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBCL LL_USART_GetLastClkPulseOutput + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetLastClkPulseOutput(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBCL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CPHA LL_USART_SetClockPhase + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param ClockPhase This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetClockPhase(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t ClockPhase) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CPHA, ClockPhase); +} + +/** + * @brief Return phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CPHA LL_USART_GetClockPhase + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetClockPhase(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CPHA)); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CPOL LL_USART_SetClockPolarity + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param ClockPolarity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetClockPolarity(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t ClockPolarity) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CPOL, ClockPolarity); +} + +/** + * @brief Return polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CPOL LL_USART_GetClockPolarity + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetClockPolarity(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CPOL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Clock signal format (Phase Polarity and choice about output of last bit clock pulse) + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clock Phase configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetClockPhase() function + * - Clock Polarity configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetClockPolarity() function + * - Output of Last bit Clock pulse configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput() function + * @rmtoll CR2 CPHA LL_USART_ConfigClock\n + * CR2 CPOL LL_USART_ConfigClock\n + * CR2 LBCL LL_USART_ConfigClock + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param Phase This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE + * @param Polarity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW + * @arg @ref LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH + * @param LBCPOutput This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigClock(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t Phase, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t LBCPOutput) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL, Phase | Polarity | LBCPOutput); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Clock output on SCLK pin + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Clock output on SCLK pin + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if Clock output on SCLK pin is enabled + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_IsEnabledSCLKOutput + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSCLKOutput(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN) == (USART_CR2_CLKEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the length of the stop bits + * @rmtoll CR2 STOP LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param StopBits This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_2 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t StopBits) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, StopBits); +} + +/** + * @brief Retrieve the length of the stop bits + * @rmtoll CR2 STOP LL_USART_GetStopBitsLength + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_2 + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetStopBitsLength(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Character frame format (Datawidth, Parity control, Stop Bits) + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Data Width configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetDataWidth() function + * - Parity Control and mode configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetParity() function + * - Stop bits configuration using @ref LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() function + * @rmtoll CR1 PS LL_USART_ConfigCharacter\n + * CR1 PCE LL_USART_ConfigCharacter\n + * CR1 M LL_USART_ConfigCharacter\n + * CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigCharacter + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param DataWidth This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B + * @arg @ref LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B + * @param Parity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PARITY_ODD + * @param StopBits This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_STOPBITS_2 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigCharacter(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t DataWidth, uint32_t Parity, + uint32_t StopBits) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_M, Parity | DataWidth); + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, StopBits); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Address of the USART node. + * @note This is used in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or Stop mode, + * for wake up with address mark detection. + * @rmtoll CR2 ADD LL_USART_SetNodeAddress + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param NodeAddress 4 bit Address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetNodeAddress(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t NodeAddress) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, (NodeAddress & USART_CR2_ADD)); +} + +/** + * @brief Return 4 bit Address of the USART node as set in ADD field of CR2. + * @note only 4bits (b3-b0) of returned value are relevant (b31-b4 are not relevant) + * @rmtoll CR2 ADD LL_USART_GetNodeAddress + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Address of the USART node (Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255) + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetNodeAddress(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable RTS HW Flow Control + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 RTSE LL_USART_EnableRTSHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableRTSHWFlowCtrl(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable RTS HW Flow Control + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 RTSE LL_USART_DisableRTSHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableRTSHWFlowCtrl(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable CTS HW Flow Control + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 CTSE LL_USART_EnableCTSHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableCTSHWFlowCtrl(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable CTS HW Flow Control + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 CTSE LL_USART_DisableCTSHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableCTSHWFlowCtrl(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSE); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure HW Flow Control mode (both CTS and RTS) + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 RTSE LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl\n + * CR3 CTSE LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param HardwareFlowControl This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t HardwareFlowControl) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE, HardwareFlowControl); +} + +/** + * @brief Return HW Flow Control configuration (both CTS and RTS) + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 RTSE LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl\n + * CR3 CTSE LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS + * @arg @ref LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable One bit sampling method + * @rmtoll CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_EnableOneBitSamp + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableOneBitSamp(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_ONEBIT); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable One bit sampling method + * @rmtoll CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_DisableOneBitSamp + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableOneBitSamp(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_ONEBIT); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if One bit sampling method is enabled + * @rmtoll CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_IsEnabledOneBitSamp + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledOneBitSamp(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_ONEBIT) == (USART_CR3_ONEBIT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure USART BRR register for achieving expected Baud Rate value. + * @note Compute and set USARTDIV value in BRR Register (full BRR content) + * according to used Peripheral Clock, Oversampling mode, and expected Baud Rate values + * @note Peripheral clock and Baud rate values provided as function parameters should be valid + * (Baud rate value != 0) + * @rmtoll BRR BRR LL_USART_SetBaudRate + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral Clock + * @param OverSampling This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8 + * @param BaudRate Baud Rate + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t OverSampling, + uint32_t BaudRate) +{ + if (OverSampling == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)(__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(PeriphClk, BaudRate)); + } + else + { + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)(__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16(PeriphClk, BaudRate)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return current Baud Rate value, according to USARTDIV present in BRR register + * (full BRR content), and to used Peripheral Clock and Oversampling mode values + * @note In case of non-initialized or invalid value stored in BRR register, value 0 will be returned. + * @rmtoll BRR BRR LL_USART_GetBaudRate + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral Clock + * @param OverSampling This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16 + * @arg @ref LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8 + * @retval Baud Rate + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetBaudRate(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t OverSampling) +{ + uint32_t usartdiv = 0x0U; + uint32_t brrresult = 0x0U; + + usartdiv = USARTx->BRR; + + if (OverSampling == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + if ((usartdiv & 0xFFF7U) != 0U) + { + usartdiv = (uint16_t)((usartdiv & 0xFFF0U) | ((usartdiv & 0x0007U) << 1U)) ; + brrresult = (PeriphClk * 2U) / usartdiv; + } + } + else + { + if ((usartdiv & 0xFFFFU) != 0U) + { + brrresult = PeriphClk / usartdiv; + } + } + return (brrresult); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Configuration_IRDA Configuration functions related to Irda feature + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable IrDA mode + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 IREN LL_USART_EnableIrda + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIrda(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable IrDA mode + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 IREN LL_USART_DisableIrda + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIrda(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if IrDA mode is enabled + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 IREN LL_USART_IsEnabledIrda + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIrda(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN) == (USART_CR3_IREN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure IrDA Power Mode (Normal or Low Power) + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 IRLP LL_USART_SetIrdaPowerMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param PowerMode This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL + * @arg @ref LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_LOW + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetIrdaPowerMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t PowerMode) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, PowerMode); +} + +/** + * @brief Retrieve IrDA Power Mode configuration (Normal or Low Power) + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 IRLP LL_USART_GetIrdaPowerMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL + * @arg @ref LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetIrdaPowerMode(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Irda prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source + * to achieve the Irda Low Power frequency (8 bits value) + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR PSC LL_USART_SetIrdaPrescaler + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param PrescalerValue Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetIrdaPrescaler(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t PrescalerValue) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, PrescalerValue); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Irda prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source + * to achieve the Irda Low Power frequency (8 bits value) + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR PSC LL_USART_GetIrdaPrescaler + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Irda prescaler value (Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF) + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetIrdaPrescaler(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Configuration_Smartcard Configuration functions related to Smartcard feature + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable Smartcard NACK transmission + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 NACK LL_USART_EnableSmartcardNACK + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSmartcardNACK(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Smartcard NACK transmission + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 NACK LL_USART_DisableSmartcardNACK + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSmartcardNACK(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if Smartcard NACK transmission is enabled + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 NACK LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcardNACK + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcardNACK(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK) == (USART_CR3_NACK)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Smartcard mode + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 SCEN LL_USART_EnableSmartcard + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSmartcard(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Smartcard mode + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 SCEN LL_USART_DisableSmartcard + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSmartcard(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if Smartcard mode is enabled + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 SCEN LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcard + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcard(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN) == (USART_CR3_SCEN)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Smartcard prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock + * source to provide the SMARTCARD Clock (5 bits value) + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR PSC LL_USART_SetSmartcardPrescaler + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param PrescalerValue Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31 + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetSmartcardPrescaler(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t PrescalerValue) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, PrescalerValue); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Smartcard prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock + * source to provide the SMARTCARD Clock (5 bits value) + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR PSC LL_USART_GetSmartcardPrescaler + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Smartcard prescaler value (Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31) + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetSmartcardPrescaler(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Smartcard Guard time value, expressed in nb of baud clocks periods + * (GT[7:0] bits : Guard time value) + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR GT LL_USART_SetSmartcardGuardTime + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param GuardTime Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetSmartcardGuardTime(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t GuardTime) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_GT, GuardTime << USART_POSITION_GTPR_GT); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Smartcard Guard time value, expressed in nb of baud clocks periods + * (GT[7:0] bits : Guard time value) + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll GTPR GT LL_USART_GetSmartcardGuardTime + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Smartcard Guard time value (Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF) + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetSmartcardGuardTime(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->GTPR, USART_GTPR_GT) >> USART_POSITION_GTPR_GT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Configuration_HalfDuplex Configuration functions related to Half Duplex feature + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable Single Wire Half-Duplex mode + * @note Macro IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Half-Duplex mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Single Wire Half-Duplex mode + * @note Macro IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Half-Duplex mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if Single Wire Half-Duplex mode is enabled + * @note Macro IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Half-Duplex mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_IsEnabledHalfDuplex + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledHalfDuplex(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL) == (USART_CR3_HDSEL)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Configuration_LIN Configuration functions related to LIN feature + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set LIN Break Detection Length + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBDL LL_USART_SetLINBrkDetectionLen + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param LINBDLength This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_10B + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_11B + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetLINBrkDetectionLen(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint32_t LINBDLength) +{ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, LINBDLength); +} + +/** + * @brief Return LIN Break Detection Length + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBDL LL_USART_GetLINBrkDetectionLen + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Returned value can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_10B + * @arg @ref LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_11B + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetLINBrkDetectionLen(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable LIN mode + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_EnableLIN + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableLIN(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable LIN mode + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_DisableLIN + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableLIN(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicate if LIN mode is enabled + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_IsEnabledLIN + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledLIN(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN) == (USART_CR2_LINEN)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_AdvancedConfiguration Advanced Configurations services + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Asynchronous Mode (UART) + * @note In UART mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Asynchronous Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In Asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, IREN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Synchronous Mode + * @note In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * This function also sets the USART in Synchronous mode. + * @note Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Synchronous mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * - Set CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Synchronous Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, Clock Polarity, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, IREN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + /* set the UART/USART in Synchronous mode */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in LIN Mode + * @note In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * This function also set the UART/USART in LIN mode. + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() function + * - Clear STOP in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * - Set LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_EnableLIN() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to LIN Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, LIN Break Detection Length, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode\n + * CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigLINMode\n + * CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigLINMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigLINMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - IREN, SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_STOP)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + /* Set the UART/USART in LIN mode */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Half Duplex Mode + * @note In Half Duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * This function also sets the UART/USART in Half Duplex mode. + * @note Macro IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Half-Duplex mode is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Set HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Half Duplex Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In Half Duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_IREN)); + /* set the UART/USART in Half Duplex mode */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Smartcard Mode + * @note In Smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * This function also configures Stop bits to 1.5 bits and + * sets the USART in Smartcard mode (SCEN bit). + * Clock Output is also enabled (CLKEN). + * @note Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Smartcard feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * - Configure STOP in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() function + * - Set CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput() function + * - Set SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_EnableSmartcard() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Smartcard Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode\n + * CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In Smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + - IREN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + /* Configure Stop bits to 1.5 bits */ + /* Synchronous mode is activated by default */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_STOP_0 | USART_CR2_STOP_1 | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + /* set the UART/USART in Smartcard mode */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Irda Mode + * @note In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * This function also sets the UART/USART in IRDA mode (IREN bit). + * @note Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * IrDA feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * - Configure STOP in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() function + * - Set IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_EnableIrda() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Irda Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Word length, Power mode, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode\n + * CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_STOP)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + /* set the UART/USART in IRDA mode */ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN); +} + +/** + * @brief Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Multi processor Mode + * (several USARTs connected in a network, one of the USARTs can be the master, + * its TX output connected to the RX inputs of the other slaves USARTs). + * @note In MultiProcessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + * - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register, + * - SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register, + * - HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. + * @note Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : + * - Clear LINEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableLIN() function + * - Clear CLKEN in CR2 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() function + * - Clear SCEN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() function + * - Clear IREN in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableIrda() function + * - Clear HDSEL in CR3 using @ref LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function + * @note Other remaining configurations items related to Multi processor Mode + * (as Baud Rate, Wake Up Method, Node address, ...) should be set using + * dedicated functions + * @rmtoll CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode\n + * CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode\n + * CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode\n + * CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode\n + * CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* In Multi Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - IREN, SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_FLAG_Management FLAG_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Parity Error Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR PE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_PE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_PE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_PE) == (USART_SR_PE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Framing Error Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR FE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_FE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_FE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_FE) == (USART_SR_FE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Noise error detected Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR NF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_NE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_NE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_NE) == (USART_SR_NE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART OverRun Error Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR ORE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ORE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ORE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_ORE) == (USART_SR_ORE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART IDLE line detected Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR IDLE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_IDLE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_IDLE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_IDLE) == (USART_SR_IDLE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Read Data Register Not Empty Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR RXNE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RXNE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RXNE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_RXNE) == (USART_SR_RXNE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Transmission Complete Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR TC LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TC + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TC(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_TC) == (USART_SR_TC)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll SR TXE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TXE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TXE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_TXE) == (USART_SR_TXE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART LIN Break Detection Flag is set or not + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll SR LBD LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_LBD + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_LBD(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_LBD) == (USART_SR_LBD)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART CTS Flag is set or not + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll SR CTS LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_nCTS + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_nCTS(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->SR, USART_SR_CTS) == (USART_SR_CTS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Send Break Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll CR1 SBK LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_SBK + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_SBK(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK) == (USART_CR1_SBK)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Receive Wake Up from mute mode Flag is set or not + * @rmtoll CR1 RWU LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RWU + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RWU(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU) == (USART_CR1_RWU)); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Parity Error Flag + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the USARTx_SR + * register followed by a read access to the USARTx_DR register. + * @note Please also consider that when clearing this flag, other flags as + * NE, FE, ORE, IDLE would also be cleared. + * @rmtoll SR PE LL_USART_ClearFlag_PE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_PE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->SR; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->DR; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Framing Error Flag + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the USARTx_SR + * register followed by a read access to the USARTx_DR register. + * @note Please also consider that when clearing this flag, other flags as + * PE, NE, ORE, IDLE would also be cleared. + * @rmtoll SR FE LL_USART_ClearFlag_FE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_FE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->SR; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->DR; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Noise detected Flag + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the USARTx_SR + * register followed by a read access to the USARTx_DR register. + * @note Please also consider that when clearing this flag, other flags as + * PE, FE, ORE, IDLE would also be cleared. + * @rmtoll SR NF LL_USART_ClearFlag_NE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_NE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->SR; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->DR; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear OverRun Error Flag + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the USARTx_SR + * register followed by a read access to the USARTx_DR register. + * @note Please also consider that when clearing this flag, other flags as + * PE, NE, FE, IDLE would also be cleared. + * @rmtoll SR ORE LL_USART_ClearFlag_ORE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_ORE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->SR; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->DR; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear IDLE line detected Flag + * @note Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the USARTx_SR + * register followed by a read access to the USARTx_DR register. + * @note Please also consider that when clearing this flag, other flags as + * PE, NE, FE, ORE would also be cleared. + * @rmtoll SR IDLE LL_USART_ClearFlag_IDLE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_IDLE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->SR; + (void) tmpreg; + tmpreg = USARTx->DR; + (void) tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear Transmission Complete Flag + * @rmtoll SR TC LL_USART_ClearFlag_TC + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_TC(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + WRITE_REG(USARTx->SR, ~(USART_SR_TC)); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear RX Not Empty Flag + * @rmtoll SR RXNE LL_USART_ClearFlag_RXNE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_RXNE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + WRITE_REG(USARTx->SR, ~(USART_SR_RXNE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear LIN Break Detection Flag + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll SR LBD LL_USART_ClearFlag_LBD + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_LBD(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + WRITE_REG(USARTx->SR, ~(USART_SR_LBD)); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear CTS Interrupt Flag + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll SR CTS LL_USART_ClearFlag_nCTS + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_nCTS(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + WRITE_REG(USARTx->SR, ~(USART_SR_CTS)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_IT_Management IT_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable IDLE Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_IDLE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_IDLE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable RX Not Empty Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_RXNE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_RXNE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Transmission Complete Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 TCIE LL_USART_EnableIT_TC + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_TC(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable TX Empty Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_TXE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_TXE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Parity Error Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 PEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_PE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_PE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable LIN Break Detection Interrupt + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_EnableIT_LBD + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_LBD(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Error Interrupt + * @note When set, Error Interrupt Enable Bit is enabling interrupt generation in case of a framing + * error, overrun error or noise flag (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_SR register). + * 0: Interrupt is inhibited + * 1: An interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_SR register. + * @rmtoll CR3 EIE LL_USART_EnableIT_ERROR + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_ERROR(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable CTS Interrupt + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_EnableIT_CTS + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_CTS(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable IDLE Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_IDLE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_IDLE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable RX Not Empty Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_RXNE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_RXNE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Transmission Complete Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 TCIE LL_USART_DisableIT_TC + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_TC(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable TX Empty Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_TXE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_TXE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Parity Error Interrupt + * @rmtoll CR1 PEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_PE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_PE(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable LIN Break Detection Interrupt + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_DisableIT_LBD + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_LBD(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Error Interrupt + * @note When set, Error Interrupt Enable Bit is enabling interrupt generation in case of a framing + * error, overrun error or noise flag (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_SR register). + * 0: Interrupt is inhibited + * 1: An interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_SR register. + * @rmtoll CR3 EIE LL_USART_DisableIT_ERROR + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_ERROR(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable CTS Interrupt + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_DisableIT_CTS + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_CTS(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSIE); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART IDLE Interrupt source is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_IDLE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_IDLE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE) == (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART RX Not Empty Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RXNE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RXNE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE) == (USART_CR1_RXNEIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Transmission Complete Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 TCIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TC + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TC(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE) == (USART_CR1_TCIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART TX Empty Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TXE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TXE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE) == (USART_CR1_TXEIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Parity Error Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR1 PEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_PE + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_PE(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE) == (USART_CR1_PEIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART LIN Break Detection Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @note Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * LIN feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_LBD + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_LBD(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDIE) == (USART_CR2_LBDIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART Error Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @rmtoll CR3 EIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_ERROR + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_ERROR(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE) == (USART_CR3_EIE)); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if the USART CTS Interrupt is enabled or disabled. + * @note Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not + * Hardware Flow control feature is supported by the USARTx instance. + * @rmtoll CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CTS + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CTS(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_CTSIE) == (USART_CR3_CTSIE)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_DMA_Management DMA_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable DMA Mode for reception + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAR LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_RX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_RX(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable DMA Mode for reception + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAR LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_RX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_RX(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if DMA Mode is enabled for reception + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAR LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR) == (USART_CR3_DMAR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable DMA Mode for transmission + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAT LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_TX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_TX(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable DMA Mode for transmission + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAT LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_TX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_TX(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); +} + +/** + * @brief Check if DMA Mode is enabled for transmission + * @rmtoll CR3 DMAT LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval State of bit (1 or 0). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (READ_BIT(USARTx->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT) == (USART_CR3_DMAT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the data register address used for DMA transfer + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr + * @note Address of Data Register is valid for both Transmit and Receive transfers. + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Address of data register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + /* return address of DR register */ + return ((uint32_t) &(USARTx->DR)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Data_Management Data_Management + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read Receiver Data register (Receive Data value, 8 bits) + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_USART_ReceiveData8 + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t LL_USART_ReceiveData8(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->DR, USART_DR_DR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Read Receiver Data register (Receive Data value, 9 bits) + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_USART_ReceiveData9 + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x1FF + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint16_t LL_USART_ReceiveData9(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + return (uint16_t)(READ_BIT(USARTx->DR, USART_DR_DR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Write in Transmitter Data Register (Transmit Data value, 8 bits) + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_USART_TransmitData8 + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_TransmitData8(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint8_t Value) +{ + USARTx->DR = Value; +} + +/** + * @brief Write in Transmitter Data Register (Transmit Data value, 9 bits) + * @rmtoll DR DR LL_USART_TransmitData9 + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x1FF + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_TransmitData9(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, uint16_t Value) +{ + USARTx->DR = Value & 0x1FFU; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Execution Execution + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Request Break sending + * @rmtoll CR1 SBK LL_USART_RequestBreakSending + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestBreakSending(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK); +} + +/** + * @brief Put USART in Mute mode + * @rmtoll CR1 RWU LL_USART_RequestEnterMuteMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestEnterMuteMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + SET_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); +} + +/** + * @brief Put USART in Active mode + * @rmtoll CR1 RWU LL_USART_RequestExitMuteMode + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval None + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestExitMuteMode(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(USARTx->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) +/** @defgroup USART_LL_EF_Init Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @{ + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(const USART_TypeDef *USARTx); +ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, const LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct); +void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct); +ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, const LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct); +void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || USART6 || UART4 || UART5 || UART7 || UART8 || UART9 || UART10 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_LL_USART_H */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c index 4497de6..862ec73 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c @@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ * @{ */ /** - * @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.8.3 + * @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.8.5 */ #define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */ #define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x08U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x03U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x05U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ #define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ #define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\ |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c index 39f19f2..808949e 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c @@ -101,7 +101,14 @@ * @{ */ /* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */ -FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, + .NbSectorsToErase = 0U, + .VoltageForErase= FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1, + .Sector = 0U, + .Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, + .Address = 0U, + .Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, + .ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE}; /** * @} */ @@ -153,7 +160,7 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) { - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; /* Process Locked */ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c index f919fea..839c91b 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ extern HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError) { - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; uint32_t index = 0U; /* Process Locked */ @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit) */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void) { - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + uint8_t optiontmp; /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void) */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void) { - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + uint8_t optiontmp; /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level) */ static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t Iwdg, uint8_t Stop, uint8_t Stdby) { - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + uint8_t optiontmp; HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; /* Check the parameters */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ad44f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,7567 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx stream + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on + the DMA Tx or Rx stream + + (#) Configure the Communication Speed, Duty cycle, Addressing mode, Own Address1, + Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit() API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master or memory I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + + *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation *** + ========================================================== + [..] + (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition + when a direction change during transfer + [..] + (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer + (+) Option field values are defined through I2C_XferOptions_definition and are listed below: + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functional is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode + (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface + several times (like HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()) + (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after several call of the same master sequential + interface several times (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME). + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME). + Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or Receive sequence permit to call the opposite interface Receive or Transmit + without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition. + (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after each call of the same master sequential + interface. + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME). + Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition. + + (+) Different sequential I2C interfaces are listed below: + (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() + or using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) Abort a master or memory IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+++) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (+++) When address slave I2C match, HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read). + (+++) At Listen mode end HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() + or using HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master or memory I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + [..] + The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + Use Functions HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback() + to register an interrupt callback. + [..] + Function HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + [..] + For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + Use function HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + [..] + For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + By default, after the HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are + reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_I2C_Init()/ HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when + these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_I2C_Init()/ HAL_I2C_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state. + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_I2C_DeInit() + or HAL_I2C_Init() function. + [..] + When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define + * @{ + */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG 35U /*!< Timeout 35 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG 25U /*!< Timeout 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOP_FLAG 5U /*!< Timeout 5 ms */ +#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME 0xFFFF0000U /*!< XferOptions default value */ + +/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */ +#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */ +#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +/* Macro to get remaining data to transfer on DMA side */ +#define I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(__HANDLE__) __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */ +static void I2C_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPRequestThroughIT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */ +static void I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_Master_SB(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_Master_ADD10(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_Master_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static void I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t IT2Flags); +static void I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static void I2C_MemoryTransmit_TXE_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to Convert Specific options */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to flush DR register */ +static void I2C_Flush_DR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Communication Speed + (++) Duty cycle + (++) Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t freqrange; + uint32_t pclk1; + + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(hi2c->Init.DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the I2C Callback settings */ + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + + if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + } + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /*Reset I2C*/ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST; + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_SWRST; + + /* Get PCLK1 frequency */ + pclk1 = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + + /* Check the minimum allowed PCLK1 frequency */ + if (I2C_MIN_PCLK_FREQ(pclk1, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed) == 1U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Calculate frequency range */ + freqrange = I2C_FREQRANGE(pclk1); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_FREQ, freqrange); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TRISE Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Rise Time */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->TRISE, I2C_TRISE_TRISE, I2C_RISE_TIME(freqrange, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Speed */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CCR, (I2C_CCR_FS | I2C_CCR_DUTY | I2C_CCR_CCR), I2C_SPEED(pclk1, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed, hi2c->Init.DutyCycle)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1, (I2C_CR1_ENGC | I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH), (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and addressing mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->OAR1, (I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE | I2C_OAR1_ADD8_9 | I2C_OAR1_ADD1_7 | I2C_OAR1_ADD0), (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->OAR2, (I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL | I2C_OAR2_ADD2), (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + } + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an I2C Callback + * I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @brief I2C data register flush process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Flush_DR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Write a dummy data in DR to clear TXE flag */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = 0x00U; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + if (I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + if (I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable Pos */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->XferSize <= 3U) + { + /* One byte */ + if (hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* Two bytes */ + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* 3 Last bytes */ + else + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + + if (hi2c->XferSize == 3U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + } + + /* Wait until AF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == (uint16_t)0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable Pos */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->XferSize <= 3U) + { + /* One byte */ + if (hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* Two bytes */ + else if (hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* 3 Last bytes */ + else + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + if (hi2c->XferSize == 3U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Abort the ongoing DMA */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation and MISRA warning */ + UNUSED(dmaxferstatus); + + /* Set the unused I2C DMA transfer complete callback to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->XferSize = 0U; + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1CpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferM1HalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Abort the ongoing DMA */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation and MISRA warning */ + UNUSED(dmaxferstatus); + + /* Set the unused I2C DMA transfer complete callback to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->XferSize = 0U; + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Get tick */ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0U; + FlagStatus tmp1; + FlagStatus tmp2; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR or AF flag are set */ + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + while ((hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT) && (tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET)) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if the ADDR flag has been set */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Clear ADDR Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Clear AF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Increment Trials */ + I2C_Trials++; + } + while (I2C_Trials < Trials); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t Prev_State = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if ((READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t Prev_State = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0x00U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if ((READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* If XferOptions is not associated to a new frame, mean no start bit is request, enable directly the DMA request */ + /* In other cases, DMA request is enabled after Slave address treatment in IRQHandler */ + if ((XferOptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t Prev_State = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t enableIT = (I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if ((READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 2U) && ((XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP))) + { + if (Prev_State == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable Pos */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + /* Remove Enabling of IT_BUF, mean RXNE treatment, treat the 2 bytes through BTF */ + enableIT &= ~I2C_IT_BUF; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable interrupts */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, enableIT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t Prev_State = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t enableIT = (I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if ((READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + /* Clear Last DMA bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 2U) && ((XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP))) + { + if (Prev_State == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable Pos */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + if ((XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + } + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Update interrupt for only EVT and ERR */ + enableIT = (I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + else + { + /* Update interrupt for only ERR */ + enableIT = I2C_IT_ERR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* If XferOptions is not associated to a new frame, mean no start bit is request, enable directly the DMA request */ + /* In other cases, DMA request is enabled after Slave address treatment in IRQHandler */ + if ((XferOptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, enableIT); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 1)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable interrupts */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, enableIT); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK; + hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode); + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master or memory I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(DevAddress); + + /* Abort Master transfer during Receive or Transmit process */ + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET) && ((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || + (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM))) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + /* Or periphal is not in busy state, mean there is no active sequence to be abort */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t sr1itflags; + uint32_t sr2itflags = 0U; + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2); + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + /* Master or Memory mode selected */ + if ((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + sr2itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR2); + sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + + /* Exit IRQ event until Start Bit detected in case of Other frame requested */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_SB) == RESET) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(CurrentXferOptions) == 1U)) + { + return; + } + + /* SB Set ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_SB) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + I2C_Master_SB(hi2c); + } + /* ADD10 Set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_ADD10) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Master_ADD10(hi2c); + } + /* ADDR Set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Master_ADDR(hi2c); + } + /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + else if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr2itflags, I2C_FLAG_TRA) != RESET) + { + /* Do not check buffer and BTF flag if a Xfer DMA is on going */ + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) != I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(hi2c); + } + else /* HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM */ + { + if (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + I2C_MemoryTransmit_TXE_BTF(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + } + /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ + else + { + /* Do not check buffer and BTF flag if a Xfer DMA is on going */ + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) != I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* RXNE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + } + } + /* Slave mode selected */ + else + { + /* If an error is detected, read only SR1 register to prevent */ + /* a clear of ADDR flags by reading SR2 after reading SR1 in Error treatment */ + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + } + else + { + sr2itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR2); + sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + } + + /* ADDR set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + /* Now time to read SR2, this will clear ADDR flag automatically */ + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + sr2itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR2); + } + I2C_Slave_ADDR(hi2c, sr2itflags); + } + /* STOPF set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Slave_STOPF(hi2c); + } + /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ + else + { + /* RXNE set and BTF reset ----------------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef tmp1; + uint32_t tmp2; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmp3; + uint32_t tmp4; + uint32_t sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2); + uint32_t error = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + error |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Lost error interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + error |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* I2C Acknowledge failure error interrupt occurred ------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + tmp1 = CurrentMode; + tmp2 = hi2c->XferCount; + tmp3 = hi2c->State; + tmp4 = hi2c->PreviousState; + if ((tmp1 == HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE) && (tmp2 == 0U) && \ + ((tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || \ + ((tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmp4 == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)))) + { + I2C_Slave_AF(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + error |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Do not generate a STOP in case of Slave receive non acknowledge during transfer (mean not at the end of transfer) */ + if ((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + } + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(sr1itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + error |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected -----------------------*/ + if (error != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= error; + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XferDirection_definition + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C abort callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C handle state. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Return I2C handle state */ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL mode + */ +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->Mode; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C error code. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval I2C Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle TXE flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() directly if no stop mode is set */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else /* Generate Stop condition then Call TxCpltCallback() */ + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } + else if ((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || \ + ((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + } + else + { + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + I2C_MemoryTransmit_TXE_BTF(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master transmitter + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() directly if no stop mode is set */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else /* Generate Stop condition then Call TxCpltCallback() */ + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle TXE and BTF flag for Memory transmitter + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_MemoryTransmit_TXE_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if (hi2c->EventCount == 0U) + { + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (hi2c->MemaddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount += 2U; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + } + else if (hi2c->EventCount == 1U) + { + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + else if (hi2c->EventCount == 2U) + { + if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Generate Restart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + else if ((hi2c->XferCount > 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Generate Stop condition then Call TxCpltCallback() */ + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + else + { + /* Clear TXE and BTF flags */ + I2C_Flush_DR(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uint32_t tmp; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions; + + CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + tmp = hi2c->XferCount; + if (tmp > 3U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if (hi2c->XferCount == (uint16_t)3) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt, this help to treat correctly the last 4 bytes + on BTF subroutine */ + /* Disable BUF interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + } + } + else if ((hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME) && ((tmp == 1U) || (tmp == 0U))) + { + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPRequestThroughIT(hi2c) == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + } + else + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt, this help to treat correctly the last 2 bytes + on BTF subroutine if there is a reception delay between N-1 and N byte */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master receiver + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if (hi2c->XferCount == 4U) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt, this help to treat correctly the last 2 bytes + on BTF subroutine if there is a reception delay between N-1 and N byte */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if (hi2c->XferCount == 3U) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt, this help to treat correctly the last 2 bytes + on BTF subroutine if there is a reception delay between N-1 and N byte */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if (hi2c->XferCount == 2U) + { + /* Prepare next transfer or stop current transfer */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + else if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + else + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + } + else + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SB flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Master_SB(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + if (hi2c->EventCount == 0U) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + } + else + { + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave 7 Bits address */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + + if (((hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) && (hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback != NULL)) + || ((hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) && (hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback != NULL))) + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } + } + else + { + if (hi2c->EventCount == 0U) + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else if (hi2c->EventCount == 1U) + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADD10 flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Master_ADD10(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(hi2c->Devaddress); + + if (((hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) && (hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback != NULL)) + || ((hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) && (hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback != NULL))) + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADDR flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Master_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + if ((hi2c->EventCount == 0U) && (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else if ((hi2c->EventCount == 0U) && (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Restart */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + else + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + else if (hi2c->XferCount == 1U) + { + if (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + } + /* Prepare next transfer or stop current transfer */ + else if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) \ + && ((Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))) + { + if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + } + else if (hi2c->XferCount == 2U) + { + if ((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP)) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Enable Pos */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_POS); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + if (((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) && ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME))) + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + if (((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) && ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME))) + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + /* Reset Event counter */ + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle TXE flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave transmitter + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave receiver + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADD flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param IT2Flags Interrupt2 flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t IT2Flags) +{ + uint8_t TransferDirection = I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE; + uint16_t SlaveAddrCode; + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt, BUF enabling is manage through slave specific interface */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, (I2C_IT_BUF)); + + /* Transfer Direction requested by Master */ + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(IT2Flags, I2C_FLAG_TRA) == RESET) + { + TransferDirection = I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT; + } + + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(IT2Flags, I2C_FLAG_DUALF) == RESET) + { + SlaveAddrCode = (uint16_t)hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1; + } + else + { + SlaveAddrCode = (uint16_t)hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle STOPF flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear STOPF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + if ((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)(I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmarx)); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Disable, stop the current DMA */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + else + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)(I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c->hdmatx)); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Disable, stop the current DMA */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + + /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + /* Update counter */ + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + } + else + { + if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if (((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) && \ + (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear TXE flag */ + I2C_Flush_DR(hi2c); + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Clear AF flag only */ + /* State Listen, but XferOptions == FIRST or NEXT */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C interrupts error process + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentError; + + if (((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* Disable Pos bit in I2C CR1 when error occurred in Master/Mem Receive IT Process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + } + + if (((uint32_t)CurrentState & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + } + else + { + /* If state is an abort treatment on going, don't change state */ + /* This change will be do later */ + if ((READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) != I2C_CR2_DMAEN) && (CurrentState != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + } + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + } + + /* Abort DMA transfer */ + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + } + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + } + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->DR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + } + + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* STOP Flag is not set after a NACK reception, BusError, ArbitrationLost, OverRun */ + CurrentError = hi2c->ErrorCode; + + if (((CurrentError & HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR) || \ + ((CurrentError & HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO) || \ + ((CurrentError & HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) || \ + ((CurrentError & HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR)) + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + + /* So may inform upper layer that listen phase is stopped */ + /* during NACK error treatment */ + CurrentState = hi2c->State; + if (((hi2c->ErrorCode & HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + else if (hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Generate ReStart */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + } + else + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); + } + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + else if (hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Generate ReStart */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); + } + else + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Restart */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(DevAddress); + } + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Generate Start */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Generate Restart */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START); + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_START) == I2C_CR1_START) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_WRONG_START; + } + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear Complete callback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + + if ((((uint32_t)CurrentState & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || ((((uint32_t)CurrentState & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) && (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE))) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else if (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt to treat end of transfer in IRQ handler */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + /* Check current Mode, in case of treatment DMA handler have been preempted by a prior interrupt */ + else if (hi2c->Mode != HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == (uint16_t)1) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + } + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Prepare next transfer or stop current transfer */ + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + + /* Disable Last DMA */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_LAST); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR2, I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + if ((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + } + else + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Clear Complete callback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + + /* Ignore DMA FIFO error */ + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hdma) != HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + /* During abort treatment, check that there is no pending STOP request */ + /* Wait until STOP flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + break; + } + count--; + } + while (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Clear Complete callback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + } + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset XferAbortCallback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Check if come from abort from user */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + if (((uint32_t)CurrentState & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Renable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + } + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param Flag specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for Master addressing phase. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param Flag specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP); + + /* Clear AF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of BTF flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP request through Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPRequestThroughIT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Wait until STOP flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_STOP_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock / 25U / 1000U); + do + { + count--; + if (count == 0U) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + while (READ_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_STOP) == I2C_CR1_STOP); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functional XferOptions. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..351f4fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C Extension HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of I2C extension peripheral: + * + Extension features functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### I2C peripheral extension features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F427xx/437xx/ + 429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features : + + (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter + (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter + (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_AnalogFilter_Config() + (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_DigitalFilter_Config() + + @endverbatim + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF)&&defined(I2C_FLTR_DNF) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions + * @brief Extension features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extension features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Noise Filters + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures I2C Analog noise filter. + * @param hi2c pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param AnalogFilter new state of the Analog filter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */ + hi2c->Instance->FLTR &= ~(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); + + /* Disable the analog filter */ + hi2c->Instance->FLTR |= AnalogFilter; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures I2C Digital noise filter. + * @param hi2c pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->FLTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */ + tmpreg &= ~(I2C_FLTR_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= DigitalFilter; + + /* Store the new register value */ + hi2c->Instance->FLTR = tmpreg; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c index d53e0b1..dacbfeb 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) if ((hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) && ((RegVal & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) && - ((RegVal & (0x1U << 16)) == (hpcd->FrameNumber & 0x1U))) + (((RegVal & (0x1U << 16)) >> 16U) == (hpcd->FrameNumber & 0x1U))) { hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].is_iso_incomplete = 1U; @@ -2149,6 +2149,7 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetTestMode(const PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t tes case TEST_SE0_NAK: case TEST_PACKET: case TEST_FORCE_EN: + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(0x7U << 4); USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= (uint32_t)testmode << 4; break; diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c index c04d33a..c18fa09 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ __weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. * @retval HAL status */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(const RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) { uint32_t tickstart; uint32_t pll_config; @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ __weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruc * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions") * @retval None */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(const RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) { uint32_t tickstart; diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c index 7b3b20b..0431718 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) * is only available in STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx/STM32F412Zx/STM32F412Vx/STM32F412Rx/STM32F412Cx devices * @retval HAL status */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(const RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) { uint32_t tickstart; uint32_t pll_config; diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c index 99b5549..92757d8 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c @@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx + or Rx Stream/Channel (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure. @@ -190,7 +191,8 @@ @note The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (8bits, 16bits), SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA). @note - (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA() + (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and + HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA() (#) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA() (#) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA() @@ -215,7 +217,7 @@ * @{ */ #define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U -#define SPI_BSY_FLAG_WORKAROUND_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< Timeout 1000 µs */ +#define SPI_BSY_FLAG_WORKAROUND_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< Timeout 1000 us */ /** * @} */ @@ -761,9 +763,9 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_Ca * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration in ms * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) @@ -927,10 +929,13 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received + * @param Timeout Timeout duration in ms * @retval HAL status + * @note In master mode, if the direction is set to SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES + * the receive buffer is written to data register (DR) to generate + * clock pulses and receive data */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) { @@ -944,6 +949,11 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint1 return HAL_BUSY; } + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) { hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; @@ -954,11 +964,6 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint1 /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ __HAL_LOCK(hspi); @@ -1126,10 +1131,10 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint1 * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received - * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent and received + * @param Timeout Timeout duration in ms * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, @@ -1158,7 +1163,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t initial_TxXferCount = Size; if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ - ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && + (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) { return HAL_BUSY; } @@ -1378,8 +1384,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) @@ -1460,8 +1466,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pD * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) @@ -1472,6 +1478,11 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, ui return HAL_BUSY; } + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) { hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; @@ -1480,11 +1491,6 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, ui } - if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ __HAL_LOCK(hspi); @@ -1550,9 +1556,9 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, ui * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent and received * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, @@ -1569,7 +1575,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode; if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ - ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && + (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) { return HAL_BUSY; } @@ -1637,8 +1644,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer - * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) @@ -1740,9 +1747,9 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *p * @note In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1. - * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) @@ -1755,6 +1762,11 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, u return HAL_BUSY; } + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) { hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; @@ -1766,14 +1778,9 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, u return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size); } - if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Process Locked */ __HAL_LOCK(hspi); - + /* Set the transaction information */ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; @@ -1849,10 +1856,10 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, u * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains * the configuration information for SPI module. - * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer - * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements) * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1 - * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent and received * @retval HAL status */ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, @@ -1873,7 +1880,8 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, const uin tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode; if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || - ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && + (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) { return HAL_BUSY; } @@ -2347,9 +2355,11 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) { HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): + to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() */ /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream/Channel */ @@ -2678,7 +2688,7 @@ uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(const SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) */ static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); uint32_t tickstart; /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ @@ -2735,7 +2745,7 @@ static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); uint32_t tickstart; #if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; @@ -2824,7 +2834,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); uint32_t tickstart; #if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; @@ -2904,7 +2914,7 @@ static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Call user Tx half complete callback */ #if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U) @@ -2922,7 +2932,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Call user Rx half complete callback */ #if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U) @@ -2940,7 +2950,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Call user TxRx half complete callback */ #if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U) @@ -2958,7 +2968,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); @@ -2981,7 +2991,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; @@ -3003,7 +3013,7 @@ static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); __IO uint32_t count; hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; @@ -3068,7 +3078,7 @@ static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) */ static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) { - SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); @@ -3536,7 +3546,10 @@ static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, { tmp_timeout = 0U; } - count--; + else + { + count--; + } } } @@ -3603,15 +3616,17 @@ static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t */ static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) { + __IO uint32_t count; + /* Wait until TXE flag */ - if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) { SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); return HAL_TIMEOUT; } - /* Timeout in µs */ - __IO uint32_t count = SPI_BSY_FLAG_WORKAROUND_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000000U); + /* Timeout in us */ + count = SPI_BSY_FLAG_WORKAROUND_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000000U); /* Erratasheet: BSY bit may stay high at the end of a data transfer in Slave mode */ if (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) { diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f056ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,7629 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + TIM Time Base Initialization + * + TIM Time Base Start + * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption + * + TIM Time Base Start DMA + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + TIM Input Capture Initialization + * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + TIM Input Capture Start + * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption + * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA + * + TIM One Pulse Initialization + * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + TIM One Pulse Start + * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + TIM OCRef clear configuration + * + TIM External Clock configuration + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect + several timers together. + (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending on the selected feature: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + Initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + [..] + Use Function HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. + HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. + + [..] + Use function HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + + [..] + These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: + (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. + (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. + (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. + (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. + (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. + (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. + (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback. + (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. + (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. + (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. + (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. + (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. + (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. + (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. + (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. + (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. + (+) CommutationCallback : TIM Commutation Callback. + (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback : TIM Commutation half complete Callback. + (+) BreakCallback : TIM Break Callback. + + [..] +By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET +all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). + + [..] + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak + functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null + (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit + keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) + + [..] + Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered + in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. + + [..] + When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM state */ + if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM state */ + if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions + * @brief TIM Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions + * @brief TIM PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the TIM PWM. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions + * @brief TIM Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions + * @brief TIM One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() + * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer + * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other + * purpose. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function + * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. + * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel See note above + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function + * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. + * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel See note above + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function + * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. + * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel See note above + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function + * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. + * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel See note above + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions + * @brief TIM Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() + * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together + * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource + * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa + * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer + * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other + * purpose. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, + uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((pData1 == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((pData2 == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + break; + } + + default: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + break; + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief TIM IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t itsource = htim->Instance->DIER; + uint32_t itflag = htim->Instance->SR; + + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_CC1)) == (TIM_FLAG_CC1)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_CC1)) == (TIM_IT_CC1)) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_CC2)) == (TIM_FLAG_CC2)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_CC2)) == (TIM_IT_CC2)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_CC3)) == (TIM_FLAG_CC3)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_CC3)) == (TIM_IT_CC3)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_CC4)) == (TIM_FLAG_CC4)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_CC4)) == (TIM_IT_CC4)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_UPDATE)) == (TIM_FLAG_UPDATE)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_UPDATE)) == (TIM_IT_UPDATE)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* TIM Break input event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_BREAK)) == (TIM_FLAG_BREAK)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_BREAK)) == (TIM_IT_BREAK)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->BreakCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER)) == (TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_TRIGGER)) == (TIM_IT_TRIGGER)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* TIM commutation event */ + if ((itflag & (TIM_FLAG_COM)) == (TIM_FLAG_COM)) + { + if ((itsource & (TIM_IT_COM)) == (TIM_IT_COM)) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->CommutationCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions + * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_4) + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast + * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx + * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, + * without taking in account the comparison. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; + temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; + temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, + ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + + + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) + { + if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA stream) */ + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + break; + } + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, + ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) + { + if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA stream) */ + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + break; + } + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param EventSource specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source + * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are relevant only for timer instances + * supporting a break input. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode + * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode + * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) TIM Period elapsed callback + (+) TIM Output Compare callback + (+) TIM Input capture callback + (+) TIM Trigger callback + (+) TIM Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param htim tim handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : + htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID : + htim->CommutationCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID : + htim->BreakCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister a TIM callback + * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param htim tim handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */ + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ + htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ + htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */ + htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */ + htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Break Callback */ + htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */ + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */ + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions + * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM OPM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval Active channel + */ +HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->Channel; +} + +/** + * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 + * @retval TIM Channel state + */ +HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + return channel_state; +} + +/** + * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval DMA burst state + */ +HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + return htim->DMABurstState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->ErrorCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx TIM peripheral + * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + /* Set the auto-reload preload */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Disable Update Event (UEV) with Update Generation (UG) + by changing Update Request Source (URS) to avoid Update flag (UIF) */ + SET_BIT(TIMx->CR1, TIM_CR1_URS); + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + } + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); + + if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + } + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); + + if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + } + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Timer configuration function + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Select the Input */ + if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. + * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; + htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; + htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; + htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; + htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; + htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..889f8fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,2410 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start + * + Time Complementary signal break and dead time configuration + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extended features include: + (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. + (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for + positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending on the selected feature: + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init() and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(): to use the + Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding + Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface + with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use + the commutation event). + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), + HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), + HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMAErrorCCxN(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and initialize the associated handle. + * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Hall Sensor Interface mode, + * timer channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for + * other purpose. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @param sConfig TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim, htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy week callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; + + /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + + /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ + OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; + OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; + OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); + + /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 + register to 101 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream for Capture 1*/ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, + TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & TIM_CCER_CCxNE_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & TIM_CCER_CCxNE_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the + * complementary output + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, + uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, + Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary + * output + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @note OutputChannel must match the pulse output channel chosen when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel pulse output channel to enable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @note OutputChannel must match the pulse output channel chosen when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel pulse output channel to disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @note OutputChannel must match the pulse output channel chosen when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel pulse output channel to enable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @note OutputChannel must match the pulse output channel chosen when calling + * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel pulse output channel to disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. + (+) Configure Output channels for OC and PWM mode. + + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master synchronization. + (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + /* Disable Commutation DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Disable Commutation DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @note The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, + uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + + /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the handler state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Update TIMx CR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set master mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + /* Update TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @note Interrupts can be generated when an active level is detected on the + * break input, the break 2 input or the system break input. Break + * interrupt can be enabled by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT macro. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + const TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig) +{ + /* Keep this variable initialized to 0 as it is used to configure BDTR register */ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput); + + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities. + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Remap specifies the TIM remapping source. + * For TIM1, the parameter can have the following values: (**) + * @arg TIM_TIM1_TIM3_TRGO: TIM1 ITR2 is connected to TIM3 TRGO + * @arg TIM_TIM1_LPTIM: TIM1 ITR2 is connected to LPTIM1 output + * + * For TIM2, the parameter can have the following values: (**) + * @arg TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to TIM8 TRGO (*) + * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to PTP trigger output (*) + * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG FS SOF + * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG FS SOF + * + * For TIM5, the parameter can have the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO + * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSI: TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSI + * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSE: TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSE + * @arg TIM_TIM5_RTC: TIM5 TI4 is connected to the RTC wakeup interrupt + * @arg TIM_TIM5_TIM3_TRGO: TIM5 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO (*) + * @arg TIM_TIM5_LPTIM: TIM5 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output (*) + * + * For TIM9, the parameter can have the following values: (**) + * @arg TIM_TIM9_TIM3_TRGO: TIM9 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO + * @arg TIM_TIM9_LPTIM: TIM9 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output + * + * For TIM11, the parameter can have the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 TI1 is connected to GPIO + * @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE: TIM11 TI1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock + * @arg TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX: TIM11 TI1 is connected to SPDIFRX_FRAME_SYNC (*) + * + * (*) Value not defined in all devices. \n + * (**) Register not available in all devices. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap) +{ + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(htim->Instance, Remap)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + +#if defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM9_ITR1_RMP) + if ((Remap & LPTIM_REMAP_MASK) == LPTIM_REMAP_MASK) + { + /* Connect TIMx internal trigger to LPTIM1 output */ + __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_ENABLE(); + MODIFY_REG(LPTIM1->OR, + (LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP | LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP | LPTIM_OR_TIM9_ITR1_RMP), + Remap & ~(LPTIM_REMAP_MASK)); + } + else + { + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + WRITE_REG(htim->Instance->OR, Remap); + } +#else + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + WRITE_REG(htim->Instance->OR, Remap); +#endif /* LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM9_ITR1_RMP */ + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions + * @brief Extended Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Extended TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Commutation callback + (+) Timer Break callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Commutation callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Commutation half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Break detection callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface handle state. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return actual state of the TIM complementary channel. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param ChannelN TIM Complementary channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @retval TIM Complementary channel state + */ +HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t ChannelN) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, ChannelN)); + + channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, ChannelN); + + return channel_state; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIM Extended Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->CommutationCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback (complementary channel). + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback (complementary channel) + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAErrorCCxN(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->ErrorCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param ChannelNState specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) +{ + uint32_t tmp; + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << (Channel & 0xFU); /* 0xFU = 15 bits max shift */ + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << (Channel & 0xFU)); /* 0xFU = 15 bits max shift */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf6d201 --- /dev/null +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,3807 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart). + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the UART TX/RX pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required + Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx stream. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx stream. + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart Init structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + [..] + (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the + low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized + HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + ##### Callback registration ##### + ================================== + + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + [..] + Use Function HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. + Function HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + + [..] + Use function HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak (surcharged) function. + HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + + [..] + For specific callback RxEventCallback, use dedicated registration/reset functions: + respectively HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback() , HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(). + + [..] + By default, after the HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: + examples HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively + reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_UART_Init() + and HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_UART_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). + + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) + MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_UART_DeInit() + or HAL_UART_Init() function. + + [..] + When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available + and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used. + + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + + [..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception + services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases + where number of data to be received is unknown). + + (#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received + data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events + as triggers for updating reception status to caller : + (+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period). + (++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state) + for 1 frame time, after last received byte. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received, + or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution. + When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements, + are returned by function after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA. + These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. + The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode API: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() + + + *** UART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + [..] + (@) Additional remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor configuration + procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual + (RM0430 for STM32F4X3xx MCUs and RM0402 for STM32F412xx MCUs + RM0383 for STM32F411xC/E MCUs and RM0401 for STM32F410xx MCUs + RM0090 for STM32F4X5xx/STM32F4X7xx/STM32F429xx/STM32F439xx MCUs + RM0390 for STM32F446xx MCUs and RM0386 for STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx MCUs)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in + * the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6. + Except for STM32F446xx devices, that is available for USART1, USART2, USART3, USART6, UART4 and UART5. + */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, BreakDetectLength); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Address USART address + * @param WakeUpMethod specifies the USART wake-up method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wake-up by an idle line detection + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wake-up by an address mark + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Address & wake up method parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, Address); + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, WakeUpMethod); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP Init. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP DeInit. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), + * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() to register callbacks for HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID and HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an UART Callback + * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @note The HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() may be called before HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), + * HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() to un-register callbacks for HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID + * and HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Rx Event Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @param pCallback Pointer to the Rx Event Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, pUART_RxEventCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the UART Rx Event Callback + * UART Rx Event Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak UART Rx Event Callback */ + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + return status; +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, these API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode API's are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode: + (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (+) HAL_UART_Abort() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive() + (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) A Rx Event Reception Callback (Rx event notification) is available for Non_Blocking modes of enhanced reception services: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, + and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + + -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + const uint8_t *pdata8bits; + const uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (const uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU); + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & 0x01FF); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) || ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))) + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return (UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, const uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + const uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA stream */ + tmp = (const uint32_t *)&pData; + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(const uint32_t *)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Restore huart->gState to ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the received data contains the parity bit. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return (UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if ((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if ((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + /* Re-enable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + } + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if ((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx stream */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if ((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received) + * or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received) + * In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @param RxLen Number of data elements finally received (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event) + * @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + /* Initialize output number of received elements */ + *RxLen = 0U; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check if IDLE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE)) + { + /* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(huart); + + /* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */ + /* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */ + if (*RxLen > 0U) + { + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + + /* Check if RXNE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) || ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))) + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + + pdata8bits++; + } + /* Increment number of received elements */ + *RxLen += 1U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */ + *RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating + * number of received data elements. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + status = UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size); + + /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */ + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(huart); + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and + * calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider + * reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + status = UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size); + + /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(huart); + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Provide Rx Event type that has lead to RxEvent callback execution. + * @note When HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() or HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() API are called, progress + * of reception process is provided to application through calls of Rx Event callback (either default one + * HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() or user registered one). As several types of events could occur (IDLE event, + * Half Transfer, or Transfer Complete), this function allows to retrieve the Rx Event type that has lead + * to Rx Event callback execution. + * @note This function is expected to be called within the user implementation of Rx Event Callback, + * in order to provide the accurate value : + * In Interrupt Mode : + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received) + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of + * received data is lower than expected one) + * In DMA Mode : + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received) + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT : when half of expected nb of data has been received + * - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of + * received data is lower than expected one). + * In DMA mode, RxEvent callback could be called several times; + * When DMA is configured in Normal Mode, HT event does not stop Reception process; + * When DMA is configured in Circular Mode, HT, TC or IDLE events don't stop Reception process; + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval Rx Event Type (returned value will be a value of @ref UART_RxEvent_Type_Values) + */ +HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_GetRxEventType(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Return Rx Event type value, as stored in UART handle */ + return(huart->RxEventType); +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx stream: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->RxState and huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx stream : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t AbortCplt = 0x01U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx stream : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + AbortCplt = 0x01U; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (AbortCplt == 0x01U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx stream : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->SR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + uint32_t errorflags = 0x00U; + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_SR_PE | USART_SR_FE | USART_SR_ORE | USART_SR_NE)); + if (errorflags == RESET) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver -------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + if ((errorflags != RESET) && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET))) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_ORE) != RESET) && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET) + || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET))) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver -----------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if (((huart->ErrorCode & HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || dmarequest) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx stream */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError; + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if ((huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + && ((isrflags & USART_SR_IDLE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_IDLEIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(huart); + + /* Check if DMA mode is enabled in UART */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* DMA mode enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing, + (DMA cplt callback will be called). + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_remaining_rx_data = (uint16_t) __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(huart->hdmarx); + if ((nb_remaining_rx_data > 0U) + && (nb_remaining_rx_data < huart->RxXferSize)) + { + /* Reception is not complete */ + huart->RxXferCount = nb_remaining_rx_data; + + /* In Normal mode, end DMA xfer and HAL UART Rx process*/ + if (huart->hdmarx->Init.Mode != DMA_CIRCULAR) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Last bytes received, so no need as the abort is immediate */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* If DMA is in Circular mode, Idle event is to be reported to user + even if occurring after a Transfer Complete event from DMA */ + if (nb_remaining_rx_data == huart->RxXferSize) + { + if (huart->hdmarx->Init.Mode == DMA_CIRCULAR) + { + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + } + } + return; + } + else + { + /* DMA mode not enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing. + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_rx_data = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + if ((huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + && (nb_rx_data > 0U)) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Idle Event */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + return; + } + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Transmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_SR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callbacks. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Reception Event Callback (Rx event notification called after use of advanced reception service). + * @param huart UART handle + * @param Size Number of data available in application reception buffer (indicates a position in + * reception buffer until which, data are available) + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + UNUSED(Size); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART: + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software. + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API to enable the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver in Half Duplex mode + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API to enable the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter in Half Duplex mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the UART in mute mode. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief UART State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of + UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication + process + (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. + (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the UART state. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t temp1 = 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = huart->gState; + temp2 = huart->RxState; + + return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the UART error code + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval UART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval none + */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Init the UART Callback settings */ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak RxEventCallback */ + +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if ((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if ((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* If Reception till IDLE event has been selected, Disable IDLE Interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + } + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent that correspond to RxEvent callback execution; + In this case, Rx Event type is Half Transfer */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize / 2U); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize / 2U); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Half Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if ((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if ((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. It waits + * until a flag is no longer in the specified status. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Flag specifies the UART flag to check. + * @param Status The actual Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if ((READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE) != 0U) && (Flag != UART_FLAG_TXE) && (Flag != UART_FLAG_TC)) + { + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE) == SET) + { + /* Clear Overrun Error flag*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in interrupt mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in Interrupt mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + } + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in DMA mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in DMA mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA stream */ + tmp = (uint32_t *)&pData; + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t *)tmp, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: can be mandatory for the second transfer */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + if (huart->Init.Parity != UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + } + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* In case of reception waiting for IDLE event, disable also the IDLE IE interrupt source */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + const uint16_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (const uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + + if (--huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits = NULL; + uint16_t *pdata16bits = NULL; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + /* Unused pdata8bits */ + UNUSED(pdata8bits); + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr; + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = (uint8_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr; + /* Unused pdata16bits */ + UNUSED(pdata16bits); + + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) || ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))) + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + + if (--huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize type of RxEvent to Transfer Complete */ + huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Set reception type to Standard */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Check if IDLE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE)) + { + /* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG(huart); + } + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the UART peripheral. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg; + uint32_t pclk; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits + according to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + Set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8), + tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE), huart->Init.HwFlowCtl); + + +#if defined(USART6) && defined(UART9) && defined(UART10) + if ((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6) || (huart->Instance == UART9) || (huart->Instance == UART10)) + { + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + } +#elif defined(USART6) + if ((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6)) + { + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + } +#else + if (huart->Instance == USART1) + { + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + } +#endif /* USART6 */ + else + { + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ + if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c index 40b6d83..7d98361 100644 --- a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c +++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c @@ -799,12 +799,12 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef else { pktcnt = (uint16_t)((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket - 1U) / ep->maxpacket); - USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); + USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & ((uint32_t)pktcnt << 19)); if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) { USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); - USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (pktcnt << 29)); + USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & ((uint32_t)pktcnt << 29)); } } @@ -1335,8 +1335,8 @@ void USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) * @param USBx Selected device * @retval return core mode : Host or Device * This parameter can be one of these values: - * 0 : Host - * 1 : Device + * 1 : Host + * 0 : Device */ uint32_t USB_GetMode(const USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) { @@ -1418,8 +1418,15 @@ static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) } } while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0U); + count = 10U; + + /* few cycles before setting core reset */ + while (count > 0U) + { + count--; + } + /* Core Soft Reset */ - count = 0U; USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; do @@ -1637,13 +1644,13 @@ HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus(const USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state } /** - * @brief Return Host Core speed + * @brief Return Host Port speed * @param USBx Selected device - * @retval speed : Host speed + * @retval speed : Host port device speed * This parameter can be one of these values: - * @arg HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode - * @arg HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @arg HCD_DEVICE_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode + * @arg HCD_DEVICE_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg HCD_DEVICE_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode */ uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef const *USBx) { diff --git a/Hephaestus.ioc b/Hephaestus.ioc index ab82d69..106e159 100644 --- a/Hephaestus.ioc +++ b/Hephaestus.ioc @@ -1,19 +1,25 @@ #MicroXplorer Configuration settings - do not modify -CAD.formats= -CAD.pinconfig= -CAD.provider= +CAD.formats=[] +CAD.pinconfig=Dual +CAD.provider=Component Search Engine +FREERTOS.IPParameters=Tasks01 +FREERTOS.Tasks01=defaultTask,24,128,StartDefaultTask,Default,NULL,Dynamic,NULL,NULL File.Version=6 +GPIO.groupedBy=Group By Peripherals KeepUserPlacement=false Mcu.CPN=STM32F411RET6 Mcu.Family=STM32F4 -Mcu.IP0=NVIC -Mcu.IP1=RCC -Mcu.IP2=SPI1 -Mcu.IP3=SPI2 -Mcu.IP4=SPI3 -Mcu.IP5=SYS -Mcu.IP6=USB_OTG_FS -Mcu.IPNb=7 +Mcu.IP0=FREERTOS +Mcu.IP1=I2C1 +Mcu.IP2=NVIC +Mcu.IP3=RCC +Mcu.IP4=SPI1 +Mcu.IP5=SPI2 +Mcu.IP6=SPI3 +Mcu.IP7=SYS +Mcu.IP8=USART1 +Mcu.IP9=USB_OTG_FS +Mcu.IPNb=10 Mcu.Name=STM32F411R(C-E)Tx Mcu.Package=LQFP64 Mcu.Pin0=PH0 - OSC_IN @@ -27,51 +33,66 @@ Mcu.Pin15=PB2 Mcu.Pin16=PB10 Mcu.Pin17=PB12 Mcu.Pin18=PB13 -Mcu.Pin19=PC7 +Mcu.Pin19=PB15 Mcu.Pin2=PC0 -Mcu.Pin20=PC8 -Mcu.Pin21=PC9 -Mcu.Pin22=PA8 -Mcu.Pin23=PA9 -Mcu.Pin24=PA11 -Mcu.Pin25=PA12 -Mcu.Pin26=PA13 -Mcu.Pin27=PA14 -Mcu.Pin28=PC10 -Mcu.Pin29=PC11 +Mcu.Pin20=PC6 +Mcu.Pin21=PC7 +Mcu.Pin22=PC8 +Mcu.Pin23=PC9 +Mcu.Pin24=PA8 +Mcu.Pin25=PA9 +Mcu.Pin26=PA10 +Mcu.Pin27=PA11 +Mcu.Pin28=PA12 +Mcu.Pin29=PA13 Mcu.Pin3=PC1 -Mcu.Pin30=PC12 -Mcu.Pin31=PD2 -Mcu.Pin32=PB3 -Mcu.Pin33=PB4 -Mcu.Pin34=VP_SYS_VS_Systick +Mcu.Pin30=PA14 +Mcu.Pin31=PA15 +Mcu.Pin32=PC10 +Mcu.Pin33=PC11 +Mcu.Pin34=PC12 +Mcu.Pin35=PD2 +Mcu.Pin36=PB3 +Mcu.Pin37=PB4 +Mcu.Pin38=PB6 +Mcu.Pin39=PB7 Mcu.Pin4=PC2 +Mcu.Pin40=VP_FREERTOS_VS_CMSIS_V2 +Mcu.Pin41=VP_SYS_VS_tim1 Mcu.Pin5=PC3 Mcu.Pin6=PA1 Mcu.Pin7=PA2 Mcu.Pin8=PA5 Mcu.Pin9=PA6 -Mcu.PinsNb=35 +Mcu.PinsNb=42 Mcu.ThirdPartyNb=0 Mcu.UserConstants= Mcu.UserName=STM32F411RETx MxCube.Version=6.15.0 MxDb.Version=DB.6.0.150 -NVIC.BusFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false -NVIC.DebugMonitor_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.BusFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.DebugMonitor_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false NVIC.ForceEnableDMAVector=true -NVIC.HardFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false -NVIC.MemoryManagement_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false -NVIC.NonMaskableInt_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false -NVIC.PendSV_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.HardFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.MemoryManagement_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.NonMaskableInt_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.PendSV_IRQn=true\:15\:0\:false\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false NVIC.PriorityGroup=NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 -NVIC.SVCall_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false -NVIC.SysTick_IRQn=true\:15\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:true\:false -NVIC.UsageFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.SVCall_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:false\:false\:false\:false\:false +NVIC.SavedPendsvIrqHandlerGenerated=true +NVIC.SavedSvcallIrqHandlerGenerated=true +NVIC.SavedSystickIrqHandlerGenerated=true +NVIC.SysTick_IRQn=true\:15\:0\:false\:false\:false\:true\:false\:true\:false +NVIC.TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn=true\:15\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:true\:true +NVIC.TimeBase=TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn +NVIC.TimeBaseIP=TIM1 +NVIC.UsageFault_IRQn=true\:0\:0\:false\:false\:true\:false\:false\:false\:false PA1.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PA1.GPIO_Label=BAR2_CS PA1.Locked=true PA1.Signal=GPIO_Output +PA10.Mode=Asynchronous +PA10.Signal=USART1_RX PA11.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PA11.GPIO_Label=USB_N PA11.Mode=Device_Only @@ -88,6 +109,8 @@ PA14.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PA14.GPIO_Label=SWCLK PA14.Mode=Serial_Wire PA14.Signal=SYS_JTCK-SWCLK +PA15.Mode=Asynchronous +PA15.Signal=USART1_TX PA2.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PA2.GPIO_Label=BAR2_INT PA2.Locked=true @@ -132,6 +155,10 @@ PB13.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PB13.GPIO_Label=BUZZER PB13.Locked=true PB13.Signal=GPIO_Output +PB15.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label +PB15.GPIO_Label=PYRO3 +PB15.Locked=true +PB15.Signal=GPIO_Output PB2.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PB2.GPIO_Label=IMU2_ACC_CS PB2.Locked=true @@ -144,6 +171,10 @@ PB4.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PB4.GPIO_Label=FLASH_CS PB4.Locked=true PB4.Signal=GPIO_Output +PB6.Mode=I2C +PB6.Signal=I2C1_SCL +PB7.Mode=I2C +PB7.Signal=I2C1_SDA PC0.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PC0.GPIO_Label=BAR1_CS PC0.Locked=true @@ -182,6 +213,10 @@ PC5.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PC5.GPIO_Label=IMU1_CS PC5.Locked=true PC5.Signal=GPIO_Output +PC6.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label +PC6.GPIO_Label=PYRO3_SENSE +PC6.Locked=true +PC6.Signal=GPIO_Input PC7.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PC7.GPIO_Label=BAR_SCK PC7.Locked=true @@ -195,6 +230,14 @@ PC9.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PC9.GPIO_Label=PYRO1 PC9.Locked=true PC9.Signal=GPIO_Output +PCC.Checker=false +PCC.Display=Plot\: All Steps +PCC.Line=STM32F411 +PCC.MCU=STM32F411R(C-E)Tx +PCC.PartNumber=STM32F411RETx +PCC.Series=STM32F4 +PCC.Temperature=25 +PCC.Vdd=1.7 PD2.GPIOParameters=GPIO_Label PD2.GPIO_Label=MAG_CS PD2.Locked=true @@ -216,6 +259,7 @@ ProjectManager.DeletePrevious=true ProjectManager.DeviceId=STM32F411RETx ProjectManager.FirmwarePackage=STM32Cube FW_F4 V1.28.3 ProjectManager.FreePins=false +ProjectManager.FreePinsContext= ProjectManager.HalAssertFull=false ProjectManager.HeapSize=0x200 ProjectManager.KeepUserCode=true @@ -230,12 +274,12 @@ ProjectManager.ProjectName=Hephaestus ProjectManager.ProjectStructure= ProjectManager.RegisterCallBack= ProjectManager.StackSize=0x400 -ProjectManager.TargetToolchain=STM32CubeIDE +ProjectManager.TargetToolchain=CMake ProjectManager.ToolChainLocation= ProjectManager.UAScriptAfterPath= ProjectManager.UAScriptBeforePath= -ProjectManager.UnderRoot=true -ProjectManager.functionlistsort=1-SystemClock_Config-RCC-false-HAL-false,2-MX_GPIO_Init-GPIO-false-HAL-true,3-MX_SPI1_Init-SPI1-false-HAL-true,4-MX_SPI2_Init-SPI2-false-HAL-true,5-MX_SPI3_Init-SPI3-false-HAL-true,6-MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init-USB_OTG_FS-false-HAL-true +ProjectManager.UnderRoot=false +ProjectManager.functionlistsort=1-SystemClock_Config-RCC-false-HAL-false,2-MX_GPIO_Init-GPIO-false-HAL-true,3-MX_SPI1_Init-SPI1-false-HAL-true,4-MX_SPI2_Init-SPI2-false-HAL-true,5-MX_SPI3_Init-SPI3-false-HAL-true,6-MX_USB_OTG_FS_PCD_Init-USB_OTG_FS-false-HAL-true,7-MX_I2C1_Init-I2C1-false-HAL-true,8-MX_USART1_UART_Init-USART1-false-HAL-true RCC.48MHZClocksFreq_Value=48000000 RCC.AHBFreq_Value=16000000 RCC.APB1Freq_Value=16000000 @@ -288,9 +332,12 @@ SPI3.Direction=SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES SPI3.IPParameters=VirtualType,Mode,Direction,CalculateBaudRate SPI3.Mode=SPI_MODE_MASTER SPI3.VirtualType=VM_MASTER +USART1.IPParameters=VirtualMode +USART1.VirtualMode=VM_ASYNC USB_OTG_FS.IPParameters=VirtualMode USB_OTG_FS.VirtualMode=Device_Only -VP_SYS_VS_Systick.Mode=SysTick -VP_SYS_VS_Systick.Signal=SYS_VS_Systick +VP_FREERTOS_VS_CMSIS_V2.Mode=CMSIS_V2 +VP_FREERTOS_VS_CMSIS_V2.Signal=FREERTOS_VS_CMSIS_V2 +VP_SYS_VS_tim1.Mode=TIM1 +VP_SYS_VS_tim1.Signal=SYS_VS_tim1 board=custom -isbadioc=false diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6375df1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h @@ -0,0 +1,846 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013-2019 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may + * not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT + * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * $Date: 10. January 2017 + * $Revision: V2.1.0 + * + * Project: CMSIS-RTOS API + * Title: cmsis_os.h FreeRTOS header file + * + * Version 0.02 + * Initial Proposal Phase + * Version 0.03 + * osKernelStart added, optional feature: main started as thread + * osSemaphores have standard behavior + * osTimerCreate does not start the timer, added osTimerStart + * osThreadPass is renamed to osThreadYield + * Version 1.01 + * Support for C++ interface + * - const attribute removed from the osXxxxDef_t typedefs + * - const attribute added to the osXxxxDef macros + * Added: osTimerDelete, osMutexDelete, osSemaphoreDelete + * Added: osKernelInitialize + * Version 1.02 + * Control functions for short timeouts in microsecond resolution: + * Added: osKernelSysTick, osKernelSysTickFrequency, osKernelSysTickMicroSec + * Removed: osSignalGet + * Version 2.0.0 + * OS objects creation without macros (dynamic creation and resource allocation): + * - added: osXxxxNew functions which replace osXxxxCreate + * - added: osXxxxAttr_t structures + * - deprecated: osXxxxCreate functions, osXxxxDef_t structures + * - deprecated: osXxxxDef and osXxxx macros + * osStatus codes simplified and renamed to osStatus_t + * osEvent return structure deprecated + * Kernel: + * - added: osKernelInfo_t and osKernelGetInfo + * - added: osKernelState_t and osKernelGetState (replaces osKernelRunning) + * - added: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock + * - added: osKernelSuspend, osKernelResume + * - added: osKernelGetTickCount, osKernelGetTickFreq + * - renamed osKernelSysTick to osKernelGetSysTimerCount + * - replaced osKernelSysTickFrequency with osKernelGetSysTimerFreq + * - deprecated osKernelSysTickMicroSec + * Thread: + * - extended number of thread priorities + * - renamed osPrioriry to osPrioriry_t + * - replaced osThreadCreate with osThreadNew + * - added: osThreadGetName + * - added: osThreadState_t and osThreadGetState + * - added: osThreadGetStackSize, osThreadGetStackSpace + * - added: osThreadSuspend, osThreadResume + * - added: osThreadJoin, osThreadDetach, osThreadExit + * - added: osThreadGetCount, osThreadEnumerate + * - added: Thread Flags (moved from Signals) + * Signals: + * - renamed osSignals to osThreadFlags (moved to Thread Flags) + * - changed return value of Set/Clear/Wait functions + * - Clear function limited to current running thread + * - extended Wait function (options) + * - added: osThreadFlagsGet + * Event Flags: + * - added new independent object for handling Event Flags + * Delay and Wait functions: + * - added: osDelayUntil + * - deprecated: osWait + * Timer: + * - replaced osTimerCreate with osTimerNew + * - added: osTimerGetName, osTimerIsRunning + * Mutex: + * - extended: attributes (Recursive, Priority Inherit, Robust) + * - replaced osMutexCreate with osMutexNew + * - renamed osMutexWait to osMutexAcquire + * - added: osMutexGetName, osMutexGetOwner + * Semaphore: + * - extended: maximum and initial token count + * - replaced osSemaphoreCreate with osSemaphoreNew + * - renamed osSemaphoreWait to osSemaphoreAcquire (changed return value) + * - added: osSemaphoreGetName, osSemaphoreGetCount + * Memory Pool: + * - using osMemoryPool prefix instead of osPool + * - replaced osPoolCreate with osMemoryPoolNew + * - extended osMemoryPoolAlloc (timeout) + * - added: osMemoryPoolGetName + * - added: osMemoryPoolGetCapacity, osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize + * - added: osMemoryPoolGetCount, osMemoryPoolGetSpace + * - added: osMemoryPoolDelete + * - deprecated: osPoolCAlloc + * Message Queue: + * - extended: fixed size message instead of a single 32-bit value + * - using osMessageQueue prefix instead of osMessage + * - replaced osMessageCreate with osMessageQueueNew + * - updated: osMessageQueuePut, osMessageQueueGet + * - added: osMessageQueueGetName + * - added: osMessageQueueGetCapacity, osMessageQueueGetMsgSize + * - added: osMessageQueueGetCount, osMessageQueueGetSpace + * - added: osMessageQueueReset, osMessageQueueDelete + * Mail Queue: + * - deprecated (superseded by extended Message Queue functionality) + * Version 2.1.0 + * Support for critical and uncritical sections (nesting safe): + * - updated: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock + * - added: osKernelRestoreLock + * Updated Thread and Event Flags: + * - changed flags parameter and return type from int32_t to uint32_t + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef CMSIS_OS_H_ +#define CMSIS_OS_H_ + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#define RTOS_ID_n ((tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR << 16) | (tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR)) +#define RTOS_ID_s ("FreeRTOS " tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER) + +#define osCMSIS 0x20001U ///< API version (main[31:16].sub[15:0]) + +#define osCMSIS_FreeRTOS RTOS_ID_n ///< RTOS identification and version (main[31:16].sub[15:0]) + +#define osKernelSystemId RTOS_ID_s ///< RTOS identification string + +#define osFeature_MainThread 0 ///< main thread 1=main can be thread, 0=not available +#define osFeature_Signals 24U ///< maximum number of Signal Flags available per thread +#define osFeature_Semaphore 65535U ///< maximum count for \ref osSemaphoreCreate function +#define osFeature_Wait 0 ///< osWait function: 1=available, 0=not available +#define osFeature_SysTick 1 ///< osKernelSysTick functions: 1=available, 0=not available +#define osFeature_Pool 0 ///< Memory Pools: 1=available, 0=not available +#define osFeature_MessageQ 1 ///< Message Queues: 1=available, 0=not available +#define osFeature_MailQ 0 ///< Mail Queues: 1=available, 0=not available + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) +#define os_InRegs __value_in_regs +#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050) +#define os_InRegs __attribute__((value_in_regs)) +#else +#define os_InRegs +#endif + +#include "cmsis_os2.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + + +// ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ==== + +/// Priority values. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef enum { + osPriorityIdle = -3, ///< Priority: idle (lowest) + osPriorityLow = -2, ///< Priority: low + osPriorityBelowNormal = -1, ///< Priority: below normal + osPriorityNormal = 0, ///< Priority: normal (default) + osPriorityAboveNormal = +1, ///< Priority: above normal + osPriorityHigh = +2, ///< Priority: high + osPriorityRealtime = +3, ///< Priority: realtime (highest) + osPriorityError = 0x84, ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority. + osPriorityReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osPriority; +#else +#define osPriority osPriority_t +#endif + +/// Entry point of a thread. +typedef void (*os_pthread) (void const *argument); + +/// Entry point of a timer call back function. +typedef void (*os_ptimer) (void const *argument); + +/// Timer type. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef enum { + osTimerOnce = 0, ///< One-shot timer. + osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< Repeating timer. +} os_timer_type; +#else +#define os_timer_type osTimerType_t +#endif + +/// Timeout value. +#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value. + +/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef enum { + osOK = 0, ///< Function completed; no error or event occurred. + osEventSignal = 0x08, ///< Function completed; signal event occurred. + osEventMessage = 0x10, ///< Function completed; message event occurred. + osEventMail = 0x20, ///< Function completed; mail event occurred. + osEventTimeout = 0x40, ///< Function completed; timeout occurred. + osErrorParameter = 0x80, ///< Parameter error: a mandatory parameter was missing or specified an incorrect object. + osErrorResource = 0x81, ///< Resource not available: a specified resource was not available. + osErrorTimeoutResource = 0xC1, ///< Resource not available within given time: a specified resource was not available within the timeout period. + osErrorISR = 0x82, ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines. + osErrorISRRecursive = 0x83, ///< Function called multiple times from ISR with same object. + osErrorPriority = 0x84, ///< System cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority. + osErrorNoMemory = 0x85, ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation. + osErrorValue = 0x86, ///< Value of a parameter is out of range. + osErrorOS = 0xFF, ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits. + osStatusReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osStatus; +#else +typedef int32_t osStatus; +#define osEventSignal (0x08) +#define osEventMessage (0x10) +#define osEventMail (0x20) +#define osEventTimeout (0x40) +#define osErrorOS osError +#define osErrorTimeoutResource osErrorTimeout +#define osErrorISRRecursive (-126) +#define osErrorValue (-127) +#define osErrorPriority (-128) +#endif + + +// >>> the following data type definitions may be adapted towards a specific RTOS + +/// Thread ID identifies the thread. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef void *osThreadId; +#else +#define osThreadId osThreadId_t +#endif + +/// Timer ID identifies the timer. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef void *osTimerId; +#else +#define osTimerId osTimerId_t +#endif + +/// Mutex ID identifies the mutex. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef void *osMutexId; +#else +#define osMutexId osMutexId_t +#endif + +/// Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef void *osSemaphoreId; +#else +#define osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreId_t +#endif + +/// Pool ID identifies the memory pool. +typedef void *osPoolId; + +/// Message ID identifies the message queue. +typedef void *osMessageQId; + +/// Mail ID identifies the mail queue. +typedef void *osMailQId; + + +/// Thread Definition structure contains startup information of a thread. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_thread_def { + os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function + osPriority tpriority; ///< initial thread priority + uint32_t instances; ///< maximum number of instances of that thread function + uint32_t stacksize; ///< stack size requirements in bytes; 0 is default stack size +} osThreadDef_t; +#else +typedef struct os_thread_def { + os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function + osThreadAttr_t attr; ///< thread attributes +} osThreadDef_t; +#endif + +/// Timer Definition structure contains timer parameters. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_timer_def { + os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function +} osTimerDef_t; +#else +typedef struct os_timer_def { + os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function + osTimerAttr_t attr; ///< timer attributes +} osTimerDef_t; +#endif + +/// Mutex Definition structure contains setup information for a mutex. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_mutex_def { + uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value +} osMutexDef_t; +#else +#define osMutexDef_t osMutexAttr_t +#endif + +/// Semaphore Definition structure contains setup information for a semaphore. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_semaphore_def { + uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value +} osSemaphoreDef_t; +#else +#define osSemaphoreDef_t osSemaphoreAttr_t +#endif + +/// Definition structure for memory block allocation. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_pool_def { + uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool + uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item + void *pool; ///< pointer to memory for pool +} osPoolDef_t; +#else +typedef struct os_pool_def { + uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool + uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item + osMemoryPoolAttr_t attr; ///< memory pool attributes +} osPoolDef_t; +#endif + +/// Definition structure for message queue. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_messageQ_def { + uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue + void *pool; ///< memory array for messages +} osMessageQDef_t; +#else +typedef struct os_messageQ_def { + uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue + osMessageQueueAttr_t attr; ///< message queue attributes +} osMessageQDef_t; +#endif + +/// Definition structure for mail queue. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +typedef struct os_mailQ_def { + uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue + uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item + void *pool; ///< memory array for mail +} osMailQDef_t; +#else +typedef struct os_mailQ_def { + uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue + uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item + void *mail; ///< pointer to mail + osMemoryPoolAttr_t mp_attr; ///< memory pool attributes + osMessageQueueAttr_t mq_attr; ///< message queue attributes +} osMailQDef_t; +#endif + + +/// Event structure contains detailed information about an event. +typedef struct { + osStatus status; ///< status code: event or error information + union { + uint32_t v; ///< message as 32-bit value + void *p; ///< message or mail as void pointer + int32_t signals; ///< signal flags + } value; ///< event value + union { + osMailQId mail_id; ///< mail id obtained by \ref osMailCreate + osMessageQId message_id; ///< message id obtained by \ref osMessageCreate + } def; ///< event definition +} osEvent; + + +// ==== Kernel Management Functions ==== + +/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel for creating objects. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osKernelInitialize (void); +#endif + +/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osKernelStart (void); +#endif + +/// Check if the RTOS kernel is already started. +/// \return 0 RTOS is not started, 1 RTOS is started. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +int32_t osKernelRunning(void); +#endif + +#if (defined(osFeature_SysTick) && (osFeature_SysTick != 0)) // System Timer available + +/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer counter. +/// \return RTOS kernel system timer as 32-bit value +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +uint32_t osKernelSysTick (void); +#else +#define osKernelSysTick osKernelGetSysTimerCount +#endif + +/// The RTOS kernel system timer frequency in Hz. +/// \note Reflects the system timer setting and is typically defined in a configuration file. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +#define osKernelSysTickFrequency 100000000 +#endif + +/// Convert a microseconds value to a RTOS kernel system timer value. +/// \param microsec time value in microseconds. +/// \return time value normalized to the \ref osKernelSysTickFrequency +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * (osKernelSysTickFrequency)) / 1000000) +#else +#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * osKernelGetSysTimerFreq()) / 1000000) +#endif + +#endif // System Timer available + + +// ==== Thread Management Functions ==== + +/// Create a Thread Definition with function, priority, and stack requirements. +/// \param name name of the thread function. +/// \param priority initial priority of the thread function. +/// \param instances number of possible thread instances. +/// \param stacksz stack size (in bytes) requirements for the thread function. +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \ +extern const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \ +static uint64_t os_thread_stack##name[(stacksz)?(((stacksz+7)/8)):1]; \ +static StaticTask_t os_thread_cb_##name; \ +const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name = \ +{ (name), \ + { NULL, osThreadDetached, \ + (instances == 1) ? (&os_thread_cb_##name) : NULL,\ + (instances == 1) ? sizeof(StaticTask_t) : 0U, \ + ((stacksz) && (instances == 1)) ? (&os_thread_stack##name) : NULL, \ + 8*((stacksz+7)/8), \ + (priority), 0U, 0U } } +#endif + +/// Access a Thread definition. +/// \param name name of the thread definition object. +#define osThread(name) \ +&os_thread_def_##name + +/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads and set it to state READY. +/// \param[in] thread_def thread definition referenced with \ref osThread. +/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument. +/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osThreadId osThreadCreate (const osThreadDef_t *thread_def, void *argument); + +/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread. +/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osThreadId osThreadGetId (void); +#endif + +/// Change priority of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId thread_id, osPriority priority); +#endif + +/// Get current priority of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return current priority value of the specified thread. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osPriority osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId thread_id); +#endif + +/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osThreadYield (void); +#endif + +/// Terminate execution of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osThreadTerminate (osThreadId thread_id); +#endif + + +// ==== Signal Management ==== + +/// Set the specified Signal Flags of an active thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that should be set. +/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters. +int32_t osSignalSet (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals); + +/// Clear the specified Signal Flags of an active thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that shall be cleared. +/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters or call from ISR. +int32_t osSignalClear (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals); + +/// Wait for one or more Signal Flags to become signaled for the current \b RUNNING thread. +/// \param[in] signals wait until all specified signal flags set or 0 for any single signal flag. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return event flag information or error code. +os_InRegs osEvent osSignalWait (int32_t signals, uint32_t millisec); + + +// ==== Generic Wait Functions ==== + +/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay). +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osDelay (uint32_t millisec); +#endif + +#if (defined (osFeature_Wait) && (osFeature_Wait != 0)) // Generic Wait available + +/// Wait for Signal, Message, Mail, or Timeout. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out +/// \return event that contains signal, message, or mail information or error code. +os_InRegs osEvent osWait (uint32_t millisec); + +#endif // Generic Wait available + + +// ==== Timer Management Functions ==== + +/// Define a Timer object. +/// \param name name of the timer object. +/// \param function name of the timer call back function. +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osTimerDef(name, function) \ +extern const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osTimerDef(name, function) \ +static StaticTimer_t os_timer_cb_##name; \ +const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name = \ +{ (function), { NULL, 0U, (&os_timer_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticTimer_t) } } +#endif + +/// Access a Timer definition. +/// \param name name of the timer object. +#define osTimer(name) \ +&os_timer_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_def timer object referenced with \ref osTimer. +/// \param[in] type osTimerOnce for one-shot or osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior. +/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer call back function. +/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osTimerId osTimerCreate (const osTimerDef_t *timer_def, os_timer_type type, void *argument); + +/// Start or restart a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value of the timer. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osTimerStart (osTimerId timer_id, uint32_t millisec); +#endif + +/// Stop a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osTimerStop (osTimerId timer_id); +#endif + +/// Delete a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osTimerDelete (osTimerId timer_id); +#endif + + +// ==== Mutex Management Functions ==== + +/// Define a Mutex. +/// \param name name of the mutex object. +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osMutexDef(name) \ +extern const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osMutexDef(name) \ +static StaticSemaphore_t os_mutex_cb_##name; \ +const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name = \ +{ NULL, osMutexRecursive | osMutexPrioInherit, (&os_mutex_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) } +#endif + +/// Access a Mutex definition. +/// \param name name of the mutex object. +#define osMutex(name) \ +&os_mutex_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex. +/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMutexId osMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def); + +/// Wait until a Mutex becomes available. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec); +#else +#define osMutexWait osMutexAcquire +#endif + +/// Release a Mutex that was obtained by \ref osMutexWait. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id); +#endif + +/// Delete a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osMutexDelete (osMutexId mutex_id); +#endif + + +// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ==== + +#if (defined (osFeature_Semaphore) && (osFeature_Semaphore != 0U)) // Semaphore available + +/// Define a Semaphore object. +/// \param name name of the semaphore object. +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \ +extern const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \ +static StaticSemaphore_t os_semaphore_cb_##name; \ +const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name = \ +{ NULL, 0U, (&os_semaphore_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) } +#endif + +/// Access a Semaphore definition. +/// \param name name of the semaphore object. +#define osSemaphore(name) \ +&os_semaphore_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object. +/// \param[in] semaphore_def semaphore definition referenced with \ref osSemaphore. +/// \param[in] count maximum and initial number of available tokens. +/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreCreate (const osSemaphoreDef_t *semaphore_def, int32_t count); + +/// Wait until a Semaphore token becomes available. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return number of available tokens, or -1 in case of incorrect parameters. +int32_t osSemaphoreWait (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id, uint32_t millisec); + +/// Release a Semaphore token. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id); +#endif + +/// Delete a Semaphore object. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U) +osStatus osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id); +#endif + +#endif // Semaphore available + + +// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ==== + +#if (defined(osFeature_Pool) && (osFeature_Pool != 0)) // Memory Pool available + +/// \brief Define a Memory Pool. +/// \param name name of the memory pool. +/// \param no maximum number of blocks (objects) in the memory pool. +/// \param type data type of a single block (object). +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \ +extern const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \ +const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name = \ +{ (no), sizeof(type), {NULL} } +#endif + +/// \brief Access a Memory Pool definition. +/// \param name name of the memory pool +#define osPool(name) \ +&os_pool_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object. +/// \param[in] pool_def memory pool definition referenced with \ref osPool. +/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osPoolId osPoolCreate (const osPoolDef_t *pool_def); + +/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate. +/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available. +void *osPoolAlloc (osPoolId pool_id); + +/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool and set memory block to zero. +/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate. +/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available. +void *osPoolCAlloc (osPoolId pool_id); + +/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate. +/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus osPoolFree (osPoolId pool_id, void *block); + +#endif // Memory Pool available + + +// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ==== + +#if (defined(osFeature_MessageQ) && (osFeature_MessageQ != 0)) // Message Queue available + +/// \brief Create a Message Queue Definition. +/// \param name name of the queue. +/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in the queue. +/// \param type data type of a single message element (for debugger). +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \ +extern const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \ +static StaticQueue_t os_mq_cb_##name; \ +static uint32_t os_mq_data_##name[(queue_sz) * sizeof(type)]; \ +const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name = \ +{ (queue_sz), \ + { NULL, 0U, (&os_mq_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticQueue_t), \ + (&os_mq_data_##name), sizeof(os_mq_data_##name) } } +#endif + +/// \brief Access a Message Queue Definition. +/// \param name name of the queue +#define osMessageQ(name) \ +&os_messageQ_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object. +/// \param[in] queue_def message queue definition referenced with \ref osMessageQ. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL. +/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMessageQId osMessageCreate (const osMessageQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id); + +/// Put a Message to a Queue. +/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate. +/// \param[in] info message information. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus osMessagePut (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t info, uint32_t millisec); + +/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty. +/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return event information that includes status code. +os_InRegs osEvent osMessageGet (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec); + +#endif // Message Queue available + + +// ==== Mail Queue Management Functions ==== + +#if (defined(osFeature_MailQ) && (osFeature_MailQ != 0)) // Mail Queue available + +/// \brief Create a Mail Queue Definition. +/// \param name name of the queue. +/// \param queue_sz maximum number of mails in the queue. +/// \param type data type of a single mail element. +#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external +#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \ +extern const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name +#else // define the object +#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \ +const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name = \ +{ (queue_sz), sizeof(type), NULL } +#endif + +/// \brief Access a Mail Queue Definition. +/// \param name name of the queue +#define osMailQ(name) \ +&os_mailQ_def_##name + +/// Create and Initialize a Mail Queue object. +/// \param[in] queue_def mail queue definition referenced with \ref osMailQ. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL. +/// \return mail queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMailQId osMailCreate (const osMailQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id); + +/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool. +/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out +/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error. +void *osMailAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec); + +/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool and set memory block to zero. +/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out +/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error. +void *osMailCAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec); + +/// Put a Mail into a Queue. +/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate. +/// \param[in] mail pointer to memory with mail to put into a queue. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus osMailPut (osMailQId queue_id, const void *mail); + +/// Get a Mail from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty. +/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate. +/// \param[in] millisec \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return event information that includes status code. +os_InRegs osEvent osMailGet (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec); + +/// Free a memory block by returning it to a mail memory pool. +/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate. +/// \param[in] mail pointer to memory block that was obtained with \ref osMailGet. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus osMailFree (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail); + +#endif // Mail Queue available + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // CMSIS_OS_H_ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60e5b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c @@ -0,0 +1,2482 @@ +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Copyright (c) 2013-2020 Arm Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may + * not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT + * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + * Name: cmsis_os2.c + * Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include + +#include "cmsis_os2.h" // ::CMSIS:RTOS2 +#include "cmsis_compiler.h" // Compiler agnostic definitions + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" // ARM.FreeRTOS::RTOS:Core +#include "task.h" // ARM.FreeRTOS::RTOS:Core +#include "event_groups.h" // ARM.FreeRTOS::RTOS:Event Groups +#include "semphr.h" // ARM.FreeRTOS::RTOS:Core + +#include "freertos_mpool.h" // osMemoryPool definitions +#include "freertos_os2.h" // Configuration check and setup + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __ARM_ARCH_6M__ + #define __ARM_ARCH_6M__ 0 +#endif +#ifndef __ARM_ARCH_7M__ + #define __ARM_ARCH_7M__ 0 +#endif +#ifndef __ARM_ARCH_7EM__ + #define __ARM_ARCH_7EM__ 0 +#endif +#ifndef __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ + #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ 0 +#endif +#ifndef __ARM_ARCH_7A__ + #define __ARM_ARCH_7A__ 0 +#endif + +#if ((__ARM_ARCH_7M__ == 1U) || \ + (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1U) || \ + (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1U)) +#define IS_IRQ_MASKED() ((__get_PRIMASK() != 0U) || (__get_BASEPRI() != 0U)) +#elif (__ARM_ARCH_6M__ == 1U) +#define IS_IRQ_MASKED() (__get_PRIMASK() != 0U) +#elif (__ARM_ARCH_7A__ == 1U) +/* CPSR mask bits */ +#define CPSR_MASKBIT_I 0x80U + +#define IS_IRQ_MASKED() ((__get_CPSR() & CPSR_MASKBIT_I) != 0U) +#else +#define IS_IRQ_MASKED() (__get_PRIMASK() != 0U) +#endif + +#if (__ARM_ARCH_7A__ == 1U) +/* CPSR mode bitmasks */ +#define CPSR_MODE_USER 0x10U +#define CPSR_MODE_SYSTEM 0x1FU + +#define IS_IRQ_MODE() ((__get_mode() != CPSR_MODE_USER) && (__get_mode() != CPSR_MODE_SYSTEM)) +#else +#define IS_IRQ_MODE() (__get_IPSR() != 0U) +#endif + +#define IS_IRQ() IS_IRQ_MODE() + +#define SVCall_IRQ_NBR (IRQn_Type) -5 /* SVCall_IRQ_NBR added as SV_Call handler name is not the same for CM0 and for all other CMx */ + +/* Limits */ +#define MAX_BITS_TASK_NOTIFY 31U +#define MAX_BITS_EVENT_GROUPS 24U + +#define THREAD_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS (~((1UL << MAX_BITS_TASK_NOTIFY) - 1U)) +#define EVENT_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS (~((1UL << MAX_BITS_EVENT_GROUPS) - 1U)) + +/* Kernel version and identification string definition (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec) */ +#define KERNEL_VERSION (((uint32_t)tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR * 10000000UL) | \ + ((uint32_t)tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR * 10000UL) | \ + ((uint32_t)tskKERNEL_VERSION_BUILD * 1UL)) + +#define KERNEL_ID ("FreeRTOS " tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER) + +/* Timer callback information structure definition */ +typedef struct { + osTimerFunc_t func; + void *arg; +} TimerCallback_t; + +/* Kernel initialization state */ +static osKernelState_t KernelState = osKernelInactive; + +/* + Heap region definition used by heap_5 variant + + Define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP as nonzero value in FreeRTOSConfig.h if + heap regions are already defined and vPortDefineHeapRegions is called in application. + + Otherwise vPortDefineHeapRegions will be called by osKernelInitialize using + definition configHEAP_5_REGIONS as parameter. Overriding configHEAP_5_REGIONS + is possible by defining it globally or in FreeRTOSConfig.h. +*/ +#if defined(USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_5) +#if (configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 0) + /* + FreeRTOS heap is not defined by the application. + Single region of size configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE (defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + is provided by default. Define configHEAP_5_REGIONS to provide custom + HeapRegion_t array. + */ + #define HEAP_5_REGION_SETUP 1 + + #ifndef configHEAP_5_REGIONS + #define configHEAP_5_REGIONS xHeapRegions + + static uint8_t ucHeap[configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE]; + + static HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] = { + { ucHeap, configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE }, + { NULL, 0 } + }; + #else + /* Global definition is provided to override default heap array */ + extern HeapRegion_t configHEAP_5_REGIONS[]; + #endif +#else + /* + The application already defined the array used for the FreeRTOS heap and + called vPortDefineHeapRegions to initialize heap. + */ + #define HEAP_5_REGION_SETUP 0 +#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */ +#endif /* USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_5 */ + +#if defined(SysTick) +#undef SysTick_Handler + +/* CMSIS SysTick interrupt handler prototype */ +extern void SysTick_Handler (void); +/* FreeRTOS tick timer interrupt handler prototype */ +extern void xPortSysTickHandler (void); + +/* + SysTick handler implementation that also clears overflow flag. +*/ +#if (USE_CUSTOM_SYSTICK_HANDLER_IMPLEMENTATION == 0) +void SysTick_Handler (void) { + /* Clear overflow flag */ + SysTick->CTRL; + + if (xTaskGetSchedulerState() != taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED) { + /* Call tick handler */ + xPortSysTickHandler(); + } +} +#endif +#endif /* SysTick */ + +/* + Setup SVC to reset value. +*/ +__STATIC_INLINE void SVC_Setup (void) { +#if (__ARM_ARCH_7A__ == 0U) + /* Service Call interrupt might be configured before kernel start */ + /* and when its priority is lower or equal to BASEPRI, svc intruction */ + /* causes a Hard Fault. */ + NVIC_SetPriority (SVCall_IRQ_NBR, 0U); +#endif +} + +/* + Function macro used to retrieve semaphore count from ISR +*/ +#ifndef uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR +#define uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) ) +#endif + +/* Get OS Tick count value */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetCount (void); +/* Get OS Tick overflow status */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetOverflow (void); +/* Get OS Tick interval */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetInterval (void); +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +osStatus_t osKernelInitialize (void) { + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else { + if (KernelState == osKernelInactive) { + #if defined(USE_TRACE_EVENT_RECORDER) + EvrFreeRTOSSetup(0U); + #endif + #if defined(USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_5) && (HEAP_5_REGION_SETUP == 1) + vPortDefineHeapRegions (configHEAP_5_REGIONS); + #endif + KernelState = osKernelReady; + stat = osOK; + } else { + stat = osError; + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osKernelGetInfo (osVersion_t *version, char *id_buf, uint32_t id_size) { + + if (version != NULL) { + /* Version encoding is major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec */ + version->api = KERNEL_VERSION; + version->kernel = KERNEL_VERSION; + } + + if ((id_buf != NULL) && (id_size != 0U)) { + if (id_size > sizeof(KERNEL_ID)) { + id_size = sizeof(KERNEL_ID); + } + memcpy(id_buf, KERNEL_ID, id_size); + } + + return (osOK); +} + +osKernelState_t osKernelGetState (void) { + osKernelState_t state; + + switch (xTaskGetSchedulerState()) { + case taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING: + state = osKernelRunning; + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED: + state = osKernelLocked; + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED: + default: + if (KernelState == osKernelReady) { + state = osKernelReady; + } else { + state = osKernelInactive; + } + break; + } + + return (state); +} + +osStatus_t osKernelStart (void) { + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else { + if (KernelState == osKernelReady) { + /* Ensure SVC priority is at the reset value */ + SVC_Setup(); + /* Change state to enable IRQ masking check */ + KernelState = osKernelRunning; + /* Start the kernel scheduler */ + vTaskStartScheduler(); + stat = osOK; + } else { + stat = osError; + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +int32_t osKernelLock (void) { + int32_t lock; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + lock = (int32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else { + switch (xTaskGetSchedulerState()) { + case taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED: + lock = 1; + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING: + vTaskSuspendAll(); + lock = 0; + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED: + default: + lock = (int32_t)osError; + break; + } + } + + return (lock); +} + +int32_t osKernelUnlock (void) { + int32_t lock; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + lock = (int32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else { + switch (xTaskGetSchedulerState()) { + case taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED: + lock = 1; + + if (xTaskResumeAll() != pdTRUE) { + if (xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED) { + lock = (int32_t)osError; + } + } + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING: + lock = 0; + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED: + default: + lock = (int32_t)osError; + break; + } + } + + return (lock); +} + +int32_t osKernelRestoreLock (int32_t lock) { + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + lock = (int32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else { + switch (xTaskGetSchedulerState()) { + case taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED: + case taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING: + if (lock == 1) { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + } + else { + if (lock != 0) { + lock = (int32_t)osError; + } + else { + if (xTaskResumeAll() != pdTRUE) { + if (xTaskGetSchedulerState() != taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING) { + lock = (int32_t)osError; + } + } + } + } + break; + + case taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED: + default: + lock = (int32_t)osError; + break; + } + } + + return (lock); +} + +uint32_t osKernelGetTickCount (void) { + TickType_t ticks; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + ticks = xTaskGetTickCountFromISR(); + } else { + ticks = xTaskGetTickCount(); + } + + return (ticks); +} + +uint32_t osKernelGetTickFreq (void) { + return (configTICK_RATE_HZ); +} + +/* Get OS Tick count value */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetCount (void) { + uint32_t load = SysTick->LOAD; + return (load - SysTick->VAL); +} + +/* Get OS Tick overflow status */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetOverflow (void) { + return ((SysTick->CTRL >> 16) & 1U); +} + +/* Get OS Tick interval */ +static uint32_t OS_Tick_GetInterval (void) { + return (SysTick->LOAD + 1U); +} + +uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerCount (void) { + uint32_t irqmask = IS_IRQ_MASKED(); + TickType_t ticks; + uint32_t val; + + __disable_irq(); + + ticks = xTaskGetTickCount(); + val = OS_Tick_GetCount(); + + if (OS_Tick_GetOverflow() != 0U) { + val = OS_Tick_GetCount(); + ticks++; + } + val += ticks * OS_Tick_GetInterval(); + + if (irqmask == 0U) { + __enable_irq(); + } + + return (val); +} + +uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerFreq (void) { + return (configCPU_CLOCK_HZ); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +osThreadId_t osThreadNew (osThreadFunc_t func, void *argument, const osThreadAttr_t *attr) { + const char *name; + uint32_t stack; + TaskHandle_t hTask; + UBaseType_t prio; + int32_t mem; + + hTask = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ() && (func != NULL)) { + stack = configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE; + prio = (UBaseType_t)osPriorityNormal; + + name = NULL; + mem = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if (attr->name != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } + if (attr->priority != osPriorityNone) { + prio = (UBaseType_t)attr->priority; + } + + if ((prio < osPriorityIdle) || (prio > osPriorityISR) || ((attr->attr_bits & osThreadJoinable) == osThreadJoinable)) { + return (NULL); + } + + if (attr->stack_size > 0U) { + /* In FreeRTOS stack is not in bytes, but in sizeof(StackType_t) which is 4 on ARM ports. */ + /* Stack size should be therefore 4 byte aligned in order to avoid division caused side effects */ + stack = attr->stack_size / sizeof(StackType_t); + } + + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticTask_t)) && + (attr->stack_mem != NULL) && (attr->stack_size > 0U)) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U) && (attr->stack_mem == NULL)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hTask = xTaskCreateStatic ((TaskFunction_t)func, name, stack, argument, prio, (StackType_t *)attr->stack_mem, + (StaticTask_t *)attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + if (mem == 0) { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + if (xTaskCreate ((TaskFunction_t)func, name, (uint16_t)stack, argument, prio, &hTask) != pdPASS) { + hTask = NULL; + } + #endif + } + } + } + + return ((osThreadId_t)hTask); +} + +const char *osThreadGetName (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + const char *name; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTask == NULL)) { + name = NULL; + } else { + name = pcTaskGetName (hTask); + } + + return (name); +} + +osThreadId_t osThreadGetId (void) { + osThreadId_t id; + + id = (osThreadId_t)xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + + return (id); +} + +osThreadState_t osThreadGetState (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osThreadState_t state; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTask == NULL)) { + state = osThreadError; + } + else { + switch (eTaskGetState (hTask)) { + case eRunning: state = osThreadRunning; break; + case eReady: state = osThreadReady; break; + case eBlocked: + case eSuspended: state = osThreadBlocked; break; + case eDeleted: state = osThreadTerminated; break; + case eInvalid: + default: state = osThreadError; break; + } + } + + return (state); +} + +uint32_t osThreadGetStackSpace (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + uint32_t sz; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTask == NULL)) { + sz = 0U; + } else { + sz = (uint32_t)(uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark(hTask) * sizeof(StackType_t)); + } + + return (sz); +} + +osStatus_t osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id, osPriority_t priority) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if ((hTask == NULL) || (priority < osPriorityIdle) || (priority > osPriorityISR)) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + vTaskPrioritySet (hTask, (UBaseType_t)priority); + } + + return (stat); +} + +osPriority_t osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osPriority_t prio; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTask == NULL)) { + prio = osPriorityError; + } else { + prio = (osPriority_t)((int32_t)uxTaskPriorityGet (hTask)); + } + + return (prio); +} + +osStatus_t osThreadYield (void) { + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } else { + stat = osOK; + taskYIELD(); + } + + return (stat); +} + +#if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME == 1) +osStatus_t osThreadSuspend (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTask == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + vTaskSuspend (hTask); + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osThreadResume (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTask == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + vTaskResume (hTask); + } + + return (stat); +} +#endif /* (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME == 1) */ + +__NO_RETURN void osThreadExit (void) { +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + vTaskDelete (NULL); +#endif + for (;;); +} + +osStatus_t osThreadTerminate (osThreadId_t thread_id) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + osStatus_t stat; +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + eTaskState tstate; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTask == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + tstate = eTaskGetState (hTask); + + if (tstate != eDeleted) { + stat = osOK; + vTaskDelete (hTask); + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} + +uint32_t osThreadGetCount (void) { + uint32_t count; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + count = 0U; + } else { + count = uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks(); + } + + return (count); +} + +#if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE == 1) +uint32_t osThreadEnumerate (osThreadId_t *thread_array, uint32_t array_items) { + uint32_t i, count; + TaskStatus_t *task; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (thread_array == NULL) || (array_items == 0U)) { + count = 0U; + } else { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + + count = uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks(); + task = pvPortMalloc (count * sizeof(TaskStatus_t)); + + if (task != NULL) { + count = uxTaskGetSystemState (task, count, NULL); + + for (i = 0U; (i < count) && (i < array_items); i++) { + thread_array[i] = (osThreadId_t)task[i].xHandle; + } + count = i; + } + (void)xTaskResumeAll(); + + vPortFree (task); + } + + return (count); +} +#endif /* (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE == 1) */ + +#if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS == 1) +uint32_t osThreadFlagsSet (osThreadId_t thread_id, uint32_t flags) { + TaskHandle_t hTask = (TaskHandle_t)thread_id; + uint32_t rflags; + BaseType_t yield; + + if ((hTask == NULL) || ((flags & THREAD_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U)) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else { + rflags = (uint32_t)osError; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + yield = pdFALSE; + + (void)xTaskNotifyFromISR (hTask, flags, eSetBits, &yield); + (void)xTaskNotifyAndQueryFromISR (hTask, 0, eNoAction, &rflags, NULL); + + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + else { + (void)xTaskNotify (hTask, flags, eSetBits); + (void)xTaskNotifyAndQuery (hTask, 0, eNoAction, &rflags); + } + } + /* Return flags after setting */ + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osThreadFlagsClear (uint32_t flags) { + TaskHandle_t hTask; + uint32_t rflags, cflags; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else if ((flags & THREAD_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else { + hTask = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + + if (xTaskNotifyAndQuery (hTask, 0, eNoAction, &cflags) == pdPASS) { + rflags = cflags; + cflags &= ~flags; + + if (xTaskNotify (hTask, cflags, eSetValueWithOverwrite) != pdPASS) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osError; + } + } + else { + rflags = (uint32_t)osError; + } + } + + /* Return flags before clearing */ + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osThreadFlagsGet (void) { + TaskHandle_t hTask; + uint32_t rflags; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else { + hTask = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + + if (xTaskNotifyAndQuery (hTask, 0, eNoAction, &rflags) != pdPASS) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osError; + } + } + + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osThreadFlagsWait (uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout) { + uint32_t rflags, nval; + uint32_t clear; + TickType_t t0, td, tout; + BaseType_t rval; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else if ((flags & THREAD_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if ((options & osFlagsNoClear) == osFlagsNoClear) { + clear = 0U; + } else { + clear = flags; + } + + rflags = 0U; + tout = timeout; + + t0 = xTaskGetTickCount(); + do { + rval = xTaskNotifyWait (0, clear, &nval, tout); + + if (rval == pdPASS) { + rflags &= flags; + rflags |= nval; + + if ((options & osFlagsWaitAll) == osFlagsWaitAll) { + if ((flags & rflags) == flags) { + break; + } else { + if (timeout == 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + break; + } + } + } + else { + if ((flags & rflags) != 0) { + break; + } else { + if (timeout == 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Update timeout */ + td = xTaskGetTickCount() - t0; + + if (td > tout) { + tout = 0; + } else { + tout -= td; + } + } + else { + if (timeout == 0) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + } else { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorTimeout; + } + } + } + while (rval != pdFAIL); + } + + /* Return flags before clearing */ + return (rflags); +} +#endif /* (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS == 1) */ + +osStatus_t osDelay (uint32_t ticks) { + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + + if (ticks != 0U) { + vTaskDelay(ticks); + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osDelayUntil (uint32_t ticks) { + TickType_t tcnt, delay; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + tcnt = xTaskGetTickCount(); + + /* Determine remaining number of ticks to delay */ + delay = (TickType_t)ticks - tcnt; + + /* Check if target tick has not expired */ + if((delay != 0U) && (0 == (delay >> (8 * sizeof(TickType_t) - 1)))) { + vTaskDelayUntil (&tcnt, delay); + } + else + { + /* No delay or already expired */ + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if (configUSE_OS2_TIMER == 1) + +static void TimerCallback (TimerHandle_t hTimer) { + TimerCallback_t *callb; + + callb = (TimerCallback_t *)pvTimerGetTimerID (hTimer); + + if (callb != NULL) { + callb->func (callb->arg); + } +} + +osTimerId_t osTimerNew (osTimerFunc_t func, osTimerType_t type, void *argument, const osTimerAttr_t *attr) { + const char *name; + TimerHandle_t hTimer; + TimerCallback_t *callb; + UBaseType_t reload; + int32_t mem; + + hTimer = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ() && (func != NULL)) { + /* Allocate memory to store callback function and argument */ + callb = pvPortMalloc (sizeof(TimerCallback_t)); + + if (callb != NULL) { + callb->func = func; + callb->arg = argument; + + if (type == osTimerOnce) { + reload = pdFALSE; + } else { + reload = pdTRUE; + } + + mem = -1; + name = NULL; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if (attr->name != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } + + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticTimer_t))) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hTimer = xTimerCreateStatic (name, 1, reload, callb, TimerCallback, (StaticTimer_t *)attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + if (mem == 0) { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hTimer = xTimerCreate (name, 1, reload, callb, TimerCallback); + #endif + } + } + + if ((hTimer == NULL) && (callb != NULL)) { + vPortFree (callb); + } + } + } + + return ((osTimerId_t)hTimer); +} + +const char *osTimerGetName (osTimerId_t timer_id) { + TimerHandle_t hTimer = (TimerHandle_t)timer_id; + const char *p; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTimer == NULL)) { + p = NULL; + } else { + p = pcTimerGetName (hTimer); + } + + return (p); +} + +osStatus_t osTimerStart (osTimerId_t timer_id, uint32_t ticks) { + TimerHandle_t hTimer = (TimerHandle_t)timer_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTimer == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (xTimerChangePeriod (hTimer, ticks, 0) == pdPASS) { + stat = osOK; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osTimerStop (osTimerId_t timer_id) { + TimerHandle_t hTimer = (TimerHandle_t)timer_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTimer == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (xTimerIsTimerActive (hTimer) == pdFALSE) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + else { + if (xTimerStop (hTimer, 0) == pdPASS) { + stat = osOK; + } else { + stat = osError; + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +uint32_t osTimerIsRunning (osTimerId_t timer_id) { + TimerHandle_t hTimer = (TimerHandle_t)timer_id; + uint32_t running; + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hTimer == NULL)) { + running = 0U; + } else { + running = (uint32_t)xTimerIsTimerActive (hTimer); + } + + return (running); +} + +osStatus_t osTimerDelete (osTimerId_t timer_id) { + TimerHandle_t hTimer = (TimerHandle_t)timer_id; + osStatus_t stat; +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + TimerCallback_t *callb; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hTimer == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + callb = (TimerCallback_t *)pvTimerGetTimerID (hTimer); + + if (xTimerDelete (hTimer, 0) == pdPASS) { + vPortFree (callb); + stat = osOK; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} +#endif /* (configUSE_OS2_TIMER == 1) */ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +osEventFlagsId_t osEventFlagsNew (const osEventFlagsAttr_t *attr) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup; + int32_t mem; + + hEventGroup = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ()) { + mem = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticEventGroup_t))) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic (attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + if (mem == 0) { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate(); + #endif + } + } + } + + return ((osEventFlagsId_t)hEventGroup); +} + +uint32_t osEventFlagsSet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup = (EventGroupHandle_t)ef_id; + uint32_t rflags; + BaseType_t yield; + + if ((hEventGroup == NULL) || ((flags & EVENT_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U)) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + #if (configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR == 0) + (void)yield; + /* Enable timers and xTimerPendFunctionCall function to support osEventFlagsSet from ISR */ + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + #else + yield = pdFALSE; + + if (xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR (hEventGroup, (EventBits_t)flags, &yield) == pdFAIL) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + } else { + rflags = flags; + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + #endif + } + else { + rflags = xEventGroupSetBits (hEventGroup, (EventBits_t)flags); + } + + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osEventFlagsClear (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup = (EventGroupHandle_t)ef_id; + uint32_t rflags; + + if ((hEventGroup == NULL) || ((flags & EVENT_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U)) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + #if (configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR == 0) + /* Enable timers and xTimerPendFunctionCall function to support osEventFlagsSet from ISR */ + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + #else + rflags = xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR (hEventGroup); + + if (xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR (hEventGroup, (EventBits_t)flags) == pdFAIL) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + } + #endif + } + else { + rflags = xEventGroupClearBits (hEventGroup, (EventBits_t)flags); + } + + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osEventFlagsGet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup = (EventGroupHandle_t)ef_id; + uint32_t rflags; + + if (ef_id == NULL) { + rflags = 0U; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + rflags = xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR (hEventGroup); + } + else { + rflags = xEventGroupGetBits (hEventGroup); + } + + return (rflags); +} + +uint32_t osEventFlagsWait (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup = (EventGroupHandle_t)ef_id; + BaseType_t wait_all; + BaseType_t exit_clr; + uint32_t rflags; + + if ((hEventGroup == NULL) || ((flags & EVENT_FLAGS_INVALID_BITS) != 0U)) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorISR; + } + else { + if (options & osFlagsWaitAll) { + wait_all = pdTRUE; + } else { + wait_all = pdFAIL; + } + + if (options & osFlagsNoClear) { + exit_clr = pdFAIL; + } else { + exit_clr = pdTRUE; + } + + rflags = xEventGroupWaitBits (hEventGroup, (EventBits_t)flags, exit_clr, wait_all, (TickType_t)timeout); + + if (options & osFlagsWaitAll) { + if ((flags & rflags) != flags) { + if (timeout > 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorTimeout; + } else { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + } + } + } + else { + if ((flags & rflags) == 0U) { + if (timeout > 0U) { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorTimeout; + } else { + rflags = (uint32_t)osErrorResource; + } + } + } + } + + return (rflags); +} + +osStatus_t osEventFlagsDelete (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id) { + EventGroupHandle_t hEventGroup = (EventGroupHandle_t)ef_id; + osStatus_t stat; + +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hEventGroup == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + vEventGroupDelete (hEventGroup); + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if (configUSE_OS2_MUTEX == 1) + +osMutexId_t osMutexNew (const osMutexAttr_t *attr) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hMutex; + uint32_t type; + uint32_t rmtx; + int32_t mem; + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + const char *name; + #endif + + hMutex = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ()) { + if (attr != NULL) { + type = attr->attr_bits; + } else { + type = 0U; + } + + if ((type & osMutexRecursive) == osMutexRecursive) { + rmtx = 1U; + } else { + rmtx = 0U; + } + + if ((type & osMutexRobust) != osMutexRobust) { + mem = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t))) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + if (rmtx != 0U) { + #if (configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1) + hMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic (attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + hMutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic (attr->cb_mem); + } + #endif + } + else { + if (mem == 0) { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + if (rmtx != 0U) { + #if (configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1) + hMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex (); + #endif + } else { + hMutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutex (); + } + #endif + } + } + + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + if (hMutex != NULL) { + if (attr != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } else { + name = NULL; + } + vQueueAddToRegistry (hMutex, name); + } + #endif + + if ((hMutex != NULL) && (rmtx != 0U)) { + hMutex = (SemaphoreHandle_t)((uint32_t)hMutex | 1U); + } + } + } + + return ((osMutexId_t)hMutex); +} + +osStatus_t osMutexAcquire (osMutexId_t mutex_id, uint32_t timeout) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hMutex; + osStatus_t stat; + uint32_t rmtx; + + hMutex = (SemaphoreHandle_t)((uint32_t)mutex_id & ~1U); + + rmtx = (uint32_t)mutex_id & 1U; + + stat = osOK; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hMutex == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (rmtx != 0U) { + #if (configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1) + if (xSemaphoreTakeRecursive (hMutex, timeout) != pdPASS) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorTimeout; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + #endif + } + else { + if (xSemaphoreTake (hMutex, timeout) != pdPASS) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorTimeout; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osMutexRelease (osMutexId_t mutex_id) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hMutex; + osStatus_t stat; + uint32_t rmtx; + + hMutex = (SemaphoreHandle_t)((uint32_t)mutex_id & ~1U); + + rmtx = (uint32_t)mutex_id & 1U; + + stat = osOK; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hMutex == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (rmtx != 0U) { + #if (configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1) + if (xSemaphoreGiveRecursive (hMutex) != pdPASS) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + #endif + } + else { + if (xSemaphoreGive (hMutex) != pdPASS) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osThreadId_t osMutexGetOwner (osMutexId_t mutex_id) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hMutex; + osThreadId_t owner; + + hMutex = (SemaphoreHandle_t)((uint32_t)mutex_id & ~1U); + + if (IS_IRQ() || (hMutex == NULL)) { + owner = NULL; + } else { + owner = (osThreadId_t)xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder (hMutex); + } + + return (owner); +} + +osStatus_t osMutexDelete (osMutexId_t mutex_id) { + osStatus_t stat; +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + SemaphoreHandle_t hMutex; + + hMutex = (SemaphoreHandle_t)((uint32_t)mutex_id & ~1U); + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hMutex == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + vQueueUnregisterQueue (hMutex); + #endif + stat = osOK; + vSemaphoreDelete (hMutex); + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} +#endif /* (configUSE_OS2_MUTEX == 1) */ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +osSemaphoreId_t osSemaphoreNew (uint32_t max_count, uint32_t initial_count, const osSemaphoreAttr_t *attr) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hSemaphore; + int32_t mem; + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + const char *name; + #endif + + hSemaphore = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ() && (max_count > 0U) && (initial_count <= max_count)) { + mem = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t))) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem != -1) { + if (max_count == 1U) { + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic ((StaticSemaphore_t *)attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary(); + #endif + } + + if ((hSemaphore != NULL) && (initial_count != 0U)) { + if (xSemaphoreGive (hSemaphore) != pdPASS) { + vSemaphoreDelete (hSemaphore); + hSemaphore = NULL; + } + } + } + else { + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic (max_count, initial_count, (StaticSemaphore_t *)attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting (max_count, initial_count); + #endif + } + } + + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + if (hSemaphore != NULL) { + if (attr != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } else { + name = NULL; + } + vQueueAddToRegistry (hSemaphore, name); + } + #endif + } + } + + return ((osSemaphoreId_t)hSemaphore); +} + +osStatus_t osSemaphoreAcquire (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id, uint32_t timeout) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hSemaphore = (SemaphoreHandle_t)semaphore_id; + osStatus_t stat; + BaseType_t yield; + + stat = osOK; + + if (hSemaphore == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + yield = pdFALSE; + + if (xSemaphoreTakeFromISR (hSemaphore, &yield) != pdPASS) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } else { + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + } + } + else { + if (xSemaphoreTake (hSemaphore, (TickType_t)timeout) != pdPASS) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorTimeout; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hSemaphore = (SemaphoreHandle_t)semaphore_id; + osStatus_t stat; + BaseType_t yield; + + stat = osOK; + + if (hSemaphore == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + yield = pdFALSE; + + if (xSemaphoreGiveFromISR (hSemaphore, &yield) != pdTRUE) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } else { + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + } + else { + if (xSemaphoreGive (hSemaphore) != pdPASS) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +uint32_t osSemaphoreGetCount (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hSemaphore = (SemaphoreHandle_t)semaphore_id; + uint32_t count; + + if (hSemaphore == NULL) { + count = 0U; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + count = uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR (hSemaphore); + } else { + count = (uint32_t)uxSemaphoreGetCount (hSemaphore); + } + + return (count); +} + +osStatus_t osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id) { + SemaphoreHandle_t hSemaphore = (SemaphoreHandle_t)semaphore_id; + osStatus_t stat; + +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hSemaphore == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + vQueueUnregisterQueue (hSemaphore); + #endif + + stat = osOK; + vSemaphoreDelete (hSemaphore); + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +osMessageQueueId_t osMessageQueueNew (uint32_t msg_count, uint32_t msg_size, const osMessageQueueAttr_t *attr) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue; + int32_t mem; + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + const char *name; + #endif + + hQueue = NULL; + + if (!IS_IRQ() && (msg_count > 0U) && (msg_size > 0U)) { + mem = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(StaticQueue_t)) && + (attr->mq_mem != NULL) && (attr->mq_size >= (msg_count * msg_size))) { + mem = 1; + } + else { + if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U) && + (attr->mq_mem == NULL) && (attr->mq_size == 0U)) { + mem = 0; + } + } + } + else { + mem = 0; + } + + if (mem == 1) { + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hQueue = xQueueCreateStatic (msg_count, msg_size, attr->mq_mem, attr->cb_mem); + #endif + } + else { + if (mem == 0) { + #if (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + hQueue = xQueueCreate (msg_count, msg_size); + #endif + } + } + + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + if (hQueue != NULL) { + if (attr != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } else { + name = NULL; + } + vQueueAddToRegistry (hQueue, name); + } + #endif + + } + + return ((osMessageQueueId_t)hQueue); +} + +osStatus_t osMessageQueuePut (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, const void *msg_ptr, uint8_t msg_prio, uint32_t timeout) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue = (QueueHandle_t)mq_id; + osStatus_t stat; + BaseType_t yield; + + (void)msg_prio; /* Message priority is ignored */ + + stat = osOK; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + if ((hQueue == NULL) || (msg_ptr == NULL) || (timeout != 0U)) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + yield = pdFALSE; + + if (xQueueSendToBackFromISR (hQueue, msg_ptr, &yield) != pdTRUE) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } else { + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + } + } + else { + if ((hQueue == NULL) || (msg_ptr == NULL)) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (xQueueSendToBack (hQueue, msg_ptr, (TickType_t)timeout) != pdPASS) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorTimeout; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osMessageQueueGet (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, void *msg_ptr, uint8_t *msg_prio, uint32_t timeout) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue = (QueueHandle_t)mq_id; + osStatus_t stat; + BaseType_t yield; + + (void)msg_prio; /* Message priority is ignored */ + + stat = osOK; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + if ((hQueue == NULL) || (msg_ptr == NULL) || (timeout != 0U)) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + yield = pdFALSE; + + if (xQueueReceiveFromISR (hQueue, msg_ptr, &yield) != pdPASS) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } else { + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + } + } + else { + if ((hQueue == NULL) || (msg_ptr == NULL)) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + if (xQueueReceive (hQueue, msg_ptr, (TickType_t)timeout) != pdPASS) { + if (timeout != 0U) { + stat = osErrorTimeout; + } else { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCapacity (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + StaticQueue_t *mq = (StaticQueue_t *)mq_id; + uint32_t capacity; + + if (mq == NULL) { + capacity = 0U; + } else { + /* capacity = pxQueue->uxLength */ + capacity = mq->uxDummy4[1]; + } + + return (capacity); +} + +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetMsgSize (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + StaticQueue_t *mq = (StaticQueue_t *)mq_id; + uint32_t size; + + if (mq == NULL) { + size = 0U; + } else { + /* size = pxQueue->uxItemSize */ + size = mq->uxDummy4[2]; + } + + return (size); +} + +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCount (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue = (QueueHandle_t)mq_id; + UBaseType_t count; + + if (hQueue == NULL) { + count = 0U; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + count = uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR (hQueue); + } + else { + count = uxQueueMessagesWaiting (hQueue); + } + + return ((uint32_t)count); +} + +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetSpace (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + StaticQueue_t *mq = (StaticQueue_t *)mq_id; + uint32_t space; + uint32_t isrm; + + if (mq == NULL) { + space = 0U; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + isrm = taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(); + + /* space = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting; */ + space = mq->uxDummy4[1] - mq->uxDummy4[0]; + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(isrm); + } + else { + space = (uint32_t)uxQueueSpacesAvailable ((QueueHandle_t)mq); + } + + return (space); +} + +osStatus_t osMessageQueueReset (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue = (QueueHandle_t)mq_id; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hQueue == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + (void)xQueueReset (hQueue); + } + + return (stat); +} + +osStatus_t osMessageQueueDelete (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id) { + QueueHandle_t hQueue = (QueueHandle_t)mq_id; + osStatus_t stat; + +#ifndef USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1 + if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else if (hQueue == NULL) { + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + #if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0) + vQueueUnregisterQueue (hQueue); + #endif + + stat = osOK; + vQueueDelete (hQueue); + } +#else + stat = osError; +#endif + + return (stat); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef FREERTOS_MPOOL_H_ + +/* Static memory pool functions */ +static void FreeBlock (MemPool_t *mp, void *block); +static void *AllocBlock (MemPool_t *mp); +static void *CreateBlock (MemPool_t *mp); + +osMemoryPoolId_t osMemoryPoolNew (uint32_t block_count, uint32_t block_size, const osMemoryPoolAttr_t *attr) { + MemPool_t *mp; + const char *name; + int32_t mem_cb, mem_mp; + uint32_t sz; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + mp = NULL; + } + else if ((block_count == 0U) || (block_size == 0U)) { + mp = NULL; + } + else { + mp = NULL; + sz = MEMPOOL_ARR_SIZE (block_count, block_size); + + name = NULL; + mem_cb = -1; + mem_mp = -1; + + if (attr != NULL) { + if (attr->name != NULL) { + name = attr->name; + } + + if ((attr->cb_mem != NULL) && (attr->cb_size >= sizeof(MemPool_t))) { + /* Static control block is provided */ + mem_cb = 1; + } + else if ((attr->cb_mem == NULL) && (attr->cb_size == 0U)) { + /* Allocate control block memory on heap */ + mem_cb = 0; + } + + if ((attr->mp_mem == NULL) && (attr->mp_size == 0U)) { + /* Allocate memory array on heap */ + mem_mp = 0; + } + else { + if (attr->mp_mem != NULL) { + /* Check if array is 4-byte aligned */ + if (((uint32_t)attr->mp_mem & 3U) == 0U) { + /* Check if array big enough */ + if (attr->mp_size >= sz) { + /* Static memory pool array is provided */ + mem_mp = 1; + } + } + } + } + } + else { + /* Attributes not provided, allocate memory on heap */ + mem_cb = 0; + mem_mp = 0; + } + + if (mem_cb == 0) { + mp = pvPortMalloc (sizeof(MemPool_t)); + } else { + mp = attr->cb_mem; + } + + if (mp != NULL) { + /* Create a semaphore (max count == initial count == block_count) */ + #if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + mp->sem = xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic (block_count, block_count, &mp->mem_sem); + #elif (configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + mp->sem = xSemaphoreCreateCounting (block_count, block_count); + #else + mp->sem == NULL; + #endif + + if (mp->sem != NULL) { + /* Setup memory array */ + if (mem_mp == 0) { + mp->mem_arr = pvPortMalloc (sz); + } else { + mp->mem_arr = attr->mp_mem; + } + } + } + + if ((mp != NULL) && (mp->mem_arr != NULL)) { + /* Memory pool can be created */ + mp->head = NULL; + mp->mem_sz = sz; + mp->name = name; + mp->bl_sz = block_size; + mp->bl_cnt = block_count; + mp->n = 0U; + + /* Set heap allocated memory flags */ + mp->status = MPOOL_STATUS; + + if (mem_cb == 0) { + /* Control block on heap */ + mp->status |= 1U; + } + if (mem_mp == 0) { + /* Memory array on heap */ + mp->status |= 2U; + } + } + else { + /* Memory pool cannot be created, release allocated resources */ + if ((mem_cb == 0) && (mp != NULL)) { + /* Free control block memory */ + vPortFree (mp); + } + mp = NULL; + } + } + + return (mp); +} + +const char *osMemoryPoolGetName (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp = (osMemoryPoolId_t)mp_id; + const char *p; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + p = NULL; + } + else if (mp_id == NULL) { + p = NULL; + } + else { + p = mp->name; + } + + return (p); +} + +void *osMemoryPoolAlloc (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, uint32_t timeout) { + MemPool_t *mp; + void *block; + uint32_t isrm; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + block = NULL; + } + else { + block = NULL; + + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) == MPOOL_STATUS) { + if (IS_IRQ()) { + if (timeout == 0U) { + if (xSemaphoreTakeFromISR (mp->sem, NULL) == pdTRUE) { + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) == MPOOL_STATUS) { + isrm = taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(); + + /* Get a block from the free-list */ + block = AllocBlock(mp); + + if (block == NULL) { + /* List of free blocks is empty, 'create' new block */ + block = CreateBlock(mp); + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(isrm); + } + } + } + } + else { + if (xSemaphoreTake (mp->sem, (TickType_t)timeout) == pdTRUE) { + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) == MPOOL_STATUS) { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + + /* Get a block from the free-list */ + block = AllocBlock(mp); + + if (block == NULL) { + /* List of free blocks is empty, 'create' new block */ + block = CreateBlock(mp); + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + } + } + } + + return (block); +} + +osStatus_t osMemoryPoolFree (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, void *block) { + MemPool_t *mp; + osStatus_t stat; + uint32_t isrm; + BaseType_t yield; + + if ((mp_id == NULL) || (block == NULL)) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) != MPOOL_STATUS) { + /* Invalid object status */ + stat = osErrorResource; + } + else if ((block < (void *)&mp->mem_arr[0]) || (block > (void*)&mp->mem_arr[mp->mem_sz-1])) { + /* Block pointer outside of memory array area */ + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else { + stat = osOK; + + if (IS_IRQ()) { + if (uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR (mp->sem) == mp->bl_cnt) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + else { + isrm = taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(); + + /* Add block to the list of free blocks */ + FreeBlock(mp, block); + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR(isrm); + + yield = pdFALSE; + xSemaphoreGiveFromISR (mp->sem, &yield); + portYIELD_FROM_ISR (yield); + } + } + else { + if (uxSemaphoreGetCount (mp->sem) == mp->bl_cnt) { + stat = osErrorResource; + } + else { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + + /* Add block to the list of free blocks */ + FreeBlock(mp, block); + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + xSemaphoreGive (mp->sem); + } + } + } + } + + return (stat); +} + +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCapacity (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp; + uint32_t n; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) != MPOOL_STATUS) { + /* Invalid object status */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + n = mp->bl_cnt; + } + } + + /* Return maximum number of memory blocks */ + return (n); +} + +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp; + uint32_t sz; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + sz = 0U; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) != MPOOL_STATUS) { + /* Invalid object status */ + sz = 0U; + } + else { + sz = mp->bl_sz; + } + } + + /* Return memory block size in bytes */ + return (sz); +} + +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCount (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp; + uint32_t n; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) != MPOOL_STATUS) { + /* Invalid object status */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + if (IS_IRQ()) { + n = uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR (mp->sem); + } else { + n = uxSemaphoreGetCount (mp->sem); + } + + n = mp->bl_cnt - n; + } + } + + /* Return number of memory blocks used */ + return (n); +} + +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetSpace (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp; + uint32_t n; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + if ((mp->status & MPOOL_STATUS) != MPOOL_STATUS) { + /* Invalid object status */ + n = 0U; + } + else { + if (IS_IRQ()) { + n = uxSemaphoreGetCountFromISR (mp->sem); + } else { + n = uxSemaphoreGetCount (mp->sem); + } + } + } + + /* Return number of memory blocks available */ + return (n); +} + +osStatus_t osMemoryPoolDelete (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id) { + MemPool_t *mp; + osStatus_t stat; + + if (mp_id == NULL) { + /* Invalid input parameters */ + stat = osErrorParameter; + } + else if (IS_IRQ()) { + stat = osErrorISR; + } + else { + mp = (MemPool_t *)mp_id; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + + /* Invalidate control block status */ + mp->status = mp->status & 3U; + + /* Wake-up tasks waiting for pool semaphore */ + while (xSemaphoreGive (mp->sem) == pdTRUE); + + mp->head = NULL; + mp->bl_sz = 0U; + mp->bl_cnt = 0U; + + if ((mp->status & 2U) != 0U) { + /* Memory pool array allocated on heap */ + vPortFree (mp->mem_arr); + } + if ((mp->status & 1U) != 0U) { + /* Memory pool control block allocated on heap */ + vPortFree (mp); + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + stat = osOK; + } + + return (stat); +} + +/* + Create new block given according to the current block index. +*/ +static void *CreateBlock (MemPool_t *mp) { + MemPoolBlock_t *p = NULL; + + if (mp->n < mp->bl_cnt) { + /* Unallocated blocks exist, set pointer to new block */ + p = (void *)(mp->mem_arr + (mp->bl_sz * mp->n)); + + /* Increment block index */ + mp->n += 1U; + } + + return (p); +} + +/* + Allocate a block by reading the list of free blocks. +*/ +static void *AllocBlock (MemPool_t *mp) { + MemPoolBlock_t *p = NULL; + + if (mp->head != NULL) { + /* List of free block exists, get head block */ + p = mp->head; + + /* Head block is now next on the list */ + mp->head = p->next; + } + + return (p); +} + +/* + Free block by putting it to the list of free blocks. +*/ +static void FreeBlock (MemPool_t *mp, void *block) { + MemPoolBlock_t *p = block; + + /* Store current head into block memory space */ + p->next = mp->head; + + /* Store current block as new head */ + mp->head = p; +} +#endif /* FREERTOS_MPOOL_H_ */ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Callback function prototypes */ +extern void vApplicationIdleHook (void); +extern void vApplicationTickHook (void); +extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook (void); +extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook (void); +extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook (TaskHandle_t xTask, signed char *pcTaskName); + +/** + Dummy implementation of the callback function vApplicationIdleHook(). +*/ +#if (configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1) +__WEAK void vApplicationIdleHook (void){} +#endif + +/** + Dummy implementation of the callback function vApplicationTickHook(). +*/ +#if (configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1) + __WEAK void vApplicationTickHook (void){} +#endif + +/** + Dummy implementation of the callback function vApplicationMallocFailedHook(). +*/ +#if (configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1) +__WEAK void vApplicationMallocFailedHook (void){} +#endif + +/** + Dummy implementation of the callback function vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook(). +*/ +#if (configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1) +__WEAK void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook (void){} +#endif + +/** + Dummy implementation of the callback function vApplicationStackOverflowHook(). +*/ +#if (configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0) +__WEAK void vApplicationStackOverflowHook (TaskHandle_t xTask, signed char *pcTaskName) { + (void)xTask; + (void)pcTaskName; + configASSERT(0); +} +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) +/* External Idle and Timer task static memory allocation functions */ +extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory (StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize); +extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory (StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize); + +/* + vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory gets called when configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION + equals to 1 and is required for static memory allocation support. +*/ +__WEAK void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory (StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize) { + /* Idle task control block and stack */ + static StaticTask_t Idle_TCB; + static StackType_t Idle_Stack[configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE]; + + *ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = &Idle_TCB; + *ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer = &Idle_Stack[0]; + *pulIdleTaskStackSize = (uint32_t)configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE; +} + +/* + vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory gets called when configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION + equals to 1 and is required for static memory allocation support. +*/ +__WEAK void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory (StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize) { + /* Timer task control block and stack */ + static StaticTask_t Timer_TCB; + static StackType_t Timer_Stack[configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH]; + + *ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = &Timer_TCB; + *ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer = &Timer_Stack[0]; + *pulTimerTaskStackSize = (uint32_t)configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH; +} +#endif diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d3634d --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h @@ -0,0 +1,734 @@ +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Portions Copyright © 2017 STMicroelectronics International N.V. All rights reserved. + * Portions Copyright (c) 2013-2017 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may + * not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT + * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + * Name: cmsis_os2.h + * Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef CMSIS_OS2_H_ +#define CMSIS_OS2_H_ + +#ifndef __NO_RETURN +#if defined(__CC_ARM) +#define __NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn) +#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050) +#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) +#define __NO_RETURN __noreturn +#else +#define __NO_RETURN +#endif +#endif + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + + +// ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ==== + +/// Version information. +typedef struct { + uint32_t api; ///< API version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec). + uint32_t kernel; ///< Kernel version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec). +} osVersion_t; + +/// Kernel state. +typedef enum { + osKernelInactive = 0, ///< Inactive. + osKernelReady = 1, ///< Ready. + osKernelRunning = 2, ///< Running. + osKernelLocked = 3, ///< Locked. + osKernelSuspended = 4, ///< Suspended. + osKernelError = -1, ///< Error. + osKernelReserved = 0x7FFFFFFFU ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osKernelState_t; + +/// Thread state. +typedef enum { + osThreadInactive = 0, ///< Inactive. + osThreadReady = 1, ///< Ready. + osThreadRunning = 2, ///< Running. + osThreadBlocked = 3, ///< Blocked. + osThreadTerminated = 4, ///< Terminated. + osThreadError = -1, ///< Error. + osThreadReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osThreadState_t; + +/// Priority values. +typedef enum { + osPriorityNone = 0, ///< No priority (not initialized). + osPriorityIdle = 1, ///< Reserved for Idle thread. + osPriorityLow = 8, ///< Priority: low + osPriorityLow1 = 8+1, ///< Priority: low + 1 + osPriorityLow2 = 8+2, ///< Priority: low + 2 + osPriorityLow3 = 8+3, ///< Priority: low + 3 + osPriorityLow4 = 8+4, ///< Priority: low + 4 + osPriorityLow5 = 8+5, ///< Priority: low + 5 + osPriorityLow6 = 8+6, ///< Priority: low + 6 + osPriorityLow7 = 8+7, ///< Priority: low + 7 + osPriorityBelowNormal = 16, ///< Priority: below normal + osPriorityBelowNormal1 = 16+1, ///< Priority: below normal + 1 + osPriorityBelowNormal2 = 16+2, ///< Priority: below normal + 2 + osPriorityBelowNormal3 = 16+3, ///< Priority: below normal + 3 + osPriorityBelowNormal4 = 16+4, ///< Priority: below normal + 4 + osPriorityBelowNormal5 = 16+5, ///< Priority: below normal + 5 + osPriorityBelowNormal6 = 16+6, ///< Priority: below normal + 6 + osPriorityBelowNormal7 = 16+7, ///< Priority: below normal + 7 + osPriorityNormal = 24, ///< Priority: normal + osPriorityNormal1 = 24+1, ///< Priority: normal + 1 + osPriorityNormal2 = 24+2, ///< Priority: normal + 2 + osPriorityNormal3 = 24+3, ///< Priority: normal + 3 + osPriorityNormal4 = 24+4, ///< Priority: normal + 4 + osPriorityNormal5 = 24+5, ///< Priority: normal + 5 + osPriorityNormal6 = 24+6, ///< Priority: normal + 6 + osPriorityNormal7 = 24+7, ///< Priority: normal + 7 + osPriorityAboveNormal = 32, ///< Priority: above normal + osPriorityAboveNormal1 = 32+1, ///< Priority: above normal + 1 + osPriorityAboveNormal2 = 32+2, ///< Priority: above normal + 2 + osPriorityAboveNormal3 = 32+3, ///< Priority: above normal + 3 + osPriorityAboveNormal4 = 32+4, ///< Priority: above normal + 4 + osPriorityAboveNormal5 = 32+5, ///< Priority: above normal + 5 + osPriorityAboveNormal6 = 32+6, ///< Priority: above normal + 6 + osPriorityAboveNormal7 = 32+7, ///< Priority: above normal + 7 + osPriorityHigh = 40, ///< Priority: high + osPriorityHigh1 = 40+1, ///< Priority: high + 1 + osPriorityHigh2 = 40+2, ///< Priority: high + 2 + osPriorityHigh3 = 40+3, ///< Priority: high + 3 + osPriorityHigh4 = 40+4, ///< Priority: high + 4 + osPriorityHigh5 = 40+5, ///< Priority: high + 5 + osPriorityHigh6 = 40+6, ///< Priority: high + 6 + osPriorityHigh7 = 40+7, ///< Priority: high + 7 + osPriorityRealtime = 48, ///< Priority: realtime + osPriorityRealtime1 = 48+1, ///< Priority: realtime + 1 + osPriorityRealtime2 = 48+2, ///< Priority: realtime + 2 + osPriorityRealtime3 = 48+3, ///< Priority: realtime + 3 + osPriorityRealtime4 = 48+4, ///< Priority: realtime + 4 + osPriorityRealtime5 = 48+5, ///< Priority: realtime + 5 + osPriorityRealtime6 = 48+6, ///< Priority: realtime + 6 + osPriorityRealtime7 = 48+7, ///< Priority: realtime + 7 + osPriorityISR = 56, ///< Reserved for ISR deferred thread. + osPriorityError = -1, ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority. + osPriorityReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osPriority_t; + +/// Entry point of a thread. +typedef void (*osThreadFunc_t) (void *argument); + +/// Timer callback function. +typedef void (*osTimerFunc_t) (void *argument); + +/// Timer type. +typedef enum { + osTimerOnce = 0, ///< One-shot timer. + osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< Repeating timer. +} osTimerType_t; + +// Timeout value. +#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value. + +// Flags options (\ref osThreadFlagsWait and \ref osEventFlagsWait). +#define osFlagsWaitAny 0x00000000U ///< Wait for any flag (default). +#define osFlagsWaitAll 0x00000001U ///< Wait for all flags. +#define osFlagsNoClear 0x00000002U ///< Do not clear flags which have been specified to wait for. + +// Flags errors (returned by osThreadFlagsXxxx and osEventFlagsXxxx). +#define osFlagsError 0x80000000U ///< Error indicator. +#define osFlagsErrorUnknown 0xFFFFFFFFU ///< osError (-1). +#define osFlagsErrorTimeout 0xFFFFFFFEU ///< osErrorTimeout (-2). +#define osFlagsErrorResource 0xFFFFFFFDU ///< osErrorResource (-3). +#define osFlagsErrorParameter 0xFFFFFFFCU ///< osErrorParameter (-4). +#define osFlagsErrorISR 0xFFFFFFFAU ///< osErrorISR (-6). + +// Thread attributes (attr_bits in \ref osThreadAttr_t). +#define osThreadDetached 0x00000000U ///< Thread created in detached mode (default) +#define osThreadJoinable 0x00000001U ///< Thread created in joinable mode + +// Mutex attributes (attr_bits in \ref osMutexAttr_t). +#define osMutexRecursive 0x00000001U ///< Recursive mutex. +#define osMutexPrioInherit 0x00000002U ///< Priority inherit protocol. +#define osMutexRobust 0x00000008U ///< Robust mutex. + +/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions. +typedef enum { + osOK = 0, ///< Operation completed successfully. + osError = -1, ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits. + osErrorTimeout = -2, ///< Operation not completed within the timeout period. + osErrorResource = -3, ///< Resource not available. + osErrorParameter = -4, ///< Parameter error. + osErrorNoMemory = -5, ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation. + osErrorISR = -6, ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines. + osStatusReserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization. +} osStatus_t; + + +/// \details Thread ID identifies the thread. +typedef void *osThreadId_t; + +/// \details Timer ID identifies the timer. +typedef void *osTimerId_t; + +/// \details Event Flags ID identifies the event flags. +typedef void *osEventFlagsId_t; + +/// \details Mutex ID identifies the mutex. +typedef void *osMutexId_t; + +/// \details Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore. +typedef void *osSemaphoreId_t; + +/// \details Memory Pool ID identifies the memory pool. +typedef void *osMemoryPoolId_t; + +/// \details Message Queue ID identifies the message queue. +typedef void *osMessageQueueId_t; + + +#ifndef TZ_MODULEID_T +#define TZ_MODULEID_T +/// \details Data type that identifies secure software modules called by a process. +typedef uint32_t TZ_ModuleId_t; +#endif + + +/// Attributes structure for thread. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the thread + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block + void *stack_mem; ///< memory for stack + uint32_t stack_size; ///< size of stack + osPriority_t priority; ///< initial thread priority (default: osPriorityNormal) + TZ_ModuleId_t tz_module; ///< TrustZone module identifier + uint32_t reserved; ///< reserved (must be 0) +} osThreadAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for timer. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the timer + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block +} osTimerAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for event flags. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the event flags + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block +} osEventFlagsAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for mutex. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the mutex + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block +} osMutexAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for semaphore. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the semaphore + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block +} osSemaphoreAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for memory pool. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the memory pool + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block + void *mp_mem; ///< memory for data storage + uint32_t mp_size; ///< size of provided memory for data storage +} osMemoryPoolAttr_t; + +/// Attributes structure for message queue. +typedef struct { + const char *name; ///< name of the message queue + uint32_t attr_bits; ///< attribute bits + void *cb_mem; ///< memory for control block + uint32_t cb_size; ///< size of provided memory for control block + void *mq_mem; ///< memory for data storage + uint32_t mq_size; ///< size of provided memory for data storage +} osMessageQueueAttr_t; + + +// ==== Kernel Management Functions ==== + +/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osKernelInitialize (void); + +/// Get RTOS Kernel Information. +/// \param[out] version pointer to buffer for retrieving version information. +/// \param[out] id_buf pointer to buffer for retrieving kernel identification string. +/// \param[in] id_size size of buffer for kernel identification string. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osKernelGetInfo (osVersion_t *version, char *id_buf, uint32_t id_size); + +/// Get the current RTOS Kernel state. +/// \return current RTOS Kernel state. +osKernelState_t osKernelGetState (void); + +/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osKernelStart (void); + +/// Lock the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative). +int32_t osKernelLock (void); + +/// Unlock the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative). +int32_t osKernelUnlock (void); + +/// Restore the RTOS Kernel scheduler lock state. +/// \param[in] lock lock state obtained by \ref osKernelLock or \ref osKernelUnlock. +/// \return new lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative). +int32_t osKernelRestoreLock (int32_t lock); + +/// Suspend the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \return time in ticks, for how long the system can sleep or power-down. +uint32_t osKernelSuspend (void); + +/// Resume the RTOS Kernel scheduler. +/// \param[in] sleep_ticks time in ticks for how long the system was in sleep or power-down mode. +void osKernelResume (uint32_t sleep_ticks); + +/// Get the RTOS kernel tick count. +/// \return RTOS kernel current tick count. +uint32_t osKernelGetTickCount (void); + +/// Get the RTOS kernel tick frequency. +/// \return frequency of the kernel tick in hertz, i.e. kernel ticks per second. +uint32_t osKernelGetTickFreq (void); + +/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer count. +/// \return RTOS kernel current system timer count as 32-bit value. +uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerCount (void); + +/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer frequency. +/// \return frequency of the system timer in hertz, i.e. timer ticks per second. +uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerFreq (void); + + +// ==== Thread Management Functions ==== + +/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads. +/// \param[in] func thread function. +/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument. +/// \param[in] attr thread attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osThreadId_t osThreadNew (osThreadFunc_t func, void *argument, const osThreadAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osThreadGetName (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread. +/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osThreadId_t osThreadGetId (void); + +/// Get current thread state of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return current thread state of the specified thread. +osThreadState_t osThreadGetState (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Get stack size of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return stack size in bytes. +uint32_t osThreadGetStackSize (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Get available stack space of a thread based on stack watermark recording during execution. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return remaining stack space in bytes. +uint32_t osThreadGetStackSpace (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Change priority of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id, osPriority_t priority); + +/// Get current priority of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return current priority value of the specified thread. +osPriority_t osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadYield (void); + +/// Suspend execution of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadSuspend (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Resume execution of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadResume (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Detach a thread (thread storage can be reclaimed when thread terminates). +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadDetach (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Wait for specified thread to terminate. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadJoin (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Terminate execution of current running thread. +__NO_RETURN void osThreadExit (void); + +/// Terminate execution of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osThreadTerminate (osThreadId_t thread_id); + +/// Get number of active threads. +/// \return number of active threads. +uint32_t osThreadGetCount (void); + +/// Enumerate active threads. +/// \param[out] thread_array pointer to array for retrieving thread IDs. +/// \param[in] array_items maximum number of items in array for retrieving thread IDs. +/// \return number of enumerated threads. +uint32_t osThreadEnumerate (osThreadId_t *thread_array, uint32_t array_items); + + +// ==== Thread Flags Functions ==== + +/// Set the specified Thread Flags of a thread. +/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags of the thread that shall be set. +/// \return thread flags after setting or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osThreadFlagsSet (osThreadId_t thread_id, uint32_t flags); + +/// Clear the specified Thread Flags of current running thread. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags of the thread that shall be cleared. +/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osThreadFlagsClear (uint32_t flags); + +/// Get the current Thread Flags of current running thread. +/// \return current thread flags. +uint32_t osThreadFlagsGet (void); + +/// Wait for one or more Thread Flags of the current running thread to become signaled. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags to wait for. +/// \param[in] options specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx). +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osThreadFlagsWait (uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout); + + +// ==== Generic Wait Functions ==== + +/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay). +/// \param[in] ticks \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osDelay (uint32_t ticks); + +/// Wait until specified time. +/// \param[in] ticks absolute time in ticks +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osDelayUntil (uint32_t ticks); + + +// ==== Timer Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize a timer. +/// \param[in] func function pointer to callback function. +/// \param[in] type \ref osTimerOnce for one-shot or \ref osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior. +/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer callback function. +/// \param[in] attr timer attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osTimerId_t osTimerNew (osTimerFunc_t func, osTimerType_t type, void *argument, const osTimerAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osTimerGetName (osTimerId_t timer_id); + +/// Start or restart a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew. +/// \param[in] ticks \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value of the timer. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osTimerStart (osTimerId_t timer_id, uint32_t ticks); + +/// Stop a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osTimerStop (osTimerId_t timer_id); + +/// Check if a timer is running. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew. +/// \return 0 not running, 1 running. +uint32_t osTimerIsRunning (osTimerId_t timer_id); + +/// Delete a timer. +/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osTimerDelete (osTimerId_t timer_id); + + +// ==== Event Flags Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize an Event Flags object. +/// \param[in] attr event flags attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return event flags ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osEventFlagsId_t osEventFlagsNew (const osEventFlagsAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of an Event Flags object. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osEventFlagsGetName (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id); + +/// Set the specified Event Flags. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags that shall be set. +/// \return event flags after setting or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osEventFlagsSet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags); + +/// Clear the specified Event Flags. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags that shall be cleared. +/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osEventFlagsClear (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags); + +/// Get the current Event Flags. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \return current event flags. +uint32_t osEventFlagsGet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id); + +/// Wait for one or more Event Flags to become signaled. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \param[in] flags specifies the flags to wait for. +/// \param[in] options specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx). +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set. +uint32_t osEventFlagsWait (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Delete an Event Flags object. +/// \param[in] ef_id event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osEventFlagsDelete (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id); + + +// ==== Mutex Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] attr mutex attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMutexId_t osMutexNew (const osMutexAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osMutexGetName (osMutexId_t mutex_id); + +/// Acquire a Mutex or timeout if it is locked. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew. +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMutexAcquire (osMutexId_t mutex_id, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Release a Mutex that was acquired by \ref osMutexAcquire. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMutexRelease (osMutexId_t mutex_id); + +/// Get Thread which owns a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew. +/// \return thread ID of owner thread or NULL when mutex was not acquired. +osThreadId_t osMutexGetOwner (osMutexId_t mutex_id); + +/// Delete a Mutex object. +/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMutexDelete (osMutexId_t mutex_id); + + +// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object. +/// \param[in] max_count maximum number of available tokens. +/// \param[in] initial_count initial number of available tokens. +/// \param[in] attr semaphore attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osSemaphoreId_t osSemaphoreNew (uint32_t max_count, uint32_t initial_count, const osSemaphoreAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a Semaphore object. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osSemaphoreGetName (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id); + +/// Acquire a Semaphore token or timeout if no tokens are available. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew. +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osSemaphoreAcquire (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Release a Semaphore token up to the initial maximum count. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id); + +/// Get current Semaphore token count. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew. +/// \return number of tokens available. +uint32_t osSemaphoreGetCount (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id); + +/// Delete a Semaphore object. +/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id); + + +// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object. +/// \param[in] block_count maximum number of memory blocks in memory pool. +/// \param[in] block_size memory block size in bytes. +/// \param[in] attr memory pool attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMemoryPoolId_t osMemoryPoolNew (uint32_t block_count, uint32_t block_size, const osMemoryPoolAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a Memory Pool object. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osMemoryPoolGetName (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + +/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory is available. +void *osMemoryPoolAlloc (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMemoryPoolFree (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, void *block); + +/// Get maximum number of memory blocks in a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return maximum number of memory blocks. +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCapacity (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + +/// Get memory block size in a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return memory block size in bytes. +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + +/// Get number of memory blocks used in a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return number of memory blocks used. +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCount (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + +/// Get number of memory blocks available in a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return number of memory blocks available. +uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetSpace (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + +/// Delete a Memory Pool object. +/// \param[in] mp_id memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMemoryPoolDelete (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id); + + +// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ==== + +/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object. +/// \param[in] msg_count maximum number of messages in queue. +/// \param[in] msg_size maximum message size in bytes. +/// \param[in] attr message queue attributes; NULL: default values. +/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error. +osMessageQueueId_t osMessageQueueNew (uint32_t msg_count, uint32_t msg_size, const osMessageQueueAttr_t *attr); + +/// Get name of a Message Queue object. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return name as NULL terminated string. +const char *osMessageQueueGetName (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Put a Message into a Queue or timeout if Queue is full. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \param[in] msg_ptr pointer to buffer with message to put into a queue. +/// \param[in] msg_prio message priority. +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMessageQueuePut (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, const void *msg_ptr, uint8_t msg_prio, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \param[out] msg_ptr pointer to buffer for message to get from a queue. +/// \param[out] msg_prio pointer to buffer for message priority or NULL. +/// \param[in] timeout \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMessageQueueGet (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, void *msg_ptr, uint8_t *msg_prio, uint32_t timeout); + +/// Get maximum number of messages in a Message Queue. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return maximum number of messages. +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCapacity (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Get maximum message size in a Memory Pool. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return maximum message size in bytes. +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetMsgSize (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Get number of queued messages in a Message Queue. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return number of queued messages. +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCount (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Get number of available slots for messages in a Message Queue. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return number of available slots for messages. +uint32_t osMessageQueueGetSpace (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Reset a Message Queue to initial empty state. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMessageQueueReset (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + +/// Delete a Message Queue object. +/// \param[in] mq_id message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew. +/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function. +osStatus_t osMessageQueueDelete (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // CMSIS_OS2_H_ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_mpool.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_mpool.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffb4088 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_mpool.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Copyright (c) 2013-2020 Arm Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may + * not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT + * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + * Name: freertos_mpool.h + * Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_MPOOL_H_ +#define FREERTOS_MPOOL_H_ + +#include +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "semphr.h" + +/* Memory Pool implementation definitions */ +#define MPOOL_STATUS 0x5EED0000U + +/* Memory Block header */ +typedef struct { + void *next; /* Pointer to next block */ +} MemPoolBlock_t; + +/* Memory Pool control block */ +typedef struct MemPoolDef_t { + MemPoolBlock_t *head; /* Pointer to head block */ + SemaphoreHandle_t sem; /* Pool semaphore handle */ + uint8_t *mem_arr; /* Pool memory array */ + uint32_t mem_sz; /* Pool memory array size */ + const char *name; /* Pointer to name string */ + uint32_t bl_sz; /* Size of a single block */ + uint32_t bl_cnt; /* Number of blocks */ + uint32_t n; /* Block allocation index */ + volatile uint32_t status; /* Object status flags */ +#if (configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1) + StaticSemaphore_t mem_sem; /* Semaphore object memory */ +#endif +} MemPool_t; + +/* No need to hide static object type, just align to coding style */ +#define StaticMemPool_t MemPool_t + +/* Define memory pool control block size */ +#define MEMPOOL_CB_SIZE (sizeof(StaticMemPool_t)) + +/* Define size of the byte array required to create count of blocks of given size */ +#define MEMPOOL_ARR_SIZE(bl_count, bl_size) (((((bl_size) + (4 - 1)) / 4) * 4)*(bl_count)) + +#endif /* FREERTOS_MPOOL_H_ */ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_os2.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_os2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83e050e --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/freertos_os2.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Copyright (c) 2013-2020 Arm Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may + * not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT + * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + * + * Name: freertos_os2.h + * Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_OS2_H_ +#define FREERTOS_OS2_H_ + +#include +#include + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" // ARM.FreeRTOS::RTOS:Core + +#include CMSIS_device_header + +/* + CMSIS-RTOS2 FreeRTOS image size optimization definitions. + + Note: Definitions configUSE_OS2 can be used to optimize FreeRTOS image size when + certain functionality is not required when using CMSIS-RTOS2 API. + In general optimization decisions are left to the tool chain but in cases + when coding style prevents it to optimize the code following optional + definitions can be used. +*/ + +/* + Option to exclude CMSIS-RTOS2 functions osThreadSuspend and osThreadResume from + the application image. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME 1 +#endif + +/* + Option to exclude CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadEnumerate from the application image. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE 1 +#endif + +/* + Option to disable CMSIS-RTOS2 function osEventFlagsSet and osEventFlagsClear + operation from ISR. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR +#define configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR 1 +#endif + +/* + Option to exclude CMSIS-RTOS2 Thread Flags API functions from the application image. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS +#define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS +#endif + +/* + Option to exclude CMSIS-RTOS2 Timer API functions from the application image. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_TIMER +#define configUSE_OS2_TIMER configUSE_TIMERS +#endif + +/* + Option to exclude CMSIS-RTOS2 Mutex API functions from the application image. +*/ +#ifndef configUSE_OS2_MUTEX +#define configUSE_OS2_MUTEX configUSE_MUTEXES +#endif + + +/* + CMSIS-RTOS2 FreeRTOS configuration check (FreeRTOSConfig.h). + + Note: CMSIS-RTOS API requires functions included by using following definitions. + In case if certain API function is not used compiler will optimize it away. +*/ +#if (INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osMutexGetOwner uses FreeRTOS function xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder. In case if + osMutexGetOwner is not used in the application image, compiler will optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder must equal 1 to implement Mutex Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osDelay uses FreeRTOS function vTaskDelay. In case if + osDelay is not used in the application image, compiler will optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must equal 1 to implement Generic Wait Functions API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osDelayUntil uses FreeRTOS function vTaskDelayUntil. In case if + osDelayUntil is not used in the application image, compiler will optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must equal 1 to implement Generic Wait Functions API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadTerminate and osThreadExit uses FreeRTOS function + vTaskDelete. In case if they are not used in the application image, compiler + will optimize them away. + Set #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 API uses FreeRTOS function xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle to implement + functions osThreadGetId, osThreadFlagsClear and osThreadFlagsGet. In case if these + functions are not used in the application image, compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 API uses FreeRTOS function xTaskGetSchedulerState to implement Kernel + tick handling and therefore it is vital that xTaskGetSchedulerState is included into + the application image. + Set #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState must equal 1 to implement Kernel Information and Control API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadGetStackSpace uses FreeRTOS function uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark. + In case if osThreadGetStackSpace is not used in the application image, compiler will + optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadGetPriority uses FreeRTOS function uxTaskPriorityGet. In case if + osThreadGetPriority is not used in the application image, compiler will optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadSetPriority uses FreeRTOS function vTaskPrioritySet. In case if + osThreadSetPriority is not used in the application image, compiler will optimize it away. + Set #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 API uses FreeRTOS function vTaskDelayUntil to implement functions osThreadGetState + and osThreadTerminate. In case if these functions are not used in the application image, + compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition INCLUDE_eTaskGetState must equal 1 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 API uses FreeRTOS functions vTaskSuspend and vTaskResume to implement + functions osThreadSuspend and osThreadResume. In case if these functions are not + used in the application image, compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1 to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use osThreadSuspend and + osThreadResume they can be excluded from the image code by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_SUSPEND_RESUME == 1) + #error "Definition INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must equal 1 to implement Kernel Information and Control API." + #endif +#endif +#if (INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osEventFlagsSet and osEventFlagsClear, when called from + the ISR, call FreeRTOS functions xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR and + xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR which are only enabled if timers are operational and + xTimerPendFunctionCall in enabled. + Set #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 1 and #define configUSE_TIMERS 1 + to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use osEventFlagsSet and osEventFlagsClear + from the ISR their operation from ISR can be restricted by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_EVENTFLAGS_FROM_ISR == 1) + #error "Definition INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall must equal 1 to implement Event Flags API." + #endif +#endif + +#if (configUSE_TIMERS == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 Timer Management API functions use FreeRTOS timer functions to implement + timer management. In case if these functions are not used in the application image, + compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define configUSE_TIMERS 1 to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use timer functions they can be + excluded from the image code by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_TIMER 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_TIMER == 1) + #error "Definition configUSE_TIMERS must equal 1 to implement Timer Management API." + #endif +#endif + +#if (configUSE_MUTEXES == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 Mutex Management API functions use FreeRTOS mutex functions to implement + mutex management. In case if these functions are not used in the application image, + compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define configUSE_MUTEXES 1 to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use mutex functions they can be + excluded from the image code by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_MUTEX 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_MUTEX == 1) + #error "Definition configUSE_MUTEXES must equal 1 to implement Mutex Management API." + #endif +#endif + +#if (configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 Memory Pool functions use FreeRTOS function xSemaphoreCreateCounting + to implement memory pools. In case if these functions are not used in the application image, + compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES must equal 1 to implement Memory Pool API." +#endif +#if (configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 Thread Flags API functions use FreeRTOS Task Notification functions to implement + thread flag management. In case if these functions are not used in the application image, + compiler will optimize them away. + Set #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1 to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use thread flags functions they can be + excluded from the image code by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_FLAGS == 1) + #error "Definition configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must equal 1 to implement Thread Flags API." + #endif +#endif + +#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 function osThreadEnumerate requires FreeRTOS function uxTaskGetSystemState + which is only enabled if configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1. + Set #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1 to fix this error. + + Alternatively, if the application does not use osThreadEnumerate it can be + excluded from the image code by setting: + #define configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE 0 (in FreeRTOSConfig.h) + */ + #if (configUSE_OS2_THREAD_ENUMERATE == 1) + #error "Definition configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must equal 1 to implement osThreadEnumerate." + #endif +#endif + +#if (configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS relies on 32-bit tick timer which is also optimal on + a 32-bit CPU architectures. + Set #define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be zero to implement CMSIS-RTOS2 API." +#endif + +#if (configMAX_PRIORITIES != 56) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 defines 56 different priorities (see osPriority_t) and portable CMSIS-RTOS2 + implementation should implement the same number of priorities. + Set #define configMAX_PRIORITIES 56 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition configMAX_PRIORITIES must equal 56 to implement Thread Management API." +#endif +#if (configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION != 0) + /* + CMSIS-RTOS2 requires handling of 56 different priorities (see osPriority_t) while FreeRTOS port + optimised selection for Cortex core only handles 32 different priorities. + Set #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 to fix this error. + */ + #error "Definition configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION must be zero to implement Thread Management API." +#endif + +#endif /* FREERTOS_OS2_H_ */ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/LICENSE b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d479d8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of +the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, +subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS +FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR +COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER +IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..507e217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "croutine.h" + +/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */ +#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 ) + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather + * than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + + +/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ +static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ +static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ +static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ +static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ + +/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ +CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; +static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; +static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; + +/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ +#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) + +/* + * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue + * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. + * + * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be + * used from within an ISR. + */ +#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ +{ \ + if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ + } \ + vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ +} + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. + */ +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); + +/* + * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into + * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in + * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready + * list by the co-routine scheduler. + */ +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); + +/* + * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to + * see if any require waking. + * + * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - + * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired + * we need not look any further down the list. + */ +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ) +{ +BaseType_t xReturn; +CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine; + + /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ + pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) ); + if( pxCoRoutine ) + { + /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to + be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ + if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) + { + pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; + prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); + } + + /* Check the priority is within limits. */ + if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; + } + + /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ + pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; + pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; + pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; + pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; + + /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t. + This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item + in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) ); + + /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready + list at the correct priority. */ + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ) +{ +TickType_t xTimeToWake; + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the + overflow list. */ + vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the + current block list. */ + vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxEventList ) + { + /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the + function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ + vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) +{ + /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These + are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access + the ready lists itself. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; + + /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) +{ +CRCB_t *pxCRCB; + + xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; + while( xPassedTicks ) + { + xCoRoutineTickCount++; + xPassedTicks--; + + /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ + if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) + { + List_t * pxTemp; + + /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are + any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ + pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); + + if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + /* Timeout not yet expired. */ + break; + } + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + /* The event could have occurred just before this critical + section. If this is the case then the generic list item will + have been moved to the pending ready list and the following + line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have + been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); + } + } + + xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) +{ + /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ + prvCheckPendingReadyList(); + + /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ + prvCheckDelayedList(); + + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) + { + if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) + { + /* No more co-routines to check. */ + return; + } + --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; + } + + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines + of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); + + /* Call the co-routine. */ + ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); + + return; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) +{ +UBaseType_t uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); + vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); + + /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ) +{ +CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB; +BaseType_t xReturn; + + /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access + event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a + check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */ + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bf3b96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c @@ -0,0 +1,753 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* FreeRTOS includes. */ +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "timers.h" +#include "event_groups.h" + +/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified +because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined +for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the +correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */ + +/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list +item value. It is important they don't clash with the +taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */ +#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 + #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U + #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U + #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U + #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U +#else + #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL + #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL + #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL + #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL +#endif + +typedef struct EventGroupDef_t +{ + EventBits_t uxEventBits; + List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */ + + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber; + #endif + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */ + #endif +} EventGroup_t; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met. + * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is + * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor + * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the + * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set + * in uxCurrentEventBits. + */ +static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) + { + EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; + + /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */ + configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer ); + + #if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 ) + { + /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a + variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real + event group structure. */ + volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t ); + configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); + } /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */ + #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */ + + /* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */ + pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */ + + if( pxEventBits != NULL ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; + vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); + + #if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + { + /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that + this event group was created statically in case the event group + is later deleted. */ + pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE; + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + /* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with + pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time + allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */ + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + + return pxEventBits; + } + +#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) + { + EventGroup_t *pxEventBits; + + /* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as + follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are + aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case + pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the + alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you + follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type + (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the + stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the + TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases, + where the natural word size of the architecture is less than + sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two + or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that + of each individual read. */ + pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */ + + if( pxEventBits != NULL ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0; + vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) ); + + #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + { + /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this + event group was allocated statically in case the event group is + later deleted. */ + pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE; + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */ + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */ + } + + return pxEventBits; + } + +#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) +{ +EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn; +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded; +BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); + #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + { + configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); + } + #endif + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + + if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + /* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */ + uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ); + + /* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared + already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + + xTicksToWait = 0; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ); + + /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the + task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is + found. Then enter the blocked state. */ + vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after + the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a + warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the + assignment is omitted. */ + uxReturn = 0; + } + else + { + /* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was + specified - just return the current event bit value. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this + point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If + the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's + event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ + uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); + + if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Although the task got here because it timed out before the + bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it + unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case + then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */ + if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ + } + + /* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be + returned. */ + uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + } + + traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); + + /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ + ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0; +BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded; +BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel + itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 ); + #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + { + configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) ); + } + #endif + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */ + xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ); + + if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to + block. */ + uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; + xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0; + + /* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */ + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + /* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was + specified, so just return the current value. */ + uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits; + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be + set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of + this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits + unblock the task. */ + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE ) + { + uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the + task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is + found. Then enter the blocked state. */ + vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but + some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable + being returned without being set if it is not done. */ + uxReturn = 0; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ); + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 ) + { + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this + point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If + the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's + event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */ + uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue(); + + if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this + task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */ + if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE ) + { + if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE ) + { + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + else + { + /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */ + } + + /* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */ + uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + } + traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ); + + /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */ + ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred; + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel + itself. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); + + /* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being + cleared. */ + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + + /* Clear the bits. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) + { + BaseType_t xReturn; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ); + xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) +{ +UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus; +EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +EventBits_t uxReturn; + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits; + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return uxReturn; +} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) +{ +ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext; +ListItem_t const *pxListEnd; +List_t const * pxList; +EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits; +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE; + + /* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel + itself. */ + configASSERT( xEventGroup ); + configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 ); + + pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); + pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + + pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ); + + /* Set the bits. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet; + + /* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */ + while( pxListItem != pxListEnd ) + { + pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ); + uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ); + xMatchFound = pdFALSE; + + /* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */ + uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES; + + if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + /* Just looking for single bit being set. */ + if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + xMatchFound = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor ) + { + /* All bits are set. */ + xMatchFound = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */ + } + + if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */ + if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + + /* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list + item before removing the task from the event list. The + eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows + that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather + than because it timed out. */ + vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); + } + + /* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not + used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list + and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */ + pxListItem = pxNext; + } + + /* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT + bit was set in the control word. */ + pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear; + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + return pxEventBits->uxEventBits; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) +{ +EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup; +const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ); + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ); + + while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) + { + /* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted + and cannot therefore have any bits set. */ + configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) ); + vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ); + } + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) + { + /* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free + it again. */ + vPortFree( pxEventBits ); + } + #elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + { + /* The event group could have been allocated statically or + dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */ + if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE ) + { + vPortFree( pxEventBits ); + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */ + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from +an interrupt. */ +void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) +{ + ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from +an interrupt. */ +void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) +{ + ( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) +{ +BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE; + + if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be + set. Is one already set? */ + if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 ) + { + xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + else + { + /* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set. + Are they set already? */ + if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor ) + { + xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER(); + } + } + + return xWaitConditionMet; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) + { + BaseType_t xReturn; + + traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ); + xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */ + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) + + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) + { + UBaseType_t xReturn; + EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ + + if( xEventGroup == NULL ) + { + xReturn = 0; + } + else + { + xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) + { + ( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */ + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a1a497 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h @@ -0,0 +1,1295 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H +#define INC_FREERTOS_H + +/* + * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. + */ +#include + +/* + * If stdint.h cannot be located then: + * + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used. + * + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your + * compiler stores stdint.h. + * + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically + * stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any + * other way). + * + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be + * used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only + * contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions + * in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information. + */ +#include /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Application specific configuration options. */ +#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" + +/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ +#include "projdefs.h" + +/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ +#include "portable.h" + +/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */ +#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT + #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 +#endif + +/* Required if struct _reent is used. */ +#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + #include +#endif +/* + * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. + * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. + */ + +#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + #error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value. +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES + #error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1 + #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION + #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS + #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES + #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet + #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend + #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay + #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay + #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState + #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR + #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall + #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 + #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES + #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1. + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK + #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS + #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS + #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES + #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API + #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB + #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN + #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD + #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 +#endif + +#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 + #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h +#endif + +#ifndef configASSERT + #define configASSERT( x ) + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 0 +#else + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 1 +#endif + +/* configPRECONDITION should be defined as configASSERT. +The CBMC proofs need a way to track assumptions and assertions. +A configPRECONDITION statement should express an implicit invariant or +assumption made. A configASSERT statement should express an invariant that must +hold explicit before calling the code. */ +#ifndef configPRECONDITION + #define configPRECONDITION( X ) configASSERT(X) + #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED 0 +#else + #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED 1 +#endif + +#ifndef portMEMORY_BARRIER + #define portMEMORY_BARRIER() +#endif + +#ifndef portSOFTWARE_BARRIER + #define portSOFTWARE_BARRIER() +#endif + +/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + +#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB + #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK + #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending ) +#endif + +#ifndef portSETUP_TCB + #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE + #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U +#endif + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 ) + #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) + #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE + #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t +#endif + +/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ +#ifndef traceSTART + /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file + into which trace is to be written. */ + #define traceSTART() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEND + /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been + written. */ + #define traceEND() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN + /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the selected task. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT + /* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle + sleep. */ + #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN + /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END + /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT + /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT + /* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a + lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task + that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder + will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the + muted. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT + /* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in + the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task. + pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the + mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND + /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the write. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS + #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H + #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H 0 +#endif + +/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND + #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE + #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE + #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE + #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL + #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY + #define traceTASK_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND + #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME + #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK + #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE + #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED + #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceMALLOC + #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceFREE + #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE + #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup ) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL + #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) +#endif + +#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR + #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD + #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength ) +#endif + +#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 +#endif + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. + #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. + #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + +#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + +#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK + #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT + #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API + #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD +#endif + +#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP + #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) +#endif + +#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP + #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2 +#endif + +#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2 + #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE + #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS + #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT + #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT() +#endif + +#ifndef portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT + #define portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( ulSecureStackSize ) +#endif + +#ifndef portDONT_DISCARD + #define portDONT_DISCARD +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING + #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS + #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS + #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID + #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY + #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER + #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER() +#endif + +#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY + #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR + #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION + #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP + #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS + #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO + #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC + #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION + /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */ + #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION + /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */ + #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE + /* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden + in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */ + #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uint16_t +#endif + +#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE + /* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden + in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes + in a size_t. */ + #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE size_t +#endif + +/* Sanity check the configuration. */ +#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + #if( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 ) + #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0 + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ + +#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) + #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1. +#endif + +#if( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) ) + #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes +#endif + +#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT + #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT 0 +#endif + +#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) + /* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or + portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when + the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */ + #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() + #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) ) +#else + /* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the + tick count is returned can be defined away. */ + #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() + #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 + #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x +#endif + +/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to +V8 if desired. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY + #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configPRINTF + /* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing. To use + configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is + provided by the application writer): + + void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... ); + #define configPRINTF( X ) MyPrintFunction X + + Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around + all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter. For example: + configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */ + #define configPRINTF( X ) +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX + /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define + the following generic implementation. */ + #define configMAX( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) +#endif + +#ifndef configMIN + /* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define + the following generic implementation. */ + #define configMIN( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) ) +#endif + +#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1 + #define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState + #define portTickType TickType_t + #define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t + #define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t + #define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t + #define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t + #define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t + #define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t + #define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t + #define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t + #define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t + #define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t + #define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t + #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t + #define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS + #define pcTaskGetTaskName pcTaskGetName + #define pcTimerGetTimerName pcTimerGetName + #define pcQueueGetQueueName pcQueueGetName + #define vTaskGetTaskInfo vTaskGetInfo + #define xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter + + /* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions + are not really required but are included for completeness. */ + #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t + #define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t + #define xListItem ListItem_t + #define xList List_t + + /* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure + members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */ + #define pxContainer pvContainer +#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */ + +#if( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 ) + #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0 +#endif + +/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even +if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use. +This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating +point support. */ +#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT + #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT 1 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_MPU to 1 to enable MPU support and 0 to disable it. This is +currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_MPU + #define configENABLE_MPU 0 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_FPU to 1 to enable FPU support and 0 to disable it. This is +currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_FPU + #define configENABLE_FPU 1 +#endif + +/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it. +This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */ +#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE + #define configENABLE_TRUSTZONE 1 +#endif + +/* Set configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY to 1 to run the FreeRTOS ARMv8M port on +the Secure Side only. */ +#ifndef configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY + #define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY 0 +#endif + +/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using + * dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known + * that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed. Sometimes the + * FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically + * allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither + * the task's stack or TCB should be freed. Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h + * settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically + * allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the + * stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is + * deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is + * made to free the RAM that was allocated statically. + * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a + * task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM. Note + * that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with + * a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB. + * + * The following table lists various combinations of portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS, + * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and + * when it is possible to have both static and dynamic allocation: + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + * | MPU | Dynamic | Static | Available Functions | Possible Allocations | Both Dynamic and | Need Free | + * | | | | | | Static Possible | | + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + * | 0 | 0 | 1 | xTaskCreateStatic | TCB - Static, Stack - Static | No | No | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 0 | 1 | 0 | xTaskCreate | TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | No | Yes | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 0 | 1 | 1 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateStatic | 2. TCB - Static, Stack - Static | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 0 | 1 | xTaskCreateStatic, | TCB - Static, Stack - Static | No | No | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic | | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 1 | 0 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestricted | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static | | | + * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------| + * | 1 | 1 | 1 | xTaskCreate, | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes | Yes | + * | | | | xTaskCreateStatic, | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static | | | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestricted, | 3. TCB - Static, Stack - Static | | | + * | | | | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic | | | | + * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+ + */ +#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE ( ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || \ + ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) ) + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, FreeRTOS implements a strict + * data hiding policy, so the real structures used by FreeRTOS to maintain the + * state of tasks, queues, semaphores, etc. are not accessible to the application + * code. However, if the application writer wants to statically allocate such + * an object then the size of the object needs to be know. Dummy structures + * that are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirements of the + * real objects are used for this purpose. The dummy list and list item + * structures below are used for inclusion in such a dummy structure. + */ +struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + TickType_t xDummy2; + void *pvDummy3[ 4 ]; + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy4; + #endif +}; +typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t; + +/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ +struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + TickType_t xDummy2; + void *pvDummy3[ 2 ]; +}; +typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t; + +/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST +{ + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy1; + #endif + UBaseType_t uxDummy2; + void *pvDummy3; + StaticMiniListItem_t xDummy4; + #if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 ) + TickType_t xDummy5; + #endif +} StaticList_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the Task structure used internally by + * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application + * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then + * the size of the task object needs to be know. The StaticTask_t structure + * below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment requirements are + * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which + * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h + * are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will + * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB +{ + void *pxDummy1; + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + xMPU_SETTINGS xDummy2; + #endif + StaticListItem_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; + UBaseType_t uxDummy5; + void *pxDummy6; + uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ]; + #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) ) + void *pxDummy8; + #endif + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy9; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy10[ 2 ]; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy12[ 2 ]; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + void *pxDummy14; + #endif + #if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 ) + void *pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ]; + #endif + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + uint32_t ulDummy16; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + struct _reent xDummy17; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) + uint32_t ulDummy18; + uint8_t ucDummy19; + #endif + #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) + uint8_t uxDummy20; + #endif + + #if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) + uint8_t ucDummy21; + #endif + #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 ) + int iDummy22; + #endif +} StaticTask_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the Queue structure used internally by + * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if the application + * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a queue + * then the size of the queue object needs to be know. The StaticQueue_t + * structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes and alignment + * requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no + * matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope + * users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the + * structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_QUEUE +{ + void *pvDummy1[ 3 ]; + + union + { + void *pvDummy2; + UBaseType_t uxDummy2; + } u; + + StaticList_t xDummy3[ 2 ]; + UBaseType_t uxDummy4[ 3 ]; + uint8_t ucDummy5[ 2 ]; + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucDummy6; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + void *pvDummy7; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy8; + uint8_t ucDummy9; + #endif + +} StaticQueue_t; +typedef StaticQueue_t StaticSemaphore_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the event group structure used + * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if + * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to + * create an event group then the size of the event group object needs to be + * know. The StaticEventGroup_t structure below is provided for this purpose. + * Its sizes and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the + * genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter + * how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat + * obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make + * direct use of the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP +{ + TickType_t xDummy1; + StaticList_t xDummy2; + + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy3; + #endif + + #if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) + uint8_t ucDummy4; + #endif + +} StaticEventGroup_t; + +/* + * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a + * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a + * strict data hiding policy. This means the software timer structure used + * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if + * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to + * create a software timer then the size of the queue object needs to be know. + * The StaticTimer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. Its sizes + * and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine + * structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the + * values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in + * the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of + * the structure members. + */ +typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER +{ + void *pvDummy1; + StaticListItem_t xDummy2; + TickType_t xDummy3; + void *pvDummy5; + TaskFunction_t pvDummy6; + #if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy7; + #endif + uint8_t ucDummy8; + +} StaticTimer_t; + +/* +* In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a +* library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a +* strict data hiding policy. This means the stream buffer structure used +* internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code. However, if +* the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to +* create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be +* know. The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this purpose. +* Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the +* genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter +* how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set. Its contents are somewhat +* obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make +* direct use of the structure members. +*/ +typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER +{ + size_t uxDummy1[ 4 ]; + void * pvDummy2[ 3 ]; + uint8_t ucDummy3; + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + UBaseType_t uxDummy4; + #endif +} StaticStreamBuffer_t; + +/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */ +typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac94611 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H +#define STACK_MACROS_H + +#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */ + #warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released. +#endif + +/* + * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped + * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the + * past. + * + * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check + * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to + * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 + * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value + * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been + * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed + * stack will always be recognised. + */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \ + const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \ + \ + if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \ + ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ + static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */ +#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() +#endif + + + +#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..795d801 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +/** + * @file atomic.h + * @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support. + * + * This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally. + * Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be + * provided under each compiler directory. + */ + +#ifndef ATOMIC_H +#define ATOMIC_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h" +#endif + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section. + * Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h + * + * Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with + * ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(). + * + */ +#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR ) + + /* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */ + #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \ + UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() + + #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \ + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType ) + +#else + + /* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */ + #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + +#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */ + +/* + * Port specific definition -- "always inline". + * Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your + * optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization + * for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h, + * instead of resulting error, simply define it away. + */ +#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE + #define portFORCE_INLINE +#endif + +#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */ +#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */ + +/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic compare-and-swap + * + * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values. + * + * @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and checked. + * @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory. + * @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition. + * + * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped. + * + * @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous + * *pulDestination value equals ulComparand. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination, + uint32_t ulExchange, + uint32_t ulComparand ) +{ +uint32_t ulReturnValue; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( *pulDestination == ulComparand ) + { + *pulDestination = ulExchange; + ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE; + } + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulReturnValue; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic swap (pointers) + * + * @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value + * of *pvExchange. + * + * @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer + * value is to be loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination. + * + * @return The initial value of *ppvDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination, + void * pvExchange ) +{ +void * pReturnValue; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pReturnValue = *ppvDestination; + *ppvDestination = pvExchange; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return pReturnValue; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers) + * + * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer + * values. + * + * @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer + * value is to be loaded and checked. + * @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory. + * @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition. + * + * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped. + * + * @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous + * *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination, + void * pvExchange, + void * pvComparand ) +{ +uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand ) + { + *ppvDestination = pvExchange; + ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS; + } + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulReturnValue; +} + + +/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic add + * + * @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to. + * + * @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend. + * + * @return previous *pulAddend value. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend, + uint32_t ulCount ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulAddend; + *pulAddend += ulCount; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic subtract + * + * @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer + * pointers to. + * + * @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend. + * + * @return previous *pulAddend value. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend, + uint32_t ulCount ) +{ + uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulAddend; + *pulAddend -= ulCount; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic increment + * + * @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to. + * + * @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * + * @return *pulAddend value before increment. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulAddend; + *pulAddend += 1; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic decrement + * + * @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to + * + * @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be + * loaded and written back to. + * + * @return *pulAddend value before decrement. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulAddend; + *pulAddend -= 1; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic OR + * + * @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pulDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulDestination; + *pulDestination |= ulValue; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic AND + * + * @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pulDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulDestination; + *pulDestination &= ulValue; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic NAND + * + * @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pulDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulDestination; + *pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue ); + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * Atomic XOR + * + * @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values. + * + * @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is + * to be loaded and written back to. + * @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination. + * + * @return The original value of *pulDestination. + */ +static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination, + uint32_t ulValue ) +{ +uint32_t ulCurrent; + + ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ulCurrent = *pulDestination; + *pulDestination ^= ulValue; + } + ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return ulCurrent; +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ATOMIC_H */ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed2c161 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h @@ -0,0 +1,720 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H +#define CO_ROUTINE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" +#endif + +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The +control block structure however has to be included in the header due to +the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ +typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t; + +/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t ); + +typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock +{ + crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; + ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ + ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ + UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ + UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ + uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ +} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */ + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
+                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex
+                               );
+ * + * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are + * ready to run. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine + * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB + * documentation for more information. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which + * the co-routine will run. + * + * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that + * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section + * of the WEB documentation for further information. + * + * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+         // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+         // already been created.
+         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+     {
+         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+     }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex ); + + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+ * + * Run a co-routine. + * + * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able + * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is + * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one + * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. + * + * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then + * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task + * hook). + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+	vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        vCoRoutineSchedule();
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crEND();
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crEND() } + +/* + * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation + * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. + */ +#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): +#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
+ * + * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. + * + * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay + * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by + * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS + * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+        // Delay for 200ms.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+        // Do something here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ + if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ + { \ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ + } \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); + +/** + * 
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+                  CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                  QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                  void *pvItemToQueue,
+                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                  BaseType_t *pxResult
+             )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue + * itself. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example + * below). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an + * error defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+
+    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult != pdPASS )
+        {
+            // The message was not posted!
+        }
+
+        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+        xNumberToPost++;
+
+        // Delay for 100 ticks.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+    }
+
+    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+                     CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                     QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                     void *pvBuffer,
+                     TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                     BaseType_t *pxResult
+                 )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the + * crQUEUE_SEND example). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to + * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+ static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
+
+    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult == pdPASS )
+        {
+            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+        }
+    }
+
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvItemToQueue,
+                            BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue + * that is being used from within a co-routine. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto + * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call + * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in + * the value returned from the previous call. + * + * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is + * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following + * the ISR. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         // Was a character received?
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // Process the character here.
+         }
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Obtain the character from the UART.
+         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+         // many characters are posted to the queue.
+         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) + + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvBuffer,
+                            BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data + * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine + * posted to the queue). + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be + * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into + * pvBuffer. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a + * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise + * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise + * pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Send the next character to the queue.
+         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+         }
+		 else
+		 {
+			// Could not post the character to the queue.
+		 }
+
+         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+		 // from the queue and send it.
+		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+		 // declared static.
+		 cCharToTx++;
+		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+		 {
+			cCharToTx = 'a';
+		 }
+		 crDELAY( 100 );
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+		 {
+			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+		 }
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. + * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the + * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application + * writers. + * + * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the + * appropriate delayed list. + */ +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList ); + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. + * The function should not be used by application writers. + * + * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in + * the pending ready list. + */ +BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e048e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H +#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H + + +/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a +pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct +portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour +of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct +portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the +portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The +definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New +projects should not use them. */ + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT + #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _FEDPICC + #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL + #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MSP430 + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS + #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef LPC2000_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR71X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_GCC + #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR91X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_H8S + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef TERN_EE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_HCS12 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC + #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC405 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC440 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ + #ifdef __CORE__ + #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __91467D + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __96340 + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */ + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf8a985 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h @@ -0,0 +1,757 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H +#define EVENT_GROUPS_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h" +#endif + +/* FreeRTOS includes. */ +#include "timers.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a + * meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey + * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN + * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The + * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN + * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the + * CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events + * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified + * bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus + * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore + * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are + * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task + * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or + * send a SYNC). + * + * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race + * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple + * variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect + * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to + * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are + * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a + * 'rendezvous'). + * + * \defgroup EventGroup + */ + + + +/** + * event_groups.h + * + * Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to + * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then + * be used as a parameter to other event group functions. + * + * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +struct EventGroupDef_t; +typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t; + +/* + * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the + * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1, + * 32 bits if set to 0. + * + * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +typedef TickType_t EventBits_t; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
+
+ * + * Create a new event group. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] + * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event + * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. + * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created + * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead + * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. + * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation + * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent + * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If + * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit + * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has + * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store + * event bits within an event group. + * + * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is + * returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the + * event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html + * + * Example usage: + 
+	// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
+	EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
+
+	// Attempt to create the event group.
+	xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
+
+	// Was the event group created successfully?
+	if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
+	{
+		// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
+		// FreeRTOS heap available.
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The event group was created.
+	}
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+ * + * Create a new event group. + * + * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small] + * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event + * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is + * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function. + * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created + * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead + * provide the memory that will get used by the event group. + * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created + * without using any dynamic memory allocation. + * + * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation + * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent + * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If + * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit + * 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has + * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store + * event bits within an event group. + * + * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type + * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data + * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically. + * + * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is + * returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+	// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
+	// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
+	// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
+	// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
+	// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
+	// real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
+	// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
+	// the event group's data structures
+	StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
+
+	// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
+	xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
+
+ */ +#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) + EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( 	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+										const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+										const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+										const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+										const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+ * + * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a + * previously created event group. + * + * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The + * event group must have previously been created using a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). + * + * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test + * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. + * + * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within + * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function + * returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to + * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns. + * + * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then + * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor + * are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to + * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set + * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block + * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait + * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by + * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited + * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know + * which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout + * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If + * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set + * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were + * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to + * pdTRUE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+   const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+		// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
+		// the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
+					xEventGroup,	// The event group being tested.
+					BIT_0 | BIT_4,	// The bits within the event group to wait for.
+					pdTRUE,			// BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
+					pdFALSE,		// Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
+					xTicksToWait );	// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
+			// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
+
+ * + * Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an + * interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. + * + * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear + * in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to + * 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. + * + * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
+								xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+								BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
+			// called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there + * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being + * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed + * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed + * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As + * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service + * routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the + * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer + * task. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared. + * + * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear. + * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09. + * + * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then + * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned + * if the timer service queue was full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	 // The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
+
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// The message was posted successfully.
+		}
+  }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + #define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ) +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+
+ * + * Set bits within an event group. + * This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() + * is a version that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are + * blocked waiting for the bits. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. + * + * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. + * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to + * xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value + * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First, + * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the + * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically + * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any + * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of + * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the + * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
+			// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
+			// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
+		}
+   }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt. + * + * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there + * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being + * set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in + * interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR() + * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the + * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a + * critical section. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set. + * + * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set. + * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3 + * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function + * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the + * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the + * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by + * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be + * requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the + * example code below. + * + * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then + * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned + * if the timer service queue was full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+   BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
+
+		// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
+		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
+							&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		// Was the message posted successfully?
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+			// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
+			// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
+			// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
+			portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+  }
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + #define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) +#endif + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSync(	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+									TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+ * + * Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of + * bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically + * used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other + * tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding. + * + * This function cannot be used from an interrupt. + * + * The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified + * by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In + * this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically + * cleared before the function returns. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The + * event group must have previously been created using a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). + * + * @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining + * if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait + * parameter are set. + * + * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test + * inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set + * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait + * for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. + * + * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited + * for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know + * which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout + * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If + * xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were + * set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were + * automatically cleared. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Bits used by the three tasks.
+ #define TASK_0_BIT		( 1 << 0 )
+ #define TASK_1_BIT		( 1 << 1 )
+ #define TASK_2_BIT		( 1 << 2 )
+
+ #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
+
+ // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks.  It is assumed this event
+ // group has already been created elsewhere.
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
+
+ void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ EventBits_t uxReturn;
+ TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// sync point.  The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
+		// by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
+		// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait a maximum of 100ms
+		// for this to happen.
+		uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
+		{
+			// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
+			// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
+		}
+	}
+ }
+
+ void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	}
+ }
+
+
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function + * cannot be used from an interrupt. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. + * + * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called. + * + * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 ) + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried. + * + * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called. + * + * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR + * \ingroup EventGroup + */ +EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * event_groups.h + *
+	void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+
+ * + * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to + * xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be + * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value. + * + * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted. + */ +void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* For internal use only. */ +void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1) + UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */ + + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0598a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + +/* + * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored + * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by + * application code. + * + * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a + * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in + * descending item value order. + * + * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this + * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at + * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always + * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This + * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of + * the list. + * + * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next + * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer) + * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two + * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is + * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and + * the list item itself. + * + * + * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation + * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro + */ + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h +#endif + +#ifndef LIST_H +#define LIST_H + +/* + * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore + * by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a + * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler + * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via + * a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile + * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance + * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly + * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective + * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and + * deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and + * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that + * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the + * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected + * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile + * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module + * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in + * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced + * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the + * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block). + * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below + * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely. + * + * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to + * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes): + * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile" + */ +#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE + #define configLIST_VOLATILE +#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures, +then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of +the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in +memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or +use of FreeRTOS.*/ +#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) + /* Define the macros to do nothing. */ + #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) + #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) + #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) + #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) + #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) + #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) +#else + /* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */ + #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1; + #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2; + #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1; + #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2; + + /* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */ + #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE + + /* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not + contain its expected value. */ + #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) ) + #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) ) +#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */ + + +/* + * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain. + */ +struct xLIST; +struct xLIST_ITEM +{ + listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */ + configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */ + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */ + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */ + void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */ + struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */ + listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */ +}; +typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */ + +struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM +{ + listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */ + configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; +}; +typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t; + +/* + * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler. + */ +typedef struct xLIST +{ + listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */ + volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems; + ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */ + MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */ + listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */ +} List_t; + +/* + * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item + * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item + * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner ) + +/* + * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is + * used to sort the list in descending order. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can + * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at + * which a task should be unblocked. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given + * list. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Return the list item at the head of the list. + * + * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext ) + +/* + * Return the next list item. + * + * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext ) + +/* + * Return the list item that marks the end of the list + * + * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will + * only have the value true if the list is empty. + * + * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE ) + +/* + * Access macro to return the number of items in the list. + */ +#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list. + * + * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list + * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this + * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in + * a list. + * + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item. + * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \ +{ \ +List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \ + /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \ + /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \ + { \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + } \ + ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \ +} + + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists + * are normally sorted in ascending item value order. + * + * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list. + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be + * returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner ) + +/* + * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a + * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does + * is check to see if the container and the list match. + * + * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within. + * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list. + * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) ) + +/* + * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from). + * + * @param pxListItem The list item being queried. + * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem + */ +#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer ) + +/* + * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as + * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise() + * function. + */ +#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY ) + +/* + * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members + * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a + * marker to the back of the list. + * + * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to + * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list. + * + * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in + * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order). + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list. + * + * \page vListInsert vListInsert + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position + * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple + * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY. + * + * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list. + * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item + * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other + * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before + * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted. + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list. + * + * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that + * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function. + * + * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from + * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter. + * + * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has + * been removed. + * + * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b20c09e --- /dev/null +++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,803 @@ +/* + * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1 + * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of + * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in + * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to + * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of + * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, + * subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all + * copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER + * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org + * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos + * + * 1 tab == 4 spaces! + */ + + +/* + * Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers. + * Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one + * task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable + * length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their + * implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt + * to task and core to core communication scenarios. + * + * ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer + * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers + * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or + * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or + * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the + * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other + * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or + * multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers + * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function + * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send + * block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers + * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function + * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive + * timeout to 0. + * + * Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a + * message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes + * are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with + * the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit + * architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit + * architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer + * by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length + * of the message). + */ + +#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H +#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h" +#endif + +/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */ +#include "stream_buffer.h" + +#if defined( __cplusplus ) +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to + * xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can + * then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(), + * etc. + */ +typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * message_buffer.h + * +
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+ * + * Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See + * xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated + * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time). + * + * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available. + * + * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message + * buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to + * the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to + * store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a + * 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will + * take up 14 bytes of message buffer space. + * + * @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created + * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate + * the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being + * returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully - + * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message + * buffer. + * + * Example use: +
+
+void vAFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
+
+    // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+    // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
+    // dynamically.  Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
+    // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
+
+    if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
+    {
+        // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+        // message buffer.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+    }
+
+
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate + * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement + */ +#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE ) + +/** + * message_buffer.h + * +
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                  uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
+                                                  StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
+
+ * Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See + * xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory. + * + * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the + * pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the + * message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store + * the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit + * architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up + * 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be + * stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1). + * + * @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at + * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which messages are + * copied when they are written to the message buffer. + * + * @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type + * StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data + * structure. + * + * @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the + * created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or + * pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned. + * + * Example use: +
+
+// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages.  The available space
+// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+
+// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
+// buffer.
+static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+
+// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
+StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
+
+void MyFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+                                                 ucBufferStorage,
+                                                 &xMessageBufferStruct );
+
+    // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
+    // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+    // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
+
+    // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
+}
+
+
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic + * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement + */ +#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) + +/** + * message_buffer.h + * +
+size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                           const void *pvTxData,
+                           size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                           TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+ *
+ * Sends a discrete message to the message buffer.  The message can be any
+ * length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
+ * in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
+ * message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
+ * xMessageBufferSend() is called.  The calling task will never block if
+ * xTicksToWait is zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
+ * absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro
+ * pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
+ * a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
+ * the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer.  If the call to
+ * xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
+ * message into the message buffer then zero is returned.  If the call did not
+ * time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+
+    // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+    // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+        // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
+    }
+
+    // Send the string to the message buffer.  Return immediately if there is
+    // not enough space in the buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                  const void *pvTxData,
+                                  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
+ * the message buffer.  The message can be any length that fits within the
+ * buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer.  If the
+ * message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
+ * then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+                                            strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+                                            &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                              void *pvRxData,
+                              size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+

+ *
+ * Receives a discrete message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of
+ * variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
+ * xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
+ * the message buffer is empty.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so
+ * the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.  If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
+ * then zero is returned.  If the length of the message is greater than
+ * xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
+ * zero is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.  Wait in the Blocked
+    // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
+    // a message to become available.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                            sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                            xBlockTime );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                     void *pvRxData,
+                                     size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                     BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
+ * message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of variable length and are
+ * copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                                  ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                                  sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                                  &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic().  If the message
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ */
+#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+

+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is full.  A message buffer is full if it
+ * cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
+ * by a message being removed from the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+

+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
+ * contained.
+ *
+ * A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned.  If the
+ * message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
+ * the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
+ * a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+
+size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+

+ * Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
+ * the message buffer would be full.  When a message is written to the message
+ * buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
+ * message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
+ * of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ 
+ size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+ 

+ * Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
+ * Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
+ * passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
+ * if the message buffer is empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79a185b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
+ * equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
+ * header files.  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
+ * which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
+ * so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+
+/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a2f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+	/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+	included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+	those files. */
+	#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+		/*
+		 * Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
+		 * "MPU_".  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
+		 * version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
+		 * then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
+		 * privileges.
+		 */
+
+		/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTaskCreate								MPU_xTaskCreate
+		#define xTaskCreateStatic						MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
+		#define xTaskCreateRestricted					MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
+		#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions					MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+		#define vTaskDelete								MPU_vTaskDelete
+		#define vTaskDelay								MPU_vTaskDelay
+		#define vTaskDelayUntil							MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+		#define xTaskAbortDelay							MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
+		#define uxTaskPriorityGet						MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+		#define eTaskGetState							MPU_eTaskGetState
+		#define vTaskGetInfo							MPU_vTaskGetInfo
+		#define vTaskPrioritySet						MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+		#define vTaskSuspend							MPU_vTaskSuspend
+		#define vTaskResume								MPU_vTaskResume
+		#define vTaskSuspendAll							MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+		#define xTaskResumeAll							MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+		#define xTaskGetTickCount						MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+		#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks					MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+		#define pcTaskGetName							MPU_pcTaskGetName
+		#define xTaskGetHandle							MPU_xTaskGetHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark				MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+		#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2			MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
+		#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook			MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+		#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle					MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetSystemState					MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
+		#define vTaskList								MPU_vTaskList
+		#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats					MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+		#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter				MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+		#define xTaskGenericNotify						MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
+		#define xTaskNotifyWait							MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
+		#define ulTaskNotifyTake						MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
+		#define xTaskNotifyStateClear					MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
+		#define ulTaskNotifyValueClear					MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear
+		#define xTaskCatchUpTicks						MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
+
+		#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle				MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+		#define vTaskSetTimeOutState					MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
+		#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut					MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
+		#define xTaskGetSchedulerState					MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+		/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xQueueGenericSend						MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+		#define xQueueReceive							MPU_xQueueReceive
+		#define xQueuePeek								MPU_xQueuePeek
+		#define xQueueSemaphoreTake						MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
+		#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting					MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+		#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable					MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
+		#define vQueueDelete							MPU_vQueueDelete
+		#define xQueueCreateMutex						MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+		#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic					MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore			MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic		MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
+		#define xQueueGetMutexHolder					MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+		#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGenericCreate						MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
+		#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic				MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateSet							MPU_xQueueCreateSet
+		#define xQueueAddToSet							MPU_xQueueAddToSet
+		#define xQueueRemoveFromSet						MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
+		#define xQueueSelectFromSet						MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
+		#define xQueueGenericReset						MPU_xQueueGenericReset
+
+		#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			#define vQueueAddToRegistry						MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+			#define vQueueUnregisterQueue					MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+			#define pcQueueGetName							MPU_pcQueueGetName
+		#endif
+
+		/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTimerCreate							MPU_xTimerCreate
+		#define xTimerCreateStatic						MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
+		#define pvTimerGetTimerID						MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
+		#define vTimerSetTimerID						MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
+		#define xTimerIsTimerActive						MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
+		#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle			MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
+		#define xTimerPendFunctionCall					MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
+		#define pcTimerGetName							MPU_pcTimerGetName
+		#define vTimerSetReloadMode						MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
+		#define uxTimerGetReloadMode					MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
+		#define xTimerGetPeriod							MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
+		#define xTimerGetExpiryTime						MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
+		#define xTimerGenericCommand					MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
+
+		/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xEventGroupCreate						MPU_xEventGroupCreate
+		#define xEventGroupCreateStatic					MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
+		#define xEventGroupWaitBits						MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
+		#define xEventGroupClearBits					MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
+		#define xEventGroupSetBits						MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
+		#define xEventGroupSync							MPU_xEventGroupSync
+		#define vEventGroupDelete						MPU_vEventGroupDelete
+
+		/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
+		equivalents. */
+		#define xStreamBufferSend						MPU_xStreamBufferSend
+		#define xStreamBufferReceive					MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
+		#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes		MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
+		#define vStreamBufferDelete						MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
+		#define xStreamBufferIsFull						MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
+		#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty					MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+		#define xStreamBufferReset						MPU_xStreamBufferReset
+		#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable			MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable				MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel			MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate				MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic		MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
+
+
+		/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
+		macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
+		(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+		#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+
+	#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+		/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+		#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section( "freertos_system_calls")))
+
+	#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+	#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+	#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+	#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47ceab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
+Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
+to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
+specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
+file. */
+#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
+
+/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
+did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
+included here.  In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
+must be set in the compiler's include path. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+	#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+	#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
+	#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portARCH_NAME
+	#define portARCH_NAME NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control.  The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#else
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#endif
+#else
+	#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#else
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
+that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
+typedef struct HeapRegion
+{
+	uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
+	size_t xSizeInBytes;
+} HeapRegion_t;
+
+/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
+typedef struct xHeapStats
+{
+	size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes;		/* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
+	size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; 	/* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks;				/* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;	/* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
+	size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;	/* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
+	size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;		/* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
+} HeapStats_t;
+
+/*
+ * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
+ * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
+ * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
+ * pvPortMalloc being called.
+ *
+ * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
+ * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
+ * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
+ * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
+ */
+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
+ * heap state.
+ */
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats );
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control.  This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+	void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75d4155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform.  Defined in this
+ * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
+ */
+typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
+
+/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks.  This macro can be
+overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
+definition here is not suitable for your application. */
+#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
+	#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
+#endif
+
+#define pdFALSE			( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define pdTRUE			( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+
+#define pdPASS			( pdTRUE )
+#define pdFAIL			( pdFALSE )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY	( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL	( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+
+/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY	( -1 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED						( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD							( -5 )
+
+/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
+#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
+	#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
+#else
+	#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
+#endif
+
+/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE			0	/* No errors */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT			2	/* No such file or directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR			4	/* Interrupted system call */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO			5	/* I/O error */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO			6	/* No such device or address */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF			9	/* Bad file number */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN			11	/* No more processes */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK	11	/* Operation would block */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM			12	/* Not enough memory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES			13	/* Permission denied */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT			14	/* Bad address */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY			16	/* Mount device busy */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST			17	/* File exists */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV			18	/* Cross-device link */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV			19	/* No such device */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR		20	/* Not a directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR			21	/* Is a directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL			22	/* Invalid argument */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC			28	/* No space left on device */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE			29	/* Illegal seek */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS			30	/* Read only file system */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH		42	/* Protocol driver not attached */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE			50	/* Invalid exchange */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE			79	/* Inappropriate file type or format */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE		89	/* No more files */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY		90	/* Directory not empty */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 	91	/* File or path name too long */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP		95	/* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS		105	/* No buffer space available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT	109	/* Protocol not available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE		112	/* Address already in use */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT		116	/* Connection timed out */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS	119	/* Connection already in progress */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY		120	/* Socket already connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 	125	/* Address not available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN		127	/* Socket is already connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN		128	/* Socket is not connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM		135	/* No medium inserted */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ			138	/* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED		140	/* Operation canceled. */
+
+/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN		0
+#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN			1
+
+/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
+#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN					pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define pdBIG_ENDIAN					pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb82315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1655 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef QUEUE_H
+#define QUEUE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include queue.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "task.h"
+
+/**
+ * Type by which queues are referenced.  For example, a call to xQueueCreate()
+ * returns an QueueHandle_t variable that can then be used as a parameter to
+ * xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc.
+ */
+struct QueueDefinition; /* Using old naming convention so as not to break kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueHandle_t;
+
+/**
+ * Type by which queue sets are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xQueueCreateSet() returns an xQueueSet variable that can then be used as a
+ * parameter to xQueueSelectFromSet(), xQueueAddToSet(), etc.
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetHandle_t;
+
+/**
+ * Queue sets can contain both queues and semaphores, so the
+ * QueueSetMemberHandle_t is defined as a type to be used where a parameter or
+ * return value can be either an QueueHandle_t or an SemaphoreHandle_t.
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define	queueSEND_TO_BACK		( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define	queueSEND_TO_FRONT		( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+#define queueOVERWRITE			( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
+
+/* For internal use only.  These definitions *must* match those in queue.c. */
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE				( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET					( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX 				( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE	( ( uint8_t ) 2U )
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE	( ( uint8_t ) 3U )
+#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX		( ( uint8_t ) 4U )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ QueueHandle_t xQueueCreate(
+							  UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+							  UBaseType_t uxItemSize
+						  );
+ * 

+ *
+ * Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, queues use two blocks of
+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the queue's data structures.  The
+ * second block is used to hold items placed into the queue.  If a queue is
+ * created using xQueueCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xQueueCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a queue is created using
+ * xQueueCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the queue.  xQueueCreateStatic() therefore allows a queue to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ *
+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
+ *
+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
+ * that will be copied for each posted item.  Each item on the queue must be
+ * the same size.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created queue is returned.  If the queue cannot be created then 0 is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+	if( xQueue1 == 0 )
+	{
+		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
+	}
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue2 == 0 )
+	{
+		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xQueueCreate( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize ) xQueueGenericCreate( ( uxQueueLength ), ( uxItemSize ), ( queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateStatic(
+							  UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+							  UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+							  uint8_t *pucQueueStorageBuffer,
+							  StaticQueue_t *pxQueueBuffer
+						  );
+ * 

+ *
+ * Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, queues use two blocks of
+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the queue's data structures.  The
+ * second block is used to hold items placed into the queue.  If a queue is
+ * created using xQueueCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xQueueCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a queue is created using
+ * xQueueCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the queue.  xQueueCreateStatic() therefore allows a queue to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ *
+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
+ *
+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
+ * that will be copied for each posted item.  Each item on the queue must be
+ * the same size.
+ *
+ * @param pucQueueStorageBuffer If uxItemSize is not zero then
+ * pucQueueStorageBuffer must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
+ * enough to hold the maximum number of items that can be in the queue at any
+ * one time - which is ( uxQueueLength * uxItemsSize ) bytes.  If uxItemSize is
+ * zero then pucQueueStorageBuffer can be NULL.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueueBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticQueue_t, which
+ * will be used to hold the queue's data structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue is created then a handle to the created queue is
+ * returned.  If pxQueueBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ #define QUEUE_LENGTH 10
+ #define ITEM_SIZE sizeof( uint32_t )
+
+ // xQueueBuffer will hold the queue structure.
+ StaticQueue_t xQueueBuffer;
+
+ // ucQueueStorage will hold the items posted to the queue.  Must be at least
+ // [(queue length) * ( queue item size)] bytes long.
+ uint8_t ucQueueStorage[ QUEUE_LENGTH * ITEM_SIZE ];
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( QUEUE_LENGTH, // The number of items the queue can hold.
+							ITEM_SIZE	  // The size of each item in the queue
+							&( ucQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), // The buffer that will hold the items in the queue.
+							&xQueueBuffer ); // The buffer that will hold the queue structure.
+
+	// The queue is guaranteed to be created successfully as no dynamic memory
+	// allocation is used.  Therefore xQueue1 is now a handle to a valid queue.
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueCreateStatic xQueueCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xQueueCreateStatic( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, pxQueueBuffer ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( uxQueueLength ), ( uxItemSize ), ( pucQueueStorage ), ( pxQueueBuffer ), ( queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ) )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSendToToFront(
+								   QueueHandle_t	xQueue,
+								   const void		*pvItemToQueue,
+								   TickType_t		xTicksToWait
+							   );
+ * 

+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference.  This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.  See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSendToBack(
+								   QueueHandle_t	xQueue,
+								   const void		*pvItemToQueue,
+								   TickType_t		xTicksToWait
+							   );
+ * 

+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference.  This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.  See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue
+ * is full.  The  time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSend(
+							  QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue,
+							  TickType_t xTicksToWait
+						 );
+ * 

+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().  It is included for
+ * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros.  It is
+ * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack().
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(
+							  QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue
+						 );
+ * 

+ *
+ * Only for use with queues that have a length of one - so the queue is either
+ * empty or full.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue.  If the queue is already full then overwrite the
+ * value held in the queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ *
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueOverwriteFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue to which the data is being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @return xQueueOverwrite() is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(), and
+ * therefore has the same return values as xQueueSendToFront().  However, pdPASS
+ * is the only value that can be returned because xQueueOverwrite() will write
+ * to the queue even when the queue is already full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+
+ void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue;
+ uint32_t ulVarToSend, ulValReceived;
+
+	// Create a queue to hold one uint32_t value.  It is strongly
+	// recommended *not* to use xQueueOverwrite() on queues that can
+	// contain more than one value, and doing so will trigger an assertion
+	// if configASSERT() is defined.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 1, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+
+	// Write the value 10 to the queue using xQueueOverwrite().
+	ulVarToSend = 10;
+	xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, &ulVarToSend );
+
+	// Peeking the queue should now return 10, but leave the value 10 in
+	// the queue.  A block time of zero is used as it is known that the
+	// queue holds a value.
+	ulValReceived = 0;
+	xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValReceived, 0 );
+
+	if( ulValReceived != 10 )
+	{
+		// Error unless the item was removed by a different task.
+	}
+
+	// The queue is still full.  Use xQueueOverwrite() to overwrite the
+	// value held in the queue with 100.
+	ulVarToSend = 100;
+	xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, &ulVarToSend );
+
+	// This time read from the queue, leaving the queue empty once more.
+	// A block time of 0 is used again.
+	xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulValReceived, 0 );
+
+	// The value read should be the last value written, even though the
+	// queue was already full when the value was written.
+	if( ulValReceived != 100 )
+	{
+		// Error!
+	}
+
+	// ...
+}
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueOverwrite xQueueOverwrite
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, pvItemToQueue ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0, queueOVERWRITE )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend(
+									QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+									const void * pvItemToQueue,
+									TickType_t xTicksToWait
+									BaseType_t xCopyPosition
+								);
+ * 

+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
+ * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full.  The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full.  The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an uint32_t.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( TickType_t ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueuePeek(
+							 QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+							 void * const pvBuffer,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait
+						 );

+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
+ * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
+ * provided.  The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when
+ * the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again
+ * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine.  See
+ * xQueuePeekFromISR() for an alternative that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call.	 The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue
+ * is empty.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+	// queue is already full.
+	pxMessage = & xMessage;
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to peek the data from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+	if( xQueue != 0 )
+	{
+		// Peek a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
+		// message is not immediately available.
+		if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( TickType_t ) 10 ) )
+		{
+			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+			// by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueuePeek xQueuePeek
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR(
+									QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+									void *pvBuffer,
+								);

+ *
+ * A version of xQueuePeek() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
+ * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
+ * provided.  The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when
+ * the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again
+ * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive().
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueuePeekFromISR xQueuePeekFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueReceive(
+								 QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+								 void *pvBuffer,
+								 TickType_t xTicksToWait
+							);

+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue.  The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided.  The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items are removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine.  See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call.	 xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait
+ * is zero and the queue is empty.  The time is defined in tick periods so the
+ * constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is
+ * required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+	// queue is already full.
+	pxMessage = & xMessage;
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+	if( xQueue != 0 )
+	{
+		// Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
+		// message is not immediately available.
+		if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( TickType_t ) 10 ) )
+		{
+			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+			// by vATask.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );

+ *
+ * Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of messages available in the queue.
+ *
+ * \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );

+ *
+ * Return the number of free spaces available in a queue.  This is equal to the
+ * number of items that can be sent to the queue before the queue becomes full
+ * if no items are removed.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of spaces available in the queue.
+ *
+ * \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );

+ *
+ * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
+ * placed on the queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
+										 QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+										 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+									  );
+ 

+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue.  It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+   
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ BaseType_t xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+ 

+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
+										 QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+										 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+									  );
+ 

+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+   
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+ 

+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(
+							  QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue,
+							  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+						 );
+ * 

+ *
+ * A version of xQueueOverwrite() that can be used in an interrupt service
+ * routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * Only for use with queues that can hold a single item - so the queue is either
+ * empty or full.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue.  If the queue is already full then overwrite the
+ * value held in the queue.  The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xQueueOverwriteFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return xQueueOverwriteFromISR() is a macro that calls
+ * xQueueGenericSendFromISR(), and therefore has the same return values as
+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR().  However, pdPASS is the only value that can be
+ * returned because xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will write to the queue even when
+ * the queue is already full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue;
+
+ void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ 	// Create a queue to hold one uint32_t value.  It is strongly
+	// recommended *not* to use xQueueOverwriteFromISR() on queues that can
+	// contain more than one value, and doing so will trigger an assertion
+	// if configASSERT() is defined.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 1, sizeof( uint32_t ) );
+}
+
+void vAnInterruptHandler( void )
+{
+// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be set to pdFALSE before it is used.
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+uint32_t ulVarToSend, ulValReceived;
+
+	// Write the value 10 to the queue using xQueueOverwriteFromISR().
+	ulVarToSend = 10;
+	xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, &ulVarToSend, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	// The queue is full, but calling xQueueOverwriteFromISR() again will still
+	// pass because the value held in the queue will be overwritten with the
+	// new value.
+	ulVarToSend = 100;
+	xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, &ulVarToSend, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	// Reading from the queue will now return 100.
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xHigherPrioritytaskWoken == pdTRUE )
+	{
+		// Writing to the queue caused a task to unblock and the unblocked task
+		// has a priority higher than or equal to the priority of the currently
+		// executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted).  Perform a context
+		// switch so this interrupt returns directly to the unblocked task.
+		portYIELD_FROM_ISR(); // or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() depending on the port.
+	}
+}
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueOverwriteFromISR xQueueOverwriteFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueOVERWRITE )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueSendFromISR(
+									 QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+									 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+									 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+								);
+ 

+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().  It is included
+ * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue.  It is safe to use this function from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+   
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		// Actual macro used here is port specific.
+		portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
+	}
+ }
+ 

+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
+										   QueueHandle_t		xQueue,
+										   const	void	*pvItemToQueue,
+										   BaseType_t	*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+										   BaseType_t	xCopyPosition
+									   );
+ 

+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
+ * of calling this function directly.  xQueueGiveFromISR() is an
+ * equivalent for use by semaphores that don't actually copy any data.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue.  It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR.  In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+   
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post each byte.
+		xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.  Note that the
+	// name of the yield function required is port specific.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
+	{
+		portYIELD_FROM_ISR();
+	}
+ }
+ 

+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * 
+ BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR(
+									   QueueHandle_t	xQueue,
+									   void	*pvBuffer,
+									   BaseType_t *pxTaskWoken
+								   );
+ * 

+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue.  It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue.  If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
+ * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
+ * remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+
+ QueueHandle_t xQueue;
+
+ // Function to create a queue and post some values.
+ void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ char cValueToPost;
+ const TickType_t xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t )0xff;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Post some characters that will be used within an ISR.  If the queue
+	// is full then this task will block for xTicksToWait ticks.
+	cValueToPost = 'a';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
+	cValueToPost = 'b';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
+
+	// ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
+	// becomes full.
+
+	cValueToPost = 'c';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xTicksToWait );
+ }
+
+ // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
+ void vISR_Routine( void )
+ {
+ BaseType_t xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
+ char cRxedChar;
+
+	while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
+	{
+		// A character was received.  Output the character now.
+		vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
+
+		// If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
+		// posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
+		// pdTRUE.  No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
+		// task will be woken.
+	}
+
+	if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR.  These utilities
+ * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks.  The
+ * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and
+ * should not be called directly from application code.  Instead use the macro
+ * wrappers defined within croutine.h.
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
+BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxTaskWoken );
+BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only.  Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(),
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() or xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder() instead of calling
+ * these functions directly.
+ */
+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only.  Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
+ * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Reset a queue back to its original empty state.  The return value is now
+ * obsolete and is always set to pdPASS.
+ */
+#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE )
+
+/*
+ * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes.  Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add
+ * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle
+ * to be available to a kernel aware debugger.  If you are not using a kernel
+ * aware debugger then this function can be ignored.
+ *
+ * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
+ * registry can hold.  configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available.  Its value
+ * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
+ * created - just the number that the registry can hold.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry.  This
+ * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate().  Semaphore and mutex
+ * handles can also be passed in here.
+ *
+ * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle.  This is the
+ * name that the kernel aware debugger will display.  The queue registry only
+ * stores a pointer to the string - so the string must be persistent (global or
+ * preferably in ROM/Flash), not on the stack.
+ */
+#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes.  Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add
+ * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle
+ * to be available to a kernel aware debugger, and vQueueUnregisterQueue() to
+ * remove the queue, semaphore or mutex from the register.  If you are not using
+ * a kernel aware debugger then this function can be ignored.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being removed from the registry.
+ */
+#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes.  Call pcQueueGetName() to look
+ * up and return the name of a queue in the queue registry from the queue's
+ * handle.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue the name of which will be returned.
+ * @return If the queue is in the registry then a pointer to the name of the
+ * queue is returned.  If the queue is not in the registry then NULL is
+ * returned.
+ */
+#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Generic version of the function used to creaet a queue using dynamic memory
+ * allocation.  This is called by other functions and macros that create other
+ * RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Generic version of the function used to creaet a queue using dynamic memory
+ * allocation.  This is called by other functions and macros that create other
+ * RTOS objects that use the queue structure as their base.
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Queue sets provide a mechanism to allow a task to block (pend) on a read
+ * operation from multiple queues or semaphores simultaneously.
+ *
+ * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * A queue set must be explicitly created using a call to xQueueCreateSet()
+ * before it can be used.  Once created, standard FreeRTOS queues and semaphores
+ * can be added to the set using calls to xQueueAddToSet().
+ * xQueueSelectFromSet() is then used to determine which, if any, of the queues
+ * or semaphores contained in the set is in a state where a queue read or
+ * semaphore take operation would be successful.
+ *
+ * Note 1:  See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
+ * for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
+ * simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
+ *
+ * Note 2:  Blocking on a queue set that contains a mutex will not cause the
+ * mutex holder to inherit the priority of the blocked task.
+ *
+ * Note 3:  An additional 4 bytes of RAM is required for each space in a every
+ * queue added to a queue set.  Therefore counting semaphores that have a high
+ * maximum count value should not be added to a queue set.
+ *
+ * Note 4:  A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a
+ * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless
+ * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member.
+ *
+ * @param uxEventQueueLength Queue sets store events that occur on
+ * the queues and semaphores contained in the set.  uxEventQueueLength specifies
+ * the maximum number of events that can be queued at once.  To be absolutely
+ * certain that events are not lost uxEventQueueLength should be set to the
+ * total sum of the length of the queues added to the set, where binary
+ * semaphores and mutexes have a length of 1, and counting semaphores have a
+ * length set by their maximum count value.  Examples:
+ *  + If a queue set is to hold a queue of length 5, another queue of length 12,
+ *    and a binary semaphore, then uxEventQueueLength should be set to
+ *    (5 + 12 + 1), or 18.
+ *  + If a queue set is to hold three binary semaphores then uxEventQueueLength
+ *    should be set to (1 + 1 + 1 ), or 3.
+ *  + If a queue set is to hold a counting semaphore that has a maximum count of
+ *    5, and a counting semaphore that has a maximum count of 3, then
+ *    uxEventQueueLength should be set to (5 + 3), or 8.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue set is created successfully then a handle to the created
+ * queue set is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
+ */
+QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Adds a queue or semaphore to a queue set that was previously created by a
+ * call to xQueueCreateSet().
+ *
+ * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Note 1:  A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a
+ * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless
+ * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member.
+ *
+ * @param xQueueOrSemaphore The handle of the queue or semaphore being added to
+ * the queue set (cast to an QueueSetMemberHandle_t type).
+ *
+ * @param xQueueSet The handle of the queue set to which the queue or semaphore
+ * is being added.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue or semaphore was successfully added to the queue set
+ * then pdPASS is returned.  If the queue could not be successfully added to the
+ * queue set because it is already a member of a different queue set then pdFAIL
+ * is returned.
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Removes a queue or semaphore from a queue set.  A queue or semaphore can only
+ * be removed from a set if the queue or semaphore is empty.
+ *
+ * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param xQueueOrSemaphore The handle of the queue or semaphore being removed
+ * from the queue set (cast to an QueueSetMemberHandle_t type).
+ *
+ * @param xQueueSet The handle of the queue set in which the queue or semaphore
+ * is included.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue or semaphore was successfully removed from the queue set
+ * then pdPASS is returned.  If the queue was not in the queue set, or the
+ * queue (or semaphore) was not empty, then pdFAIL is returned.
+ */
+BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * xQueueSelectFromSet() selects from the members of a queue set a queue or
+ * semaphore that either contains data (in the case of a queue) or is available
+ * to take (in the case of a semaphore).  xQueueSelectFromSet() effectively
+ * allows a task to block (pend) on a read operation on all the queues and
+ * semaphores in a queue set simultaneously.
+ *
+ * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Note 1:  See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
+ * for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
+ * simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
+ *
+ * Note 2:  Blocking on a queue set that contains a mutex will not cause the
+ * mutex holder to inherit the priority of the blocked task.
+ *
+ * Note 3:  A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a
+ * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless
+ * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member.
+ *
+ * @param xQueueSet The queue set on which the task will (potentially) block.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum time, in ticks, that the calling task will
+ * remain in the Blocked state (with other tasks executing) to wait for a member
+ * of the queue set to be ready for a successful queue read or semaphore take
+ * operation.
+ *
+ * @return xQueueSelectFromSet() will return the handle of a queue (cast to
+ * a QueueSetMemberHandle_t type) contained in the queue set that contains data,
+ * or the handle of a semaphore (cast to a QueueSetMemberHandle_t type) contained
+ * in the queue set that is available, or NULL if no such queue or semaphore
+ * exists before before the specified block time expires.
+ */
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * A version of xQueueSelectFromSet() that can be used from an ISR.
+ */
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* Not public API functions. */
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* QUEUE_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff21a39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1140 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
+#define SEMAPHORE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "queue.h"
+
+typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
+
+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH	( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH		( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME					( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )

+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
+ *
+ * Macro that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore.  The data size is 0
+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
+ * queue is empty or full.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore.  Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore )																							\
+		{																																	\
+			( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE );	\
+			if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL )																									\
+			{																																\
+				( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) );																					\
+			}																																\
+		}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )

+ *
+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
+ * function.  (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to
+ * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )

+ *
+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
+ * function.  (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is
+ * returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+    // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
+    // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
+    // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
+    // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
+    // return NULL.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+
+    // Rest of task code goes here.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
xSemaphoreTake(
+ *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+ *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
+ *               )

+ *
+ * Macro to obtain a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
+ * the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  A block
+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE
+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
+            // semaphore.
+            xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime )		xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
+ *                          SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
+ *                          TickType_t xBlockTime
+ *                        )
+ *
+ * Macro to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained.  This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  If
+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE if xBlockTime
+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+            // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+            // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+            // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+            // a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+            // available to another task until it has also been given back
+            // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+            // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+            // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+            // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime )	xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )

+ *
+ * Macro to release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR.  See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released.  pdFALSE if an error occurred.
+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues.  An error can occur if there is
+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+            // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+        }
+
+        // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+        // immediately available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
+        {
+            // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+            // semaphore.
+            if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+            {
+                // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+                // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+            }
+        }
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore )		xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )

+ *
+ * Macro to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'.  This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+			// a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+			// available to another task until it has also been given back
+			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+			// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+			// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+			// unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex )	xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )

+ *
+ * Macro to  release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT	10
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
+        // was created before this task was started.
+
+        // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // It is time to execute.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
+            // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+            // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+			// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+    // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+    // ... Do other time functions.
+
+    // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+    ucLocalTickCount++;
+    if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+    {
+        // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+        xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+        // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+        ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+    {
+        // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
+        // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
+        // to find the syntax required.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )	xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
+ xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
+                          SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )

+ *
+ * Macro to  take a semaphore from an ISR.  The semaphore must have
+ * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
+ * is not a common operation.  It is likely to only be useful when taking a
+ * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
+ * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )	xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )

+ *
+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
+ * semaphore is returned.  If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex
+ * data structures then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )

+ *
+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for
+ * the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
+ * mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
+    // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
+    // attempted.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+
+    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+    // so there is no need to check it.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+ #if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )

+ *
+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore.  Should be of type
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer )

+ *
+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure,
+ * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the
+ * created recursive mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
+    // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
+    // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
+    // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
+    // attempted.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+
+    // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+    // so there is no need to check it.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore ) xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )

+ *
+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
+ * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can
+ * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting
+ * semaphore.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting
+ * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
+ *    initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ *        created.
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore.  Null if the semaphore could not be
+ *         created.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+    // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+    // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.
+    }
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer )

+ *
+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
+ * http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a
+ * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
+ *    initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ *        created.
+ *
+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to
+ * the created counting semaphore is returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL
+ * then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ 
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+    // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
+    // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
+    // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
+    // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
+    // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
+    // memory allocation will be used.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+
+    // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
+    // is no need to check its value.
+ }
+ 

+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	#define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * 
void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );

+ *
+ * Delete a semaphore.  This function must be used with care.  For example,
+ * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );

+ *
+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
+ * by a task), return NULL.
+ *
+ * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
+ * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
+ * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
+ * being tested.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * 
TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );

+ *
+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
+ * by a task), return NULL.
+ *
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );

+ *
+ * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns
+ * its current count value.  If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
+ * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
+ * semaphore is not available.
+ *
+ */
+#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore ) uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c505574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )										\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+																										\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )									\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;							\
+		const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;											\
+																										\
+		if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )															\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																								\
+	{																																	\
+	int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;																		\
+	static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = {	tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE };	\
+																																		\
+																																		\
+		pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );																					\
+																																		\
+		/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */																\
+		if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )					\
+		{																																\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );									\
+		}																																\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
+#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3605703
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
+ * interrupt to another.  Their implementation is light weight, making them
+ * particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
+ * scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
+ * receive block time to 0.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
+#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type by which stream buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+struct StreamBufferDef_t;
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
+

+ *
+ * Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
+ * able to hold at any one time.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the stream buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+
+void vAFunction( void )
+{
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
+
+    // Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+    // both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
+    // allocated dynamically.
+    xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
+
+    if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
+    {
+        // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+        // stream buffer.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+    }
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+                                                StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+

+ * Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which streams are
+ * copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+
+// Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams.  The available space
+// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+
+// Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
+// buffer.
+static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+
+// The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
+StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
+
+void MyFunction( void )
+{
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
+
+    xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+                                               xTriggerLevel,
+                                               ucBufferStorage,
+                                               &xStreamBufferStruct );
+
+    // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
+    // parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+    // reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
+
+    // Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
+}
+
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                          const void *pvTxData,
+                          size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+

+ *
+ * Sends bytes to a stream buffer.  The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes   The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
+ * buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
+ * another xDataLengthBytes bytes.  The block time is specified in tick periods,
+ * so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If a task times out
+ * before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
+ * as many bytes as possible.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
+ * the blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer.  If a task times
+ * out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
+ * write as many bytes as possible.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+
+    // Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+    // wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+        // space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
+        // successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
+    }
+
+    // Send the string to the stream buffer.  Return immediately if there is not
+    // enough space in the buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
+        // there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
+        // were sent.  Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
+    }
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+						  const void *pvTxData,
+						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+						  TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                 const void *pvTxData,
+                                 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
+ * the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the example code below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
+ * space for all the bytes to be written.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+// A stream buffer that has already been created.
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+                                           ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+                                           strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+                                           &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
+        // string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+								 const void *pvTxData,
+								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                             void *pvRxData,
+                             size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                             TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+

+ *
+ * Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
+ * be received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
+ * empty.  xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
+ * zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
+ * represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
+ * be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
+ * ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
+ * indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
+ * Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
+ * out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+
+    // Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
+    // Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
+    // maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
+    // available.
+    xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
+                                           ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                           sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                           xBlockTime );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
+        // be processed here....
+    }
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+							 void *pvRxData,
+							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                    void *pvRxData,
+                                    size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                    BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
+ * stream buffer.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+
+// A stream buffer that has already been created.
+StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
+    xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+                                                  ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                                  sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                                  &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
+        // Process the stream here....
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+

+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+									void *pvRxData,
+									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic().  If the stream
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full.  A stream buffer is full if it
+ * does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty.  A stream buffer is empty if
+ * it does not contain any data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state.  Any data that was in
+ * the stream buffer is discarded.  A stream buffer can only be reset if there
+ * are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned.  If there was
+ * a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
+ * stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
+ * equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
+ * is full.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be full.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+

+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
+ * the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
+ * buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
+

+ *
+ * A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
+ * stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
+ * wait for data is moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is
+ * blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
+ * then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
+ * or the task's block time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked
+ * on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
+ * task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
+ * or the task's block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires
+ * before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
+ * many bytes are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
+ * in a trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger
+ * level that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
+ * using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
+ * then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+

+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+												 size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+												 BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+													   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+													   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+													   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+													   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b8639c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2543 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef INC_TASK_H
+#define INC_TASK_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V10.3.1"
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MAJOR 10
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_MINOR 3
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_BUILD 1
+
+/* MPU region parameters passed in ulParameters
+ * of MemoryRegion_t struct. */
+#define tskMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY			( 1UL << 0UL )
+#define tskMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE		( 1UL << 1UL )
+#define tskMPU_REGION_EXECUTE_NEVER		( 1UL << 2UL )
+#define tskMPU_REGION_NORMAL_MEMORY		( 1UL << 3UL )
+#define tskMPU_REGION_DEVICE_MEMORY		( 1UL << 4UL )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Type by which tasks are referenced.  For example, a call to xTaskCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an TaskHandle_t variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task.
+ *
+ * \defgroup TaskHandle_t TaskHandle_t
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+struct tskTaskControlBlock; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock* TaskHandle_t;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
+ * conform.
+ */
+typedef BaseType_t (*TaskHookFunction_t)( void * );
+
+/* Task states returned by eTaskGetState. */
+typedef enum
+{
+	eRunning = 0,	/* A task is querying the state of itself, so must be running. */
+	eReady,			/* The task being queried is in a read or pending ready list. */
+	eBlocked,		/* The task being queried is in the Blocked state. */
+	eSuspended,		/* The task being queried is in the Suspended state, or is in the Blocked state with an infinite time out. */
+	eDeleted,		/* The task being queried has been deleted, but its TCB has not yet been freed. */
+	eInvalid		/* Used as an 'invalid state' value. */
+} eTaskState;
+
+/* Actions that can be performed when vTaskNotify() is called. */
+typedef enum
+{
+	eNoAction = 0,				/* Notify the task without updating its notify value. */
+	eSetBits,					/* Set bits in the task's notification value. */
+	eIncrement,					/* Increment the task's notification value. */
+	eSetValueWithOverwrite,		/* Set the task's notification value to a specific value even if the previous value has not yet been read by the task. */
+	eSetValueWithoutOverwrite	/* Set the task's notification value if the previous value has been read by the task. */
+} eNotifyAction;
+
+/*
+ * Used internally only.
+ */
+typedef struct xTIME_OUT
+{
+	BaseType_t xOverflowCount;
+	TickType_t xTimeOnEntering;
+} TimeOut_t;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used.
+ */
+typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION
+{
+	void *pvBaseAddress;
+	uint32_t ulLengthInBytes;
+	uint32_t ulParameters;
+} MemoryRegion_t;
+
+/*
+ * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task.
+ */
+typedef struct xTASK_PARAMETERS
+{
+	TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode;
+	const char * const pcName;	/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth;
+	void *pvParameters;
+	UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+	StackType_t *puxStackBuffer;
+	MemoryRegion_t xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ];
+	#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer;
+	#endif
+} TaskParameters_t;
+
+/* Used with the uxTaskGetSystemState() function to return the state of each task
+in the system. */
+typedef struct xTASK_STATUS
+{
+	TaskHandle_t xHandle;			/* The handle of the task to which the rest of the information in the structure relates. */
+	const char *pcTaskName;			/* A pointer to the task's name.  This value will be invalid if the task was deleted since the structure was populated! */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	UBaseType_t xTaskNumber;		/* A number unique to the task. */
+	eTaskState eCurrentState;		/* The state in which the task existed when the structure was populated. */
+	UBaseType_t uxCurrentPriority;	/* The priority at which the task was running (may be inherited) when the structure was populated. */
+	UBaseType_t uxBasePriority;		/* The priority to which the task will return if the task's current priority has been inherited to avoid unbounded priority inversion when obtaining a mutex.  Only valid if configUSE_MUTEXES is defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+	uint32_t ulRunTimeCounter;		/* The total run time allocated to the task so far, as defined by the run time stats clock.  See http://www.freertos.org/rtos-run-time-stats.html.  Only valid when configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+	StackType_t *pxStackBase;		/* Points to the lowest address of the task's stack area. */
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackHighWaterMark;	/* The minimum amount of stack space that has remained for the task since the task was created.  The closer this value is to zero the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack. */
+} TaskStatus_t;
+
+/* Possible return values for eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus(). */
+typedef enum
+{
+	eAbortSleep = 0,		/* A task has been made ready or a context switch pended since portSUPPORESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() was called - abort entering a sleep mode. */
+	eStandardSleep,			/* Enter a sleep mode that will not last any longer than the expected idle time. */
+	eNoTasksWaitingTimeout	/* No tasks are waiting for a timeout so it is safe to enter a sleep mode that can only be exited by an external interrupt. */
+} eSleepModeStatus;
+
+/**
+ * Defines the priority used by the idle task.  This must not be modified.
+ *
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY			( ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro for forcing a context switch.
+ *
+ * \defgroup taskYIELD taskYIELD
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskYIELD()					portYIELD()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region.  Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \defgroup taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL()		portENTER_CRITICAL()
+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region.  Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \defgroup taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL()			portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts.
+ *
+ * \defgroup taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts.
+ *
+ * \defgroup taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS()		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState().  taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED is
+0 to generate more optimal code when configASSERT() is defined as the constant
+is used in assert() statements. */
+#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED		( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED	( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING		( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ BaseType_t xTaskCreate(
+							  TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode,
+							  const char * const pcName,
+							  configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+							  void *pvParameters,
+							  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+							  TaskHandle_t *pvCreatedTask
+						  );

+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, tasks use two blocks of
+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the task's data structures.  The
+ * second block is used by the task as its stack.  If a task is created using
+ * xTaskCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically dynamically
+ * allocated inside the xTaskCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a task is created using
+ * xTaskCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the required
+ * memory.  xTaskCreateStatic() therefore allows a task to be created without
+ * using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * See xTaskCreateStatic() for a version that does not use any dynamic memory
+ * allocation.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted
+ * access to the entire microcontroller memory map.  Systems that include MPU
+ * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted().
+ *
+ * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function.  Tasks
+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
+ *
+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task.  This is mainly used to
+ * facilitate debugging.  Max length defined by configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default
+ * is 16.
+ *
+ * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes.  For example, if
+ * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes
+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
+ * being created.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run.  Systems that
+ * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system)
+ * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter.  For
+ * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter
+ * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ).
+ *
+ * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file projdefs.h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ // Task to be created.
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates a task.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ static uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
+
+	 // Create the task, storing the handle.  Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
+	 // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static.  If it was just an
+	 // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
+	 // the new task attempts to access it.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+	 configASSERT( xHandle );
+
+	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
+	 if( xHandle != NULL )
+	 {
+	 	vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+	 }
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+							const char * const pcName,	/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+							const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+							void * const pvParameters,
+							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pvTaskCode,
+								 const char * const pcName,
+								 uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+								 void *pvParameters,
+								 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+								 StackType_t *pxStackBuffer,
+								 StaticTask_t *pxTaskBuffer );

+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, tasks use two blocks of
+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the task's data structures.  The
+ * second block is used by the task as its stack.  If a task is created using
+ * xTaskCreate() then both blocks of memory are automatically dynamically
+ * allocated inside the xTaskCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a task is created using
+ * xTaskCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the required
+ * memory.  xTaskCreateStatic() therefore allows a task to be created without
+ * using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function.  Tasks
+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
+ *
+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task.  This is mainly used to
+ * facilitate debugging.  The maximum length of the string is defined by
+ * configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ *
+ * @param ulStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes.  For example, if
+ * the stack is 32-bits wide and ulStackDepth is defined as 100 then 400 bytes
+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
+ * being created.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task will run.
+ *
+ * @param pxStackBuffer Must point to a StackType_t array that has at least
+ * ulStackDepth indexes - the array will then be used as the task's stack,
+ * removing the need for the stack to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTask_t, which will
+ * then be used to hold the task's data structures, removing the need for the
+ * memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If neither pxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer are NULL, then the task will
+ * be created and a handle to the created task is returned.  If either
+ * pxStackBuffer or pxTaskBuffer are NULL then the task will not be created and
+ * NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+
+    // Dimensions the buffer that the task being created will use as its stack.
+    // NOTE:  This is the number of words the stack will hold, not the number of
+    // bytes.  For example, if each stack item is 32-bits, and this is set to 100,
+    // then 400 bytes (100 * 32-bits) will be allocated.
+    #define STACK_SIZE 200
+
+    // Structure that will hold the TCB of the task being created.
+    StaticTask_t xTaskBuffer;
+
+    // Buffer that the task being created will use as its stack.  Note this is
+    // an array of StackType_t variables.  The size of StackType_t is dependent on
+    // the RTOS port.
+    StackType_t xStack[ STACK_SIZE ];
+
+    // Function that implements the task being created.
+    void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+    {
+        // The parameter value is expected to be 1 as 1 is passed in the
+        // pvParameters value in the call to xTaskCreateStatic().
+        configASSERT( ( uint32_t ) pvParameters == 1UL );
+
+        for( ;; )
+        {
+            // Task code goes here.
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Function that creates a task.
+    void vOtherFunction( void )
+    {
+        TaskHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
+
+        // Create the task without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+        xHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(
+                      vTaskCode,       // Function that implements the task.
+                      "NAME",          // Text name for the task.
+                      STACK_SIZE,      // Stack size in words, not bytes.
+                      ( void * ) 1,    // Parameter passed into the task.
+                      tskIDLE_PRIORITY,// Priority at which the task is created.
+                      xStack,          // Array to use as the task's stack.
+                      &xTaskBuffer );  // Variable to hold the task's data structure.
+
+        // puxStackBuffer and pxTaskBuffer were not NULL, so the task will have
+        // been created, and xHandle will be the task's handle.  Use the handle
+        // to suspend the task.
+        vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+    }
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateStatic xTaskCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( TaskParameters_t *pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );

+ *
+ * Only available when configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 1.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access
+ * permissions allocated to the task.
+ *
+ * See xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic() for a version that does not use any
+ * dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member
+ * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API
+ * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region
+ * definitions.
+ *
+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file projdefs.h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+// Create an TaskParameters_t structure that defines the task to be created.
+static const TaskParameters_t xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+	vATask,		// pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+	"ATask",	// pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+	100,		// usStackDepth	- the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+	NULL,		// pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+	( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+	cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+	// xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+	// the task, with appropriate access permissions.  Different processors have
+	// different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+	// for full information.
+	{
+		// Base address					Length	Parameters
+		{ cReadWriteArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+		{ cReadOnlyArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+		{ cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray,	128,	portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+	}
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	// Create a task from the const structure defined above.  The task handle
+	// is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+	// demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+	xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+	// Start the scheduler.
+	vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+	// Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+	// and/or timer task.
+	for( ;; );
+}
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( TaskParameters_t *pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );

+ *
+ * Only available when configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set to 1.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic() should only be used in systems that include an
+ * MPU implementation.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, tasks use two blocks of
+ * memory.  The first block is used to hold the task's data structures.  The
+ * second block is used by the task as its stack.  If a task is created using
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted() then the stack is provided by the application writer,
+ * and the memory used to hold the task's data structure is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTaskCreateRestricted() function.  If a task
+ * is created using xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic() then the application writer
+ * must provide the memory used to hold the task's data structures too.
+ * xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic() therefore allows a memory protected task to be
+ * created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member
+ * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API
+ * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region
+ * definitions.  If configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set to 1 the structure
+ * contains an additional member, which is used to point to a variable of type
+ * StaticTask_t - which is then used to hold the task's data structure.
+ *
+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file projdefs.h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+// Create an TaskParameters_t structure that defines the task to be created.
+// The StaticTask_t variable is only included in the structure when
+// configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set to 1.  The PRIVILEGED_DATA macro can
+// be used to force the variable into the RTOS kernel's privileged data area.
+static PRIVILEGED_DATA StaticTask_t xTaskBuffer;
+static const TaskParameters_t xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+	vATask,		// pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+	"ATask",	// pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+	100,		// usStackDepth	- the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+	NULL,		// pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+	( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+	cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+	// xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+	// the task, with appropriate access permissions.  Different processors have
+	// different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+	// for full information.
+	{
+		// Base address					Length	Parameters
+		{ cReadWriteArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+		{ cReadOnlyArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+		{ cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray,	128,	portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+	}
+
+	&xTaskBuffer; // Holds the task's data structure.
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	// Create a task from the const structure defined above.  The task handle
+	// is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+	// demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+	xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+	// Start the scheduler.
+	vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+	// Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+	// and/or timer task.
+	for( ;; );
+}
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions );

+ *
+ * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by
+ * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted().  These regions can be redefined using
+ * vTaskAllocateMPURegions().
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xRegions A pointer to an MemoryRegion_t structure that contains the
+ * new memory region definitions.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+// Define an array of MemoryRegion_t structures that configures an MPU region
+// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
+// ucOneKByte array.  The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
+// unused so set to zero.
+static const MemoryRegion_t xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
+{
+	// Base address		Length		Parameters
+	{ ucOneKByte,		1024,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+	{ 0,				0,			0 },
+	{ 0,				0,			0 }
+};
+
+void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+	// This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
+	// memory as defined by the MPU configuration.  At some point it is
+	// desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
+	// xAltRegions const struct above.  Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
+	// for this purpose.  NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
+	// function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
+	vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
+
+	// Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
+	// access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
+	// defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
+}
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernel's management.  The task being
+ * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists.
+ *
+ * NOTE:  The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated
+ * memory from tasks that have been deleted.  It is therefore important that
+ * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your
+ * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete ().  Memory allocated by the
+ * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task
+ * is deleted.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises
+ * vTaskDelete ().
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task to be deleted.  Passing NULL will
+ * cause the calling task to be deleted.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	 // Create the task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
+	 vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay );

+ *
+ * Delay a task for a given number of ticks.  The actual time that the
+ * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate.  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ *
+ * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to
+ * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called.  For example, specifying a block
+ * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after
+ * vTaskDelay() is called.  vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method
+ * of controlling the frequency of a periodic task as the path taken through the
+ * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency
+ * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task
+ * next executes.  See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed
+ * to facilitate fixed frequency execution.  It does this by specifying an
+ * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that
+ * the calling task should block.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Block for 500ms.
+ const TickType_t xDelay = 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle.
+		 vToggleLED();
+		 vTaskDelay( xDelay );
+	 }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t *pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Delay a task until a specified time.  This function can be used by periodic
+ * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency.
+ *
+ * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect:  vTaskDelay () will
+ * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is
+ * called.  It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed
+ * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task
+ * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the
+ * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times
+ * each time it executes].
+ *
+ * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function
+ * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
+ * task was last unblocked.  The variable must be initialised with the current time
+ * prior to its first use (see the example below).  Following this the variable is
+ * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil ().
+ *
+ * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period.  The task will be unblocked at
+ * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement.  Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the
+ * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with
+ * a fixed interface period.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ TickType_t xLastWakeTime;
+ const TickType_t xFrequency = 10;
+
+	 // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
+	 xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Wait for the next cycle.
+		 vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
+
+		 // Perform action here.
+	 }
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay must be defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * function to be available.
+ *
+ * A task will enter the Blocked state when it is waiting for an event.  The
+ * event it is waiting for can be a temporal event (waiting for a time), such
+ * as when vTaskDelay() is called, or an event on an object, such as when
+ * xQueueReceive() or ulTaskNotifyTake() is called.  If the handle of a task
+ * that is in the Blocked state is used in a call to xTaskAbortDelay() then the
+ * task will leave the Blocked state, and return from whichever function call
+ * placed the task into the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * There is no 'FromISR' version of this function as an interrupt would need to
+ * know which object a task was blocked on in order to know which actions to
+ * take.  For example, if the task was blocked on a queue the interrupt handler
+ * would then need to know if the queue was locked.
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task to remove from the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return If the task referenced by xTask was not in the Blocked state then
+ * pdFAIL is returned.  Otherwise pdPASS is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskAbortDelay xTaskAbortDelay
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Obtain the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried.  Passing a NULL
+ * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned.
+ *
+ * @return The priority of xTask.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
+	 // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
+	 // it itself.
+	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+	 {
+		 // The task has changed it's priority.
+	 }
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Is our priority higher than the created task?
+	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
+	 {
+		 // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
+	 }
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * A version of uxTaskPriorityGet() that can be used from an ISR.
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_eTaskGetState must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Obtain the state of any task.  States are encoded by the eTaskState
+ * enumerated type.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried.
+ *
+ * @return The state of xTask at the time the function was called.  Note the
+ * state of the task might change between the function being called, and the
+ * functions return value being tested by the calling task.
+ */
+eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available.  See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Populates a TaskStatus_t structure with information about a task.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task being queried.  If xTask is NULL then
+ * information will be returned about the calling task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskStatus A pointer to the TaskStatus_t structure that will be
+ * filled with information about the task referenced by the handle passed using
+ * the xTask parameter.
+ *
+ * @xGetFreeStackSpace The TaskStatus_t structure contains a member to report
+ * the stack high water mark of the task being queried.  Calculating the stack
+ * high water mark takes a relatively long time, and can make the system
+ * temporarily unresponsive - so the xGetFreeStackSpace parameter is provided to
+ * allow the high water mark checking to be skipped.  The high watermark value
+ * will only be written to the TaskStatus_t structure if xGetFreeStackSpace is
+ * not set to pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * @param eState The TaskStatus_t structure contains a member to report the
+ * state of the task being queried.  Obtaining the task state is not as fast as
+ * a simple assignment - so the eState parameter is provided to allow the state
+ * information to be omitted from the TaskStatus_t structure.  To obtain state
+ * information then set eState to eInvalid - otherwise the value passed in
+ * eState will be reported as the task state in the TaskStatus_t structure.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+ TaskStatus_t xTaskDetails;
+
+    // Obtain the handle of a task from its name.
+    xHandle = xTaskGetHandle( "Task_Name" );
+
+    // Check the handle is not NULL.
+    configASSERT( xHandle );
+
+    // Use the handle to obtain further information about the task.
+    vTaskGetInfo( xHandle,
+                  &xTaskDetails,
+                  pdTRUE, // Include the high water mark in xTaskDetails.
+                  eInvalid ); // Include the task state in xTaskDetails.
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskGetInfo vTaskGetInfo
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Set the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority
+ * being set is higher than the currently executing task.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set.
+ * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set.
+ *
+ * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
+	 vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
+	 vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Suspend any task.  When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller
+ * processing time, no matter what its priority.
+ *
+ * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative -
+ * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one
+ * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended.  Passing a NULL
+ * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+	 //...
+
+
+	 // Suspend ourselves.
+	 vTaskSuspend( NULL );
+
+	 // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
+	 // with our handle as the parameter.
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Resumes a suspended task.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one or more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * vTaskResume ().
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+	 //...
+
+
+	 // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
+	 vTaskResume( xHandle );
+
+	 // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
+	 // time in accordance with its priority within the system.
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available.  See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one or more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * xTaskResumeFromISR ().
+ *
+ * xTaskResumeFromISR() should not be used to synchronise a task with an
+ * interrupt if there is a chance that the interrupt could arrive prior to the
+ * task being suspended - as this can lead to interrupts being missed. Use of a
+ * semaphore as a synchronisation mechanism would avoid this eventuality.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if resuming the task should result in a context switch,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE. This is used by the ISR to determine if a context switch
+ * may be required following the ISR.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER CONTROL
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskStartScheduler( void );

+ *
+ * Starts the real time kernel tick processing.  After calling the kernel
+ * has control over which tasks are executed and when.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating
+ * tasks and starting the kernel.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+	 // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
+ }
+   

+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskEndScheduler( void );

+ *
+ * NOTE:  At the time of writing only the x86 real mode port, which runs on a PC
+ * in place of DOS, implements this function.
+ *
+ * Stops the real time kernel tick.  All created tasks will be automatically
+ * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will
+ * stop.  Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler ()
+ * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an
+ * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the
+ * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port).  This
+ * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick.
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the
+ * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application
+ * tasks.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
+		 // so call ...
+		 vTaskEndScheduler ();
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+	 // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
+	 // vTaskEndScheduler ().  When we get here we are back to single task
+	 // execution.
+ }
+   

+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskSuspendAll( void );

+ *
+ * Suspends the scheduler without disabling interrupts.  Context switches will
+ * not occur while the scheduler is suspended.
+ *
+ * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute
+ * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been
+ * made.
+ *
+ * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example,
+ * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler
+ * is suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
+		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+		 // ticks.
+
+		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
+		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
+		 // tick count will be maintained.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.
+		 xTaskResumeAll ();
+	 }
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void );

+ *
+ * Resumes scheduler activity after it was suspended by a call to
+ * vTaskSuspendAll().
+ *
+ * xTaskResumeAll() only resumes the scheduler.  It does not unsuspend tasks
+ * that were previously suspended by a call to vTaskSuspend().
+ *
+ * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is
+ *		  returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
+		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+		 // ticks.
+
+		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
+		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
+		 // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.  We want to force
+		 // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
+		 // caused a context switch already.
+		 if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
+		 {
+			  taskYIELD ();
+		 }
+	 }
+ }
+   

+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK UTILITIES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void );

+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );

+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an
+ * ISR - provided that TickType_t is the natural word size of the
+ * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or
+ * not being used.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCountFromISR xTaskGetTickCountFromISR
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
uint16_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );

+ *
+ * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing.
+ * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks.  A task that
+ * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be
+ * included in the count.
+ *
+ * \defgroup uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery );

+ *
+ * @return The text (human readable) name of the task referenced by the handle
+ * xTaskToQuery.  A task can query its own name by either passing in its own
+ * handle, or by setting xTaskToQuery to NULL.
+ *
+ * \defgroup pcTaskGetName pcTaskGetName
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery );

+ *
+ * NOTE:  This function takes a relatively long time to complete and should be
+ * used sparingly.
+ *
+ * @return The handle of the task that has the human readable name pcNameToQuery.
+ * NULL is returned if no matching name is found.  INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle
+ * must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for pcTaskGetHandle() to be available.
+ *
+ * \defgroup pcTaskGetHandle pcTaskGetHandle
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask.  That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in words, so
+ * actual spaces on the stack rather than bytes) since the task referenced by
+ * xTask was created.
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask.  That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started.  The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in words, so
+ * actual spaces on the stack rather than bytes) since the task referenced by
+ * xTask was created.
+ */
+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include task.h before
+FreeRTOS.h.  When this is done TaskHookFunction_t will not yet have been defined,
+so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error.  This can be
+fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless
+they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration
+constant. */
+#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+	#if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1
+		/**
+		 * task.h
+		 * 
void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction );

+		 *
+		 * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask.
+		 * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook
+		 * function.
+		 */
+		void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+		/**
+		 * task.h
+		 * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+		 *
+		 * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Do not
+		 * call from an interrupt service routine - call
+		 * xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR() instead.
+		 */
+		TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+		/**
+		 * task.h
+		 * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+		 *
+		 * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.  Can
+		 * be called from an interrupt service routine.
+		 */
+		TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
+#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+
+	/* Each task contains an array of pointers that is dimensioned by the
+	configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  The
+	kernel does not use the pointers itself, so the application writer can use
+	the pointers for any purpose they wish.  The following two functions are
+	used to set and query a pointer respectively. */
+	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter );

+ *
+ * Calls the hook function associated with xTask.  Passing xTask as NULL has
+ * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function.
+ *
+ * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it
+ * wants.  The return value is the value returned by the task hook function
+ * registered by the user.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is only available if
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ *
+ * Simply returns the handle of the idle task.  It is not valid to call
+ * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
+ */
+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState() to be available.
+ *
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState() populates an TaskStatus_t structure for each task in
+ * the system.  TaskStatus_t structures contain, among other things, members
+ * for the task handle, task name, task priority, task state, and total amount
+ * of run time consumed by the task.  See the TaskStatus_t structure
+ * definition in this file for the full member list.
+ *
+ * NOTE:  This function is intended for debugging use only as its use results in
+ * the scheduler remaining suspended for an extended period.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskStatusArray A pointer to an array of TaskStatus_t structures.
+ * The array must contain at least one TaskStatus_t structure for each task
+ * that is under the control of the RTOS.  The number of tasks under the control
+ * of the RTOS can be determined using the uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks() API function.
+ *
+ * @param uxArraySize The size of the array pointed to by the pxTaskStatusArray
+ * parameter.  The size is specified as the number of indexes in the array, or
+ * the number of TaskStatus_t structures contained in the array, not by the
+ * number of bytes in the array.
+ *
+ * @param pulTotalRunTime If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is set to 1 in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h then *pulTotalRunTime is set by uxTaskGetSystemState() to the
+ * total run time (as defined by the run time stats clock, see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/rtos-run-time-stats.html) since the target booted.
+ * pulTotalRunTime can be set to NULL to omit the total run time information.
+ *
+ * @return The number of TaskStatus_t structures that were populated by
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState().  This should equal the number returned by the
+ * uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks() API function, but will be zero if the value passed
+ * in the uxArraySize parameter was too small.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   
+    // This example demonstrates how a human readable table of run time stats
+	// information is generated from raw data provided by uxTaskGetSystemState().
+	// The human readable table is written to pcWriteBuffer
+	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	uint32_t ulTotalRunTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+		// Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string.
+		*pcWriteBuffer = 0x00;
+
+		// Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		// function is executing.
+		uxArraySize = uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks();
+
+		// Allocate a TaskStatus_t structure for each task.  An array could be
+		// allocated statically at compile time.
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxArraySize * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) );
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			// Generate raw status information about each task.
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalRunTime );
+
+			// For percentage calculations.
+			ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL;
+
+			// Avoid divide by zero errors.
+			if( ulTotalRunTime > 0 )
+			{
+				// For each populated position in the pxTaskStatusArray array,
+				// format the raw data as human readable ASCII data
+				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+				{
+					// What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+					// This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+					// ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100.
+					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime;
+
+					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+					{
+						sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						// If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+						// consumed less than 1% of the total run time.
+						sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+					}
+
+					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer );
+				}
+			}
+
+			// The array is no longer needed, free the memory it consumes.
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+	}
+	

+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS must
+ * both be defined as 1 for this function to be available.  See the
+ * configuration section of the FreeRTOS.org website for more information.
+ *
+ * NOTE 1: This function will disable interrupts for its duration.  It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack
+ * usage high water mark.
+ *
+ * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or
+ * suspended ('S').
+ *
+ * PLEASE NOTE:
+ *
+ * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many of the
+ * demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the scheduler.
+ *
+ * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that displays task
+ * names, states and stack usage.
+ *
+ * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that might
+ * bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different results on
+ * different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party, and limited
+ * functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in many of the
+ * FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called printf-stdarg.c (note
+ * printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full snprintf() implementation!).
+ *
+ * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+ * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly through a
+ * call to vTaskList().
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
+ * will be written, in ASCII form.  This buffer is assumed to be large
+ * enough to contain the generated report.  Approximately 40 bytes per
+ * task should be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskList vTaskList
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );

+ *
+ * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
+ * must both be defined as 1 for this function to be available.  The application
+ * must also then provide definitions for
+ * portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE()
+ * to configure a peripheral timer/counter and return the timers current count
+ * value respectively.  The counter should be at least 10 times the frequency of
+ * the tick count.
+ *
+ * NOTE 1: This function will disable interrupts for its duration.  It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+ * accumulated execution time being stored for each task.  The resolution
+ * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+ * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+ * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each
+ * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage
+ * of the total system execution time.
+ *
+ * NOTE 2:
+ *
+ * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many of the
+ * demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the scheduler.
+ *
+ * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that displays the
+ * amount of time each task has spent in the Running state in both absolute and
+ * percentage terms.
+ *
+ * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function
+ * that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
+ * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party, and
+ * limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in many of the
+ * FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called printf-stdarg.c (note
+ * printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full snprintf() implementation!).
+ *
+ * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState() directly
+ * to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly through a call to
+ * vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be
+ * written, in ASCII form.  This buffer is assumed to be large enough to
+ * contain the generated report.  Approximately 40 bytes per task should
+ * be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+* task. h
+* 
uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void );

+*
+* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
+* must both be defined as 1 for this function to be available.  The application
+* must also then provide definitions for
+* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE()
+* to configure a peripheral timer/counter and return the timers current count
+* value respectively.  The counter should be at least 10 times the frequency of
+* the tick count.
+*
+* Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+* accumulated execution time being stored for each task.  The resolution
+* of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+* configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+* While uxTaskGetSystemState() and vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total
+* execution time of each task into a buffer, ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter()
+* returns the total execution time of just the idle task.
+*
+* @return The total run time of the idle task.  This is the amount of time the
+* idle task has actually been executing.  The unit of time is dependent on the
+* frequency configured using the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and
+* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE() macros.
+*
+* \defgroup ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+* \ingroup TaskUtils
+*/
+uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
+ * function to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWait() or ulTaskNotifyTake().  If the task was
+ * already in the Blocked state to wait for a notification when the notification
+ * arrives then the task will automatically be removed from the Blocked state
+ * (unblocked) and the notification cleared.
+ *
+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWait() to [optionally] block to wait for a
+ * notification to be pending, or ulTaskNotifyTake() to [optionally] block
+ * to wait for its notification value to have a non-zero value.  The task does
+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
+ *
+ * @param ulValue Data that can be sent with the notification.  How the data is
+ * used depends on the value of the eAction parameter.
+ *
+ * @param eAction Specifies how the notification updates the task's notification
+ * value, if at all.  Valid values for eAction are as follows:
+ *
+ * eSetBits -
+ * The task's notification value is bitwise ORed with ulValue.  xTaskNofify()
+ * always returns pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eIncrement -
+ * The task's notification value is incremented.  ulValue is not used and
+ * xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eSetValueWithOverwrite -
+ * The task's notification value is set to the value of ulValue, even if the
+ * task being notified had not yet processed the previous notification (the
+ * task already had a notification pending).  xTaskNotify() always returns
+ * pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eSetValueWithoutOverwrite -
+ * If the task being notified did not already have a notification pending then
+ * the task's notification value is set to ulValue and xTaskNotify() will
+ * return pdPASS.  If the task being notified already had a notification
+ * pending then no action is performed and pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * eNoAction -
+ * The task receives a notification without its notification value being
+ * updated.  ulValue is not used and xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in
+ * this case.
+ *
+ *  pulPreviousNotificationValue -
+ *  Can be used to pass out the subject task's notification value before any
+ *  bits are modified by the notify function.
+ *
+ * @return Dependent on the value of eAction.  See the description of the
+ * eAction parameter.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotify xTaskNotify
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#define xTaskNotify( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction ) xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL )
+#define xTaskNotifyAndQuery( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotifyValue ) xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotifyValue ) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
+ * function to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * A version of xTaskNotify() that can be used from an interrupt service routine
+ * (ISR).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWait() or ulTaskNotifyTake().  If the task was
+ * already in the Blocked state to wait for a notification when the notification
+ * arrives then the task will automatically be removed from the Blocked state
+ * (unblocked) and the notification cleared.
+ *
+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWait() to [optionally] block to wait for a
+ * notification to be pending, or ulTaskNotifyTake() to [optionally] block
+ * to wait for its notification value to have a non-zero value.  The task does
+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
+ *
+ * @param ulValue Data that can be sent with the notification.  How the data is
+ * used depends on the value of the eAction parameter.
+ *
+ * @param eAction Specifies how the notification updates the task's notification
+ * value, if at all.  Valid values for eAction are as follows:
+ *
+ * eSetBits -
+ * The task's notification value is bitwise ORed with ulValue.  xTaskNofify()
+ * always returns pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eIncrement -
+ * The task's notification value is incremented.  ulValue is not used and
+ * xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eSetValueWithOverwrite -
+ * The task's notification value is set to the value of ulValue, even if the
+ * task being notified had not yet processed the previous notification (the
+ * task already had a notification pending).  xTaskNotify() always returns
+ * pdPASS in this case.
+ *
+ * eSetValueWithoutOverwrite -
+ * If the task being notified did not already have a notification pending then
+ * the task's notification value is set to ulValue and xTaskNotify() will
+ * return pdPASS.  If the task being notified already had a notification
+ * pending then no action is performed and pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * eNoAction -
+ * The task receives a notification without its notification value being
+ * updated.  ulValue is not used and xTaskNotify() always returns pdPASS in
+ * this case.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  xTaskNotifyFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending the notification caused the
+ * task to which the notification was sent to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently running task.  If
+ * xTaskNotifyFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be requested before the interrupt is exited.  How a context switch is
+ * requested from an ISR is dependent on the port - see the documentation page
+ * for the port in use.
+ *
+ * @return Dependent on the value of eAction.  See the description of the
+ * eAction parameter.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotify xTaskNotify
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#define xTaskNotifyFromISR( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+#define xTaskNotifyAndQueryFromISR( xTaskToNotify, ulValue, eAction, pulPreviousNotificationValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( ulValue ), ( eAction ), ( pulPreviousNotificationValue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
+ * function to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task will remain pending until it is cleared by the
+ * task calling xTaskNotifyWait() or ulTaskNotifyTake().  If the task was
+ * already in the Blocked state to wait for a notification when the notification
+ * arrives then the task will automatically be removed from the Blocked state
+ * (unblocked) and the notification cleared.
+ *
+ * A task can use xTaskNotifyWait() to [optionally] block to wait for a
+ * notification to be pending, or ulTaskNotifyTake() to [optionally] block
+ * to wait for its notification value to have a non-zero value.  The task does
+ * not consume any CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
+ *
+ * @param ulBitsToClearOnEntry Bits that are set in ulBitsToClearOnEntry value
+ * will be cleared in the calling task's notification value before the task
+ * checks to see if any notifications are pending, and optionally blocks if no
+ * notifications are pending.  Setting ulBitsToClearOnEntry to ULONG_MAX (if
+ * limits.h is included) or 0xffffffffUL (if limits.h is not included) will have
+ * the effect of resetting the task's notification value to 0.  Setting
+ * ulBitsToClearOnEntry to 0 will leave the task's notification value unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param ulBitsToClearOnExit If a notification is pending or received before
+ * the calling task exits the xTaskNotifyWait() function then the task's
+ * notification value (see the xTaskNotify() API function) is passed out using
+ * the pulNotificationValue parameter.  Then any bits that are set in
+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit will be cleared in the task's notification value (note
+ * *pulNotificationValue is set before any bits are cleared).  Setting
+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit to ULONG_MAX (if limits.h is included) or 0xffffffffUL
+ * (if limits.h is not included) will have the effect of resetting the task's
+ * notification value to 0 before the function exits.  Setting
+ * ulBitsToClearOnExit to 0 will leave the task's notification value unchanged
+ * when the function exits (in which case the value passed out in
+ * pulNotificationValue will match the task's notification value).
+ *
+ * @param pulNotificationValue Used to pass the task's notification value out
+ * of the function.  Note the value passed out will not be effected by the
+ * clearing of any bits caused by ulBitsToClearOnExit being non-zero.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait in
+ * the Blocked state for a notification to be received, should a notification
+ * not already be pending when xTaskNotifyWait() was called.  The task
+ * will not consume any processing time while it is in the Blocked state.  This
+ * is specified in kernel ticks, the macro pdMS_TO_TICSK( value_in_ms ) can be
+ * used to convert a time specified in milliseconds to a time specified in
+ * ticks.
+ *
+ * @return If a notification was received (including notifications that were
+ * already pending when xTaskNotifyWait was called) then pdPASS is
+ * returned.  Otherwise pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyWait xTaskNotifyWait
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotifyGive( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this macro
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * xTaskNotifyGive() is a helper macro intended for use when task notifications
+ * are used as light weight and faster binary or counting semaphore equivalents.
+ * Actual FreeRTOS semaphores are given using the xSemaphoreGive() API function,
+ * the equivalent action that instead uses a task notification is
+ * xTaskNotifyGive().
+ *
+ * When task notifications are being used as a binary or counting semaphore
+ * equivalent then the task being notified should wait for the notification
+ * using the ulTaskNotificationTake() API function rather than the
+ * xTaskNotifyWait() API function.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for more details.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
+ *
+ * @return xTaskNotifyGive() is a macro that calls xTaskNotify() with the
+ * eAction parameter set to eIncrement - so pdPASS is always returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyGive xTaskNotifyGive
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+#define xTaskNotifyGive( xTaskToNotify ) xTaskGenericNotify( ( xTaskToNotify ), ( 0 ), eIncrement, NULL )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskHandle, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this macro
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * A version of xTaskNotifyGive() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() is intended for use when task notifications are
+ * used as light weight and faster binary or counting semaphore equivalents.
+ * Actual FreeRTOS semaphores are given from an ISR using the
+ * xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() API function, the equivalent action that instead uses
+ * a task notification is vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR().
+ *
+ * When task notifications are being used as a binary or counting semaphore
+ * equivalent then the task being notified should wait for the notification
+ * using the ulTaskNotificationTake() API function rather than the
+ * xTaskNotifyWait() API function.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for more details.
+ *
+ * @param xTaskToNotify The handle of the task being notified.  The handle to a
+ * task can be returned from the xTaskCreate() API function used to create the
+ * task, and the handle of the currently running task can be obtained by calling
+ * xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle().
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending the notification caused the
+ * task to which the notification was sent to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently running task.  If
+ * vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch
+ * should be requested before the interrupt is exited.  How a context switch is
+ * requested from an ISR is dependent on the port - see the documentation page
+ * for the port in use.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyWait xTaskNotifyWait
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait );

+ *
+ * configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be undefined or defined as 1 for this
+ * function to be available.
+ *
+ * When configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS is set to one each task has its own private
+ * "notification value", which is a 32-bit unsigned integer (uint32_t).
+ *
+ * Events can be sent to a task using an intermediary object.  Examples of such
+ * objects are queues, semaphores, mutexes and event groups.  Task notifications
+ * are a method of sending an event directly to a task without the need for such
+ * an intermediary object.
+ *
+ * A notification sent to a task can optionally perform an action, such as
+ * update, overwrite or increment the task's notification value.  In that way
+ * task notifications can be used to send data to a task, or be used as light
+ * weight and fast binary or counting semaphores.
+ *
+ * ulTaskNotifyTake() is intended for use when a task notification is used as a
+ * faster and lighter weight binary or counting semaphore alternative.  Actual
+ * FreeRTOS semaphores are taken using the xSemaphoreTake() API function, the
+ * equivalent action that instead uses a task notification is
+ * ulTaskNotifyTake().
+ *
+ * When a task is using its notification value as a binary or counting semaphore
+ * other tasks should send notifications to it using the xTaskNotifyGive()
+ * macro, or xTaskNotify() function with the eAction parameter set to
+ * eIncrement.
+ *
+ * ulTaskNotifyTake() can either clear the task's notification value to
+ * zero on exit, in which case the notification value acts like a binary
+ * semaphore, or decrement the task's notification value on exit, in which case
+ * the notification value acts like a counting semaphore.
+ *
+ * A task can use ulTaskNotifyTake() to [optionally] block to wait for a
+ * the task's notification value to be non-zero.  The task does not consume any
+ * CPU time while it is in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * Where as xTaskNotifyWait() will return when a notification is pending,
+ * ulTaskNotifyTake() will return when the task's notification value is
+ * not zero.
+ *
+ * See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html for details.
+ *
+ * @param xClearCountOnExit if xClearCountOnExit is pdFALSE then the task's
+ * notification value is decremented when the function exits.  In this way the
+ * notification value acts like a counting semaphore.  If xClearCountOnExit is
+ * not pdFALSE then the task's notification value is cleared to zero when the
+ * function exits.  In this way the notification value acts like a binary
+ * semaphore.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait in
+ * the Blocked state for the task's notification value to be greater than zero,
+ * should the count not already be greater than zero when
+ * ulTaskNotifyTake() was called.  The task will not consume any processing
+ * time while it is in the Blocked state.  This is specified in kernel ticks,
+ * the macro pdMS_TO_TICSK( value_in_ms ) can be used to convert a time
+ * specified in milliseconds to a time specified in ticks.
+ *
+ * @return The task's notification count before it is either cleared to zero or
+ * decremented (see the xClearCountOnExit parameter).
+ *
+ * \defgroup ulTaskNotifyTake ulTaskNotifyTake
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask );

+ *
+ * If the notification state of the task referenced by the handle xTask is
+ * eNotified, then set the task's notification state to eNotWaitingNotification.
+ * The task's notification value is not altered.  Set xTask to NULL to clear the
+ * notification state of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task's notification state was set to
+ * eNotWaitingNotification, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ * \defgroup xTaskNotifyStateClear xTaskNotifyStateClear
+ * \ingroup TaskNotifications
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+
+/**
+* task. h
+* 
uint32_t ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear );

+*
+* Clears the bits specified by the ulBitsToClear bit mask in the notification
+* value of the task referenced by xTask.
+*
+* Set ulBitsToClear to 0xffffffff (UINT_MAX on 32-bit architectures) to clear
+* the notification value to 0.  Set ulBitsToClear to 0 to query the task's
+* notification value without clearing any bits.
+*
+* @return The value of the target task's notification value before the bits
+* specified by ulBitsToClear were cleared.
+* \defgroup ulTaskNotifyValueClear ulTaskNotifyValueClear
+* \ingroup TaskNotifications
+*/
+uint32_t ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )

+ *
+ * Capture the current time for future use with xTaskCheckForTimeOut().
+ *
+ * @param pxTimeOut Pointer to a timeout object into which the current time
+ * is to be captured.  The captured time includes the tick count and the number
+ * of times the tick count has overflowed since the system first booted.
+ * \defgroup vTaskSetTimeOutState vTaskSetTimeOutState
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * 
BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait );

+ *
+ * Determines if pxTicksToWait ticks has passed since a time was captured
+ * using a call to vTaskSetTimeOutState().  The captured time includes the tick
+ * count and the number of times the tick count has overflowed.
+ *
+ * @param pxTimeOut The time status as captured previously using
+ * vTaskSetTimeOutState. If the timeout has not yet occurred, it is updated
+ * to reflect the current time status.
+ * @param pxTicksToWait The number of ticks to check for timeout i.e. if
+ * pxTicksToWait ticks have passed since pxTimeOut was last updated (either by
+ * vTaskSetTimeOutState() or xTaskCheckForTimeOut()), the timeout has occurred.
+ * If the timeout has not occurred, pxTIcksToWait is updated to reflect the
+ * number of remaining ticks.
+ *
+ * @return If timeout has occurred, pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is
+ * returned and pxTicksToWait is updated to reflect the number of remaining
+ * ticks.
+ *
+ * @see https://www.freertos.org/xTaskCheckForTimeOut.html
+ *
+ * Example Usage:
+ * 
+	// Driver library function used to receive uxWantedBytes from an Rx buffer
+	// that is filled by a UART interrupt. If there are not enough bytes in the
+	// Rx buffer then the task enters the Blocked state until it is notified that
+	// more data has been placed into the buffer. If there is still not enough
+	// data then the task re-enters the Blocked state, and xTaskCheckForTimeOut()
+	// is used to re-calculate the Block time to ensure the total amount of time
+	// spent in the Blocked state does not exceed MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT. This
+	// continues until either the buffer contains at least uxWantedBytes bytes,
+	// or the total amount of time spent in the Blocked state reaches
+	// MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT – at which point the task reads however many bytes are
+	// available up to a maximum of uxWantedBytes.
+
+	size_t xUART_Receive( uint8_t *pucBuffer, size_t uxWantedBytes )
+	{
+	size_t uxReceived = 0;
+	TickType_t xTicksToWait = MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT;
+	TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+
+		// Initialize xTimeOut.  This records the time at which this function
+		// was entered.
+		vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+
+		// Loop until the buffer contains the wanted number of bytes, or a
+		// timeout occurs.
+		while( UART_bytes_in_rx_buffer( pxUARTInstance ) < uxWantedBytes )
+		{
+			// The buffer didn't contain enough data so this task is going to
+			// enter the Blocked state. Adjusting xTicksToWait to account for
+			// any time that has been spent in the Blocked state within this
+			// function so far to ensure the total amount of time spent in the
+			// Blocked state does not exceed MAX_TIME_TO_WAIT.
+			if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				//Timed out before the wanted number of bytes were available,
+				// exit the loop.
+				break;
+			}
+
+			// Wait for a maximum of xTicksToWait ticks to be notified that the
+			// receive interrupt has placed more data into the buffer.
+			ulTaskNotifyTake( pdTRUE, xTicksToWait );
+		}
+
+		// Attempt to read uxWantedBytes from the receive buffer into pucBuffer.
+		// The actual number of bytes read (which might be less than
+		// uxWantedBytes) is returned.
+		uxReceived = UART_read_from_receive_buffer( pxUARTInstance,
+													pucBuffer,
+													uxWantedBytes );
+
+		return uxReceived;
+	}
+ 

+ * \defgroup xTaskCheckForTimeOut xTaskCheckForTimeOut
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative),
+ * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked
+ * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on
+ * a ready list.  If a non-zero value is returned then a context switch is
+ * required because either:
+ *   + A task was removed from a blocked list because its timeout had expired,
+ *     or
+ *   + Time slicing is in use and there is a task of equal priority to the
+ *     currently running task.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both
+ * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the
+ * list of delayed tasks.  The task will be removed from both lists
+ * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and
+ * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or
+ * the delay period expires.
+ *
+ * The 'unordered' version replaces the event list item value with the
+ * xItemValue value, and inserts the list item at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * The 'ordered' version uses the existing event list item value (which is the
+ * owning tasks priority) to insert the list item into the event list is task
+ * priority order.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting
+ * for the event to occur.
+ *
+ * @param xItemValue The item value to use for the event list item when the
+ * event list is not ordered by task priority.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait
+ * for the event to occur.  This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time
+ * period.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList().
+ * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block
+ * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does.
+ *
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked
+ * tasks, and places it on a ready queue.
+ *
+ * xTaskRemoveFromEventList()/vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList() will be called
+ * if either an event occurs to unblock a task, or the block timeout period
+ * expires.
+ *
+ * xTaskRemoveFromEventList() is used when the event list is in task priority
+ * order.  It removes the list item from the head of the event list as that will
+ * have the highest priority owning task of all the tasks on the event list.
+ * vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList() is used when the event list is not
+ * ordered and the event list items hold something other than the owning tasks
+ * priority.  In this case the event list item value is updated to the value
+ * passed in the xItemValue parameter.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task
+ * that is ready to run.
+ */
+portDONT_DISCARD void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THESE FUNCTIONS MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE.  THEY ARE USED BY
+ * THE EVENT BITS MODULE.
+ */
+TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Return the handle of the calling task.
+ */
+TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to
+ * taskYIELD();
+ */
+void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING,
+ * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should
+ * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it
+ * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a higher priority task attempting to obtain a mutex caused a lower
+ * priority task to inherit the higher priority task's priority - but the higher
+ * priority task then timed out without obtaining the mutex, then the lower
+ * priority task will disinherit the priority again - but only down as far as
+ * the highest priority task that is still waiting for the mutex (if there were
+ * more than one task waiting for the mutex).
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder, UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Get the uxTCBNumber assigned to the task referenced by the xTask parameter.
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Set the uxTaskNumber of the task referenced by the xTask parameter to
+ * uxHandle.
+ */
+void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Only available when configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is set to 1.
+ * If tickless mode is being used, or a low power mode is implemented, then
+ * the tick interrupt will not execute during idle periods.  When this is the
+ * case, the tick count value maintained by the scheduler needs to be kept up
+ * to date with the actual execution time by being skipped forward by a time
+ * equal to the idle period.
+ */
+void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* Correct the tick count value after the application code has held
+interrupts disabled for an extended period.  xTicksToCatchUp is the number
+of tick interrupts that have been missed due to interrupts being disabled.
+Its value is not computed automatically, so must be computed by the
+application writer.
+
+This function is similar to vTaskStepTick(), however, unlike
+vTaskStepTick(), xTaskCatchUpTicks() may move the tick count forward past a
+time at which a task should be removed from the blocked state.  That means
+tasks may have to be removed from the blocked state as the tick count is
+moved. */
+BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Only available when configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is set to 1.
+ * Provided for use within portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to allow the port
+ * specific sleep function to determine if it is ok to proceed with the sleep,
+ * and if it is ok to proceed, if it is ok to sleep indefinitely.
+ *
+ * This function is necessary because portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is only
+ * called with the scheduler suspended, not from within a critical section.  It
+ * is therefore possible for an interrupt to request a context switch between
+ * portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() and the low power mode actually being
+ * entered.  eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() should be called from a short
+ * critical section between the timer being stopped and the sleep mode being
+ * entered to ensure it is ok to proceed into the sleep mode.
+ */
+eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only.  Increment the mutex held count when a mutex is
+ * taken and return the handle of the task that has taken the mutex.
+ */
+TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only.  Same as vTaskSetTimeOutState(), but without a critial
+ * section.
+ */
+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* INC_TASK_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ee2a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef TIMERS_H
+#define TIMERS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
+#endif
+
+/*lint -save -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
+happens to also be including task.h. */
+#include "task.h"
+/*lint -restore */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue.  These are to
+be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
+as defined below.  The commands that are sent from interrupts must use the
+highest numbers as tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND is used to determine if the task
+or interrupt version of the queue send function should be used. */
+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR 	( ( BaseType_t ) -2 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK				( ( BaseType_t ) -1 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE				( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START					    ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET						( ( BaseType_t ) 2 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP							( ( BaseType_t ) 3 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD				( ( BaseType_t ) 4 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE						( ( BaseType_t ) 5 )
+
+#define tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 6 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 7 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR				( ( BaseType_t ) 8 )
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR		( ( BaseType_t ) 9 )
+
+
+/**
+ * Type by which software timers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xTimerCreate() returns an TimerHandle_t variable that can then be used to
+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
+ */
+struct tmrTimerControl; /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl * TimerHandle_t;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform.
+ */
+typedef void (*TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
+ */
+typedef void (*PendedFunction_t)( void *, uint32_t );
+
+/**
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( 	const char * const pcTimerName,
+ * 								TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+ * 								UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+ * 								void * pvTimerID,
+ * 								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * created software timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
+ * timer into the active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
+ * equal to 1000.  Time timer period must be greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
+ * which is	"void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is successfully created then a handle to the newly
+ * created timer is returned.  If the timer cannot be created because there is
+ * insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
+ * structures then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
+ *
+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
+ *
+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
+ * int32_t lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
+ *
+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
+ * // 10 times.
+ * void vTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * int32_t lArrayIndex;
+ * const int32_t xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
+ *
+ * 	   // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
+ * 	   configASSERT( pxTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Which timer expired?
+ *     lArrayIndex = ( int32_t ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
+ *     lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
+ *
+ *     // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
+ *     if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
+ *     {
+ *         // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
+ *         // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
+ *         xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
+ *     }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * int32_t x;
+ *
+ *     // Create then start some timers.  Starting the timers before the scheduler
+ *     // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
+ *     // the scheduler starts.
+ *     for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
+ *     {
+ *         xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate(    "Timer",       // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ *                                         ( 100 * x ),   // The timer period in ticks.
+ *                                         pdTRUE,        // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
+ *                                         ( void * ) x,  // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
+ *                                         vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
+ *                                     );
+ *
+ *         if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
+ *         {
+ *             // The timer was not created.
+ *         }
+ *         else
+ *         {
+ *             // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ *             // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ *             // started.
+ *             if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ *             {
+ *                 // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ *             }
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+								void * const pvTimerID,
+								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
+ * 									TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+ * 									UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+ * 									void * pvTimerID,
+ * 									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+ *									StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * created software timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, software timers use a block
+ * of memory, in which the timer data structure is stored.  If a software timer
+ * is created using xTimerCreate() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xTimerCreate() function.  (see
+ * http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If a software timer is created using
+ * xTimerCreateStatic() then the application writer must provide the memory that
+ * will get used by the software timer.  xTimerCreateStatic() therefore allows a
+ * software timer to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a
+ * timer into the active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer.  This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging.  The kernel itself only ever references a timer
+ * by its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period.  The time is defined in tick
+ * periods so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time that
+ * has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must expire
+ * after 100 ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100.
+ * Alternatively, if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set
+ * to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
+ * equal to 1000.  The timer period must be greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
+ * If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by TimerCallbackFunction_t,
+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @param pxTimerBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticTimer_t, which
+ * will be then be used to hold the software timer's data structures, removing
+ * the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is created then a handle to the created timer is
+ * returned.  If pxTimerBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ * // The buffer used to hold the software timer's data structure.
+ * static StaticTimer_t xTimerBuffer;
+ *
+ * // A variable that will be incremented by the software timer's callback
+ * // function.
+ * UBaseType_t uxVariableToIncrement = 0;
+ *
+ * // A software timer callback function that increments a variable passed to
+ * // it when the software timer was created.  After the 5th increment the
+ * // callback function stops the software timer.
+ * static void prvTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t xExpiredTimer )
+ * {
+ * UBaseType_t *puxVariableToIncrement;
+ * BaseType_t xReturned;
+ *
+ *     // Obtain the address of the variable to increment from the timer ID.
+ *     puxVariableToIncrement = ( UBaseType_t * ) pvTimerGetTimerID( xExpiredTimer );
+ *
+ *     // Increment the variable to show the timer callback has executed.
+ *     ( *puxVariableToIncrement )++;
+ *
+ *     // If this callback has executed the required number of times, stop the
+ *     // timer.
+ *     if( *puxVariableToIncrement == 5 )
+ *     {
+ *         // This is called from a timer callback so must not block.
+ *         xTimerStop( xExpiredTimer, staticDONT_BLOCK );
+ *     }
+ * }
+ *
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ *     // Create the software time.  xTimerCreateStatic() has an extra parameter
+ *     // than the normal xTimerCreate() API function.  The parameter is a pointer
+ *     // to the StaticTimer_t structure that will hold the software timer
+ *     // structure.  If the parameter is passed as NULL then the structure will be
+ *     // allocated dynamically, just as if xTimerCreate() had been called.
+ *     xTimer = xTimerCreateStatic( "T1",             // Text name for the task.  Helps debugging only.  Not used by FreeRTOS.
+ *                                  xTimerPeriod,     // The period of the timer in ticks.
+ *                                  pdTRUE,           // This is an auto-reload timer.
+ *                                  ( void * ) &uxVariableToIncrement,    // A variable incremented by the software timer's callback function
+ *                                  prvTimerCallback, // The function to execute when the timer expires.
+ *                                  &xTimerBuffer );  // The buffer that will hold the software timer structure.
+ *
+ *     // The scheduler has not started yet so a block time is not used.
+ *     xReturned = xTimerStart( xTimer, 0 );
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+										void * const pvTimerID,
+										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer, and by calling the
+ * vTimerSetTimerID() API function.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
+ *
+ * Sets the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used as time specific (timer local) storage.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param pvNewID The ID to assign to the timer.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
+ *
+ * A timer will be dormant if:
+ *     1) It has been created but not started, or
+ *     2) It is an expired one-shot timer that has not been restarted.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state.  The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant.  A value other than
+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+ * {
+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is active, do something.
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is not active, do something else.
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
+ *
+ * Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task.  It it not valid
+ * to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
+ */
+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStart( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
+ *
+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStart() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStop( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
+ *
+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStop() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriod( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *										TickType_t xNewPeriod,
+ *										TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
+ * dormant state timer.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.
+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
+ * command queue.  When the command is actually processed will depend on the
+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
+ * system.  The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.  If the timer
+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
+ * // is deleted.  If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
+ * // started.
+ * void vAFunction( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+ * {
+ *     if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is already active - delete it.
+ *         xTimerDelete( xTimer );
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms.  This will also
+ *         // cause the timer to start.  Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
+ *         // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
+ *         // command queue.
+ *         if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
+ *         {
+ *             // The command was successfully sent.
+ *         }
+ *         else
+ *         {
+ *             // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
+ *             // to pass.  Take appropriate action here.
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+ #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerDelete( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerDelete()
+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerReset( TimerHandle_t xTimer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task.  Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * through a queue called the timer command queue.  The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code.  The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.  If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
+ * called.  If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
+ *
+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state.  If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerReset() was called.  xTicksToWait is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xTicksToWait ticks had passed.  pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called.  The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *
+ * TimerHandle_t xBacklightTimer = NULL;
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press event handler.
+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
+ * {
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
+ *     // if it cannot be sent immediately.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *     if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * int32_t x;
+ *
+ *     // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
+ *     // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
+ *     xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer",           // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ *                                     ( 5000 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
+ *                                     pdFALSE,                    // The timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *                                     0,                          // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
+ *                                     vBacklightTimerCallback     // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
+ *                                   );
+ *
+ *     if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
+ *     {
+ *         // The timer was not created.
+ *     }
+ *     else
+ *     {
+ *         // Start the timer.  No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ *         // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ *         // started.
+ *         if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ *         {
+ *             // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ *         }
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // ...
+ *     // Create tasks here.
+ *     // ...
+ *
+ *     // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
+ *     // been set into the active state.
+ *     vTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ *     // Should not reach here.
+ *     for( ;; );
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xTicksToWait ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xTicksToWait ) )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStartFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called.  The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ *     // declared (in this function).
+ *     if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The start command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerStopFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ *     if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The stop command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *										 TickType_t xNewPeriod,
+ *										 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds.  For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100.  Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function.  If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
+ * interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the
+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command
+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
+ * task relative to other tasks in the system.  The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started.  When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ *     // (within this function).  As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ *     // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ *     if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The command to change the timers period was not executed
+ *         // successfully.  Take appropriate action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerResetFromISR( 	TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+ *									BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
+ * restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue.  Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state.  If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function.  If
+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue.  pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue.  When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called.  The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created.  When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on.  If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off.  In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer.  In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( TimerHandle_t pxTimer )
+ * {
+ *     // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ *     // was pressed.  Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *     // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ *     // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ *     // key inactivity.  This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ *     // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ *     vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ *     // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ *     // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ *     // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ *     // declared (in this function).
+ *     if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ *     {
+ *         // The reset command was not executed successfully.  Take appropriate
+ *         // action here.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ *     // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ *     // should be performed.  The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ *     // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ *     // compiler.  Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ *     // actual syntax required.
+ *     if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *     {
+ *         // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ *         // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used).
+ *     }
+ * }
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+ *                                          void *pvParameter1,
+ *                                          uint32_t ulParameter2,
+ *                                          BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *
+ * Used from application interrupt service routines to defer the execution of a
+ * function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer service task, hence this function
+ * is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed with 'Timer').
+ *
+ * Ideally an interrupt service routine (ISR) is kept as short as possible, but
+ * sometimes an ISR either has a lot of processing to do, or needs to perform
+ * processing that is not deterministic.  In these cases
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() can be used to defer processing of a function
+ * to the RTOS daemon task.
+ *
+ * A mechanism is provided that allows the interrupt to return directly to the
+ * task that will subsequently execute the pended callback function.  This
+ * allows the callback function to execute contiguously in time with the
+ * interrupt - just as if the callback had executed in the interrupt itself.
+ *
+ * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
+ * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
+ * prototype.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
+ * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
+ * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
+ * used to point to a structure.
+ *
+ * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
+ * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
+ * priority of the timer daemon task (which is set using
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY in FreeRTOSConfig.h) is higher than the priority of
+ * the currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE within
+ * xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
+ * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
+ * example code below.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
+ * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ *	// The callback function that will execute in the context of the daemon task.
+ *  // Note callback functions must all use this same prototype.
+ *  void vProcessInterface( void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2 )
+ *	{
+ *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService;
+ *
+ *		// The interface that requires servicing is passed in the second
+ *      // parameter.  The first parameter is not used in this case.
+ *		xInterfaceToService = ( BaseType_t ) ulParameter2;
+ *
+ *		// ...Perform the processing here...
+ *	}
+ *
+ *	// An ISR that receives data packets from multiple interfaces
+ *  void vAnISR( void )
+ *	{
+ *		BaseType_t xInterfaceToService, xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+ *
+ *		// Query the hardware to determine which interface needs processing.
+ *		xInterfaceToService = prvCheckInterfaces();
+ *
+ *      // The actual processing is to be deferred to a task.  Request the
+ *      // vProcessInterface() callback function is executed, passing in the
+ *		// number of the interface that needs processing.  The interface to
+ *		// service is passed in the second parameter.  The first parameter is
+ *		// not used in this case.
+ *		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *		xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vProcessInterface, NULL, ( uint32_t ) xInterfaceToService, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *		// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+ *		// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and will
+ *		// be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() - refer to
+ *		// the documentation page for the port being used.
+ *		portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *	}
+ * @endverbatim
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+ /**
+  * BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+  *                                    void *pvParameter1,
+  *                                    uint32_t ulParameter2,
+  *                                    TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+  *
+  *
+  * Used to defer the execution of a function to the RTOS daemon task (the timer
+  * service task, hence this function is implemented in timers.c and is prefixed
+  * with 'Timer').
+  *
+  * @param xFunctionToPend The function to execute from the timer service/
+  * daemon task.  The function must conform to the PendedFunction_t
+  * prototype.
+  *
+  * @param pvParameter1 The value of the callback function's first parameter.
+  * The parameter has a void * type to allow it to be used to pass any type.
+  * For example, unsigned longs can be cast to a void *, or the void * can be
+  * used to point to a structure.
+  *
+  * @param ulParameter2 The value of the callback function's second parameter.
+  *
+  * @param xTicksToWait Calling this function will result in a message being
+  * sent to the timer daemon task on a queue.  xTicksToWait is the amount of
+  * time the calling task should remain in the Blocked state (so not using any
+  * processing time) for space to become available on the timer queue if the
+  * queue is found to be full.
+  *
+  * @return pdPASS is returned if the message was successfully sent to the
+  * timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+  *
+  */
+BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the name that was assigned to a timer when the timer was created.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
+ */
+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+/**
+ * void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
+ *
+ * Updates a timer to be either an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
+ * automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
+ * which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
+ * xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function).  If
+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ */
+void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+* UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+*
+* Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
+* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
+* which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
+*
+* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+*
+* @return If the timer is an auto-reload timer then pdTRUE is returned, otherwise
+* pdFALSE is returned.
+*/
+UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the period of a timer.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The period of the timer in ticks.
+ */
+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+* TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+*
+* Returns the time in ticks at which the timer will expire.  If this is less
+* than the current tick count then the expiry time has overflowed from the
+* current time.
+*
+* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
+*
+* @return If the timer is running then the time in ticks at which the timer
+* will next expire is returned.  If the timer is not running then the return
+* value is undefined.
+*/
+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
+ * for use by the kernel only.
+ */
+BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e0e72d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#include 
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
+{
+	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+	as the only list entry. */
+	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+	when the list is empty. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
+{
+	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+	pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list item if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxIterator;
+const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
+
+	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
+	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
+	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
+	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
+	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
+	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
+	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+	{
+		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
+		listed below.  In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
+		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
+		https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
+
+			1) Stack overflow -
+			   see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
+			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
+			   https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
+			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
+			   https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
+			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
+			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+		**********************************************************************/
+
+		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
+		{
+			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
+			insertion position. */
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
+	item later. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
+{
+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
+item. */
+List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+	{
+		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+
+	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e1d1a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM4F port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#ifndef __VFP_FP__
+	#error This port can only be used when the project options are configured to enable hardware floating point support.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
+	#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
+	/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
+	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT	( 1UL << 2UL )
+#else
+	/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
+	as the core. */
+	#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT	( 0 )
+#endif
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the core.  Registers first... */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG	( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG				( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
+/* ...then bits in the registers. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT			( 1UL << 1UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT			( 1UL << 0UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT		( 1UL << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT 			( 1UL << 27UL )
+#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT		( 1UL << 25UL )
+
+/* Constants used to detect a Cortex-M7 r0p1 core, which should use the ARM_CM7
+r0p1 port. */
+#define portCPUID							( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ed00 ) )
+#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID				( 0x410FC271UL )
+#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID				( 0x410FC270UL )
+
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI					( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI				( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
+
+/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
+#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER		( 16 )
+#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 	( 0xE000E3F0 )
+#define portAIRCR_REG						( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
+#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE					( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
+#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE					( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
+#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS				( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
+#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK				( 0x07UL << 8UL )
+#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT					( 8UL )
+
+/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
+#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK					( 0xFFUL )
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the VFP. */
+#define portFPCCR							( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ef34 ) /* Floating point context control register. */
+#define portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS			( 0x3UL << 30UL )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR					( 0x01000000 )
+#define portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN				( 0xfffffffd )
+
+/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
+#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER				( 0xffffffUL )
+
+/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
+have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
+#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK		( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
+
+/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
+occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
+calculations. */
+#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR			( 45UL )
+
+/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
+prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
+debugger. */
+#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+#else
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	prvTaskExitError
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.  The implementation in this
+ * file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
+ * generate the tick interrupt.
+ */
+void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Function to enable the VFP.
+ */
+static void vPortEnableVFP( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
+ */
+static void prvTaskExitError( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*
+ * The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
+ * 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
+ * power functionality only.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
+ * FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
+ * a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+ */
+#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	 static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
+	 static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
+	 static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
+#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+	interrupt. */
+
+	/* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit
+	of interrupts, and to ensure alignment. */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+
+	*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR;	/* xPSR */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK;	/* PC */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS;	/* LR */
+
+	/* Save code space by skipping register initialisation. */
+	pxTopOfStack -= 5;	/* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters;	/* R0 */
+
+	/* A save method is being used that requires each task to maintain its
+	own exec return value. */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN;
+
+	pxTopOfStack -= 8;	/* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
+
+	return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTaskExitError( void )
+{
+volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0;
+
+	/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
+	its caller as there is nothing to return to.  If a task wants to exit it
+	should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
+
+	Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
+	defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	while( ulDummy == 0 )
+	{
+		/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
+		started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
+		but never called.  ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
+		about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
+		volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
+		therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
+		after it. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+{
+	__asm volatile (
+					"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2		\n" /* Restore the context. */
+					"	ldr r1, [r3]					\n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
+					"	ldr r0, [r1]					\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+					"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14}		\n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
+					"	msr psp, r0						\n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
+					"	isb								\n"
+					"	mov r0, #0 						\n"
+					"	msr	basepri, r0					\n"
+					"	bx r14							\n"
+					"									\n"
+					"	.align 4						\n"
+					"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB				\n"
+				);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+	/* Start the first task.  This also clears the bit that indicates the FPU is
+	in use in case the FPU was used before the scheduler was started - which
+	would otherwise result in the unnecessary leaving of space in the SVC stack
+	for lazy saving of FPU registers. */
+	__asm volatile(
+					" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 	\n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
+					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
+					" ldr r0, [r0] 			\n"
+					" msr msp, r0			\n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
+					" mov r0, #0			\n" /* Clear the bit that indicates the FPU is in use, see comment above. */
+					" msr control, r0		\n"
+					" cpsie i				\n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
+					" cpsie f				\n"
+					" dsb					\n"
+					" isb					\n"
+					" svc 0					\n" /* System call to start first task. */
+					" nop					\n"
+				);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
+	See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
+
+	/* This port can be used on all revisions of the Cortex-M7 core other than
+	the r0p1 parts.  r0p1 parts should use the port from the
+	/source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1 directory. */
+	configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID );
+	configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID );
+
+	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	{
+		volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
+		volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
+		volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
+
+		/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
+		functions can be called.  ISR safe functions are those that end in
+		"FromISR".  FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
+		ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
+
+		Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
+		ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
+
+		/* Determine the number of priority bits available.  First write to all
+		possible bits. */
+		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
+
+		/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
+		ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
+
+		/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
+		ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
+
+		/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
+		of bits read back. */
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
+		while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
+		{
+			ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
+			ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
+		}
+
+		#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+		{
+			/* Check the CMSIS configuration that defines the number of
+			priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
+			from the hardware. */
+			configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == __NVIC_PRIO_BITS );
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#ifdef configPRIO_BITS
+		{
+			/* Check the FreeRTOS configuration that defines the number of
+			priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
+			from the hardware. */
+			configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == configPRIO_BITS );
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
+		register. */
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
+		ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
+
+		/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
+		value. */
+		*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
+	}
+	#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+	/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+	/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR.  Interrupts are disabled
+	here already. */
+	vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
+
+	/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+	uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+	/* Ensure the VFP is enabled - it should be anyway. */
+	vPortEnableVFP();
+
+	/* Lazy save always. */
+	*( portFPCCR ) |= portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS;
+
+	/* Start the first task. */
+	prvPortStartFirstTask();
+
+	/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing!  Call the task
+	exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
+	not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
+	functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS.  Call
+	vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
+	symbol. */
+	vTaskSwitchContext();
+	prvTaskExitError();
+
+	/* Should not get here! */
+	return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
+	Artificially force an assert. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	uxCriticalNesting++;
+
+	/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
+	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context.  Only API
+	functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt.  Only assert if
+	the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
+	assert function also uses a critical section. */
+	if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+	{
+		configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
+	uxCriticalNesting--;
+	if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+	{
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+{
+	/* This is a naked function. */
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+	"	mrs r0, psp							\n"
+	"	isb									\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst			\n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+	"	ldr	r2, [r3]						\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	tst r14, #0x10						\n" /* Is the task using the FPU context?  If so, push high vfp registers. */
+	"	it eq								\n"
+	"	vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31}				\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	stmdb r0!, {r4-r11, r14}			\n" /* Save the core registers. */
+	"	str r0, [r2]						\n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
+	"										\n"
+	"	stmdb sp!, {r0, r3}					\n"
+	"	mov r0, %0 							\n"
+	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
+	"	dsb									\n"
+	"	isb									\n"
+	"	bl vTaskSwitchContext				\n"
+	"	mov r0, #0							\n"
+	"	msr basepri, r0						\n"
+	"	ldmia sp!, {r0, r3}					\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldr r1, [r3]						\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+	"	ldr r0, [r1]						\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14}			\n" /* Pop the core registers. */
+	"										\n"
+	"	tst r14, #0x10						\n" /* Is the task using the FPU context?  If so, pop the high vfp registers too. */
+	"	it eq								\n"
+	"	vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31}				\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	msr psp, r0							\n"
+	"	isb									\n"
+	"										\n"
+	#ifdef WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 /* XMC4000 specific errata workaround. */
+		#if WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 == 1
+	"			push { r14 }				\n"
+	"			pop { pc }					\n"
+		#endif
+	#endif
+	"										\n"
+	"	bx r14								\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	.align 4							\n"
+	"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB	\n"
+	::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+	/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
+	executes all interrupts must be unmasked.  There is therefore no need to
+	save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
+	known. */
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	{
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
+		if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A context switch is required.  Context switching is performed in
+			the PendSV interrupt.  Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
+			portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
+		}
+	}
+	portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+
+	__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+	TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
+
+		/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
+		if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
+		{
+			xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
+		}
+
+		/* Stop the SysTick momentarily.  The time the SysTick is stopped for
+		is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
+		inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
+		kernel with respect to calendar time. */
+		portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+		/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
+		tick periods.  -1 is used because this code will execute part way
+		through one of the tick periods. */
+		ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
+		if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
+		{
+			ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
+		}
+
+		/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
+		__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+		__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+		__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+		/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
+		to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
+		if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
+		{
+			/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
+			this tick period. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
+			periods. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
+			above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Set the new reload value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
+
+			/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
+			zero. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Sleep until something happens.  configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
+			set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
+			its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
+			should not be executed again.  However, the original expected idle
+			time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
+			xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
+			configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
+			if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
+			{
+				__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
+				__asm volatile( "wfi" );
+				__asm volatile( "isb" );
+			}
+			configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
+			out of sleep mode to execute immediately.  see comments above
+			__disable_interrupt() call above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
+			and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
+			any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
+			time. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set.  Again,
+			the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
+			be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
+			drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
+			time*/
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
+
+			/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
+			been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
+			correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
+			to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
+			must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
+			if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
+			{
+				uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
+				reloaded with ulReloadValue.  Reset the
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
+				period. */
+				ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
+
+				/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
+				underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
+				that took too long. */
+				if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
+				{
+					ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
+				}
+
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
+				function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
+				forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
+				Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
+				periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
+				ticks). */
+				ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+				/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
+				was waiting? */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+
+				/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
+				period remains. */
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+			}
+
+			/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
+			again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
+			value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+			vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Exit with interrupts enabled. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+	/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
+	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	{
+		ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
+		xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+		ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+	/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+	/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This is a naked function. */
+static void vPortEnableVFP( void )
+{
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	ldr.w r0, =0xE000ED88		\n" /* The FPU enable bits are in the CPACR. */
+		"	ldr r1, [r0]				\n"
+		"								\n"
+		"	orr r1, r1, #( 0xf << 20 )	\n" /* Enable CP10 and CP11 coprocessors, then save back. */
+		"	str r1, [r0]				\n"
+		"	bx r14						"
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+
+	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
+	uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
+
+		/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
+		__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
+
+		/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
+		if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
+		{
+			/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
+			ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
+
+			/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
+			an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
+			function.  ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
+			from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+
+			Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
+			interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
+			be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
+			configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+
+			Interrupts that	use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
+			default priority of	zero as that is the highest possible priority,
+			which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
+			and	therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
+
+			FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
+			interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
+
+			The following links provide detailed information:
+			http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
+			http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
+			configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
+		}
+
+		/* Priority grouping:  The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
+		that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
+		define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
+		the interrupt's sub-priority.  For simplicity all bits must be defined
+		to be pre-emption priority bits.  The following assertion will fail if
+		this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
+
+		If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
+		configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
+		devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
+		scheduler.  Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
+		assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
+		of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
+		configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1e7fad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR		char
+#define portFLOAT		float
+#define portDOUBLE		double
+#define portLONG		long
+#define portSHORT		short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE	uint32_t
+#define portBASE_TYPE	long
+
+typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
+typedef long BaseType_t;
+typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
+#else
+	typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
+
+	/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
+	not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
+	#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH			( -1 )
+#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS			( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT			8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+#define portYIELD() 															\
+{																				\
+	/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */								\
+	portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;								\
+																				\
+	/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely	\
+	within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */						\
+	__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );										\
+	__asm volatile( "isb" );													\
+}
+
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG		( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT		( 1UL << 28UL )
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
+#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()		ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x)	vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()				vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()					vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL()					vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL()						vPortExitCritical()
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site.  These are
+not necessary for to use this port.  They are defined so the common demo files
+(which build with all the ports) will build. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
+#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
+	extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
+	#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
+#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
+	#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
+#endif
+
+#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
+
+	/* Generic helper function. */
+	__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
+	{
+	uint8_t ucReturn;
+
+		__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) : "memory" );
+		return ucReturn;
+	}
+
+	/* Check the configuration. */
+	#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
+		#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32.  It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
+	#endif
+
+	/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
+	#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
+	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifdef configASSERT
+	void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
+	#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() 	vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
+#endif
+
+/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
+#define portNOP()
+
+#define portINLINE	__inline
+
+#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
+	#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
+#endif
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
+	__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
+
+	if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	mov %0, %1												\n"	\
+		"	msr basepri, %0											\n" \
+		"	isb														\n" \
+		"	dsb														\n" \
+		:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
+	);
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	mrs %0, basepri											\n" \
+		"	mov %1, %2												\n"	\
+		"	msr basepri, %1											\n" \
+		"	isb														\n" \
+		"	dsb														\n" \
+		:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
+	);
+
+	/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
+	warnings. */
+	return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
+{
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+		"	msr basepri, %0	" :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue ) : "memory"
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define portMEMORY_BARRIER() __asm volatile( "" ::: "memory" )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a266144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
+ * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
+ * limits memory fragmentation.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
+
+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their memory address. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
+ * adjacent to each other.
+ */
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
+
+/*
+ * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
+ * pvPortMalloc() is called.
+ */
+static void prvHeapInit( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
+block must by correctly byte aligned. */
+static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
+number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
+
+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
+member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
+application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
+space. */
+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+		if( pxEnd == NULL )
+		{
+			prvHeapInit();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
+		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
+		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
+		kernel, so it must be free. */
+		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+			{
+				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
+
+				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
+				of bytes. */
+				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
+				{
+					/* Byte alignment required. */
+					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+					configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
+			{
+				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
+				one	of adequate size is found. */
+				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+				{
+					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+				}
+
+				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
+				was	not found. */
+				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
+				{
+					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
+					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
+					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
+
+					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
+					of the list of free blocks. */
+					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
+					two. */
+					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+					{
+						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
+						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
+						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
+						compiler. */
+						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+						configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+
+						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
+						single block. */
+						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
+					{
+						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
+					by the application and has no "next" block. */
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
+					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
+
+		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
+		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
+		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
+		{
+			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
+			{
+				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
+				allocated. */
+				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
+
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvHeapInit( void )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
+uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
+size_t uxAddress;
+size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+	uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+
+	if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+	{
+		uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
+		uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+		xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+	}
+
+	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
+
+	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
+	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+	/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
+	at the end of the heap space. */
+	uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
+	uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
+	uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+	pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
+	pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
+	pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
+	entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
+	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+
+	/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
+	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+	xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
+	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
+uint8_t *puc;
+
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
+	than the block being inserted. */
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
+	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
+		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
+	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
+		{
+			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
+			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
+	}
+
+	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
+	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
+	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
+	to itself. */
+	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock;
+size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+		/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
+		is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
+		if( pxBlock != NULL )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
+				so far. */
+				xBlocks++;
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
+				{
+					xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
+				{
+					xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
+				reached. */
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			} while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
+		}
+	}
+	xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
+		pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e35055f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2945 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+	#include "croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED					( ( int8_t ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED			( ( int8_t ) 0 )
+
+/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
+pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
+Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
+not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
+structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
+names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
+is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
+a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
+being used for. */
+#define uxQueueType						pcHead
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX				NULL
+
+typedef struct QueuePointers
+{
+	int8_t *pcTail;					/*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+	int8_t *pcReadFrom;				/*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
+} QueuePointers_t;
+
+typedef struct SemaphoreData
+{
+	TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;		 /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
+	UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
+} SemaphoreData_t;
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME		 ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
+ * rationale: https://www.freertos.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition 		/* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	int8_t *pcHead;					/*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+	int8_t *pcWriteTo;				/*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+
+	union
+	{
+		QueuePointers_t xQueue;		/*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
+		SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
+	} u;
+
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;		/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+	List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;	/*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+	UBaseType_t uxLength;			/*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+	UBaseType_t uxItemSize;			/*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+	volatile int8_t cRxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+	volatile int8_t cTxLock;		/*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;	/*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+		struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
+		uint8_t ucQueueType;
+	#endif
+
+} xQUEUE;
+
+/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
+	to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+	more user friendly. */
+	typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+	{
+		const char *pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+		QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+	} xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+	/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
+	new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
+	debuggers. */
+	typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
+
+	/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
+	The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+	array position being vacant. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
+	 * the queue set that the queue contains data.
+	 */
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
+ * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
+ * as a mutex.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	/*
+	 * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+	 * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+	 * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+	 * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
+	 * that priority.
+	 */
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )								\
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();									\
+	{														\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+		if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )			\
+		{													\
+			( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED;	\
+		}													\
+	}														\
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+		if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
+			the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
+			will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
+			the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
+			it will be possible to write to it. */
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+			vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
+	versions. */
+	return pdPASS;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		/* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
+		supplied. */
+		configASSERT( pxStaticQueue != NULL );
+
+		/* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
+		should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) );
+		configASSERT( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
+			the real queue and semaphore structures. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
+		The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
+		but is already set. */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
+				note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxNewQueue;
+	size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+	uint8_t *pucQueueStorage;
+
+		configASSERT( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 );
+
+		/* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
+		can be in the queue at any time.  It is valid for uxItemSize to be
+		zero in the case the queue is used as a semaphore. */
+		xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+		/* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
+		deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
+		blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+		alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
+		is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
+		are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
+		is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
+		two bytes). */
+		pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
+			storage area. */
+			pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+			pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
+				note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
+				deleted. */
+				pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, const uint8_t ucQueueType, Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+{
+	/* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
+	configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
+	( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+	if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
+		be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
+		a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
+		value that is known to be within the memory map. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
+		pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
+	}
+
+	/* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
+	defined. */
+	pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+	pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+	( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+	#if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+	traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t *pxNewQueue )
+	{
+		if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+		{
+			/* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
+			correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
+			mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
+			in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+			/* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
+			pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
+
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+
+			/* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+			( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+	const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+		/* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
+		configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
+		( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+		xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
+		prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+		return xNewQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
+
+		/* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
+		be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
+		calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
+		identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
+		following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxReturn = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( xSemaphore );
+
+		/* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
+		holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
+		not required here. */
+		if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+		{
+			pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
+		change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
+		pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+		this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+		pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
+		mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+			/* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
+			the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
+			uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+			there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+			uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+			/* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
+			if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
+				task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+				( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
+			holder. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+			traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+		configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+		/* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+		xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+		traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+		if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+		{
+			( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
+			obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
+			before reaching here. */
+			if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
+			{
+				( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+	{
+	QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+
+		configASSERT( uxMaxCount != 0 );
+		configASSERT( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount );
+
+		xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+		if( xHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return xHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
+			highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
+			in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
+			queue is full. */
+			if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+				const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+						{
+							/* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+							was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+							in the queue has not changed. */
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+						else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock. A context switch is required. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+						queue then unblock it now. */
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+								our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
+								do this from within the critical section - the
+								kernel takes care of that. */
+								queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* This path is a special case that will only get
+							executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
+							and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+							different to that in which they were taken. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+					/* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+					queue then unblock it now. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+							our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
+							this from within the critical section - the kernel
+							takes care of that. */
+							queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* This path is a special case that will only get
+						executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
+						the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+						different to that in which they were taken. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+					/* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+					the function. */
+					traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+				event list.  It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+				remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+				scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+				ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+				ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+				task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+				case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+				is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Try again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			return errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
+	in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+			const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
+			semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
+			in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
+			called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
+			the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
+			( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+						{
+							/* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+							was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+							in the queue has not changed. */
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+						else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+							to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+							unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					
+					/* Not used in this path. */
+					( void ) uxPreviousMessagesWaiting;
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
+	item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+	read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+	not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+	post). */
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	/* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
+	if the item size is not 0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
+	there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
+	interrupts, only tasks. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
+		moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
+		space'. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
+			holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
+			given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
+			can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
+			priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
+			messages (semaphores) available. */
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+			be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+					{
+						if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
+							posting	to the queue set caused a higher priority
+							task to	unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+						{
+							if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								/* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+								record that a context switch is required. */
+								if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+								{
+									*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+								}
+								else
+								{
+									mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+								}
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+				{
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+							{
+								*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+			xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data available, remove one item. */
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				/* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
+				post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
+				task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
+			the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
+				data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
+			back and attempt to read the data. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
+#endif
+
+	/* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
+	0. */
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+	statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
+	of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
+			number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
+			const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				/* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
+				messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
+				pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						/* Record the information required to implement
+						priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+						pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				/* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
+				semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
+					initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
+					if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
+					#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+					{
+						configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
+					(or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
+					so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
+			count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
+			become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
+				attempt to take the semaphore again. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Timed out. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			/* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
+			expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
+			known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
+			queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
+					pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
+					test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
+					if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+						{
+							UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
+
+							/* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
+							task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
+							has timed out the priority should be disinherited
+							again, but only as low as the next highest priority
+							task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
+							uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
+							vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
+						}
+						taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+				traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	/* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+	/* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+	is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+	configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+
+	/*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+	allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+	interest of execution time efficiency. */
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+			/* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+			must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
+				is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
+				data, not removing it. */
+				pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+
+				prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+				/* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+				/* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+				any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+						queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+				return pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+					the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+					return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+				}
+				else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+					configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
+					state. */
+					vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+					xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Entry time was already set. */
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+		now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+		/* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+		if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
+			queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+				vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
+				state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
+				prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
+			exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
+			prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+			if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+				return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	} /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+			/* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
+			Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+			will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
+			locked. */
+			if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+						force a context switch. */
+						if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+						{
+							*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+				knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+				pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,  void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+int8_t *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+	configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		/* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+			/* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
+			actually being removed from the queue. */
+			pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+			prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+
+	#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+	{
+		vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
+		again. */
+		vPortFree( pxQueue );
+	}
+	#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+	{
+		/* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+		check before attempting to free the memory. */
+		if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			vPortFree( pxQueue );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
+		deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
+		( void ) pxQueue;
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+		return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+
+		/* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+		priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+		disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+		other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
+		return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
+		mutex. */
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+		}
+
+		return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, const BaseType_t xPosition )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	/* This function is called from a critical section. */
+
+	uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+			{
+				/* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+				xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+				pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+	}
+	else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+		pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
+		{
+			if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
+				one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
+				one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
+				correct. */
+				--uxMessagesWaiting;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+	if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+		if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
+		{
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+{
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+	/* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+	removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
+	locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+		/* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+		while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			/* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
+			blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+			#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+				{
+					if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
+						the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
+						A context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
+					added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
+					suspended. */
+					if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+						{
+							/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+							context	switch is required. */
+							vTaskMissedYield();
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			#else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+			{
+				/* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+				the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
+						a context switch is required. */
+						vTaskMissedYield();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+			--cTxLock;
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	/* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+		while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+		{
+			if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					vTaskMissedYield();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				--cRxLock;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t )  0 )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t *pxQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+	configASSERT( pxQueue );
+	if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+				posting? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+					return indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+			{
+				/* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+				prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+						that a yield might be appropriate. */
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
+		is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+		between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+				leave with nothing? */
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+					indicating that we need to block. */
+					vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+					return errQUEUE_FULL;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Data is available from the queue. */
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+				if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+				{
+					pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+				( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+					into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+					Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+					the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+		exit without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+		{
+			prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+			/* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+			co-routine has not already been woken. */
+			if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						return pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void *pvBuffer, BaseType_t *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+		not then just leave without doing anything. */
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Copy the data from the queue. */
+			pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+			if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+			{
+				pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+			--( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+			if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						*pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
+		a free slot. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the information on this queue. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+
+				traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	const char *pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+	const char *pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+		/* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
+		removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return pcReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+	void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t ux;
+
+		/* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+		registry. */
+		for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+		{
+			if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+			{
+				/* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+
+				/* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
+				appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
+				added again. */
+				xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+	Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+		It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+		possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+		so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
+		will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+		list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+		time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
+		the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+		calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+		prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+		if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			/* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+		prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
+	{
+	QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
+
+		pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
+
+		return pxQueue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
+				items in the queue/semaphore. */
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+	Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
+
+		if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
+		{
+			/* The queue was not a member of the set. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
+			not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
+			the queue. */
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
+				pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+	{
+	QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+		( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+	{
+	Queue_t *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* This function must be called form a critical section. */
+
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer );
+		configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
+
+		if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
+		{
+			const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
+
+			traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
+
+			/* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
+			xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+			if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
+						xReturn = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c88e4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1263 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS != 1 )
+	#error configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS must be set to 1 to build stream_buffer.c
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e961, e9021 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* If the user has not provided application specific Rx notification macros,
+or #defined the notification macros away, them provide default implementations
+that uses task notifications. */
+/*lint -save -e9026 Function like macros allowed and needed here so they can be overidden. */
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )										\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,			\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer,								\
+										  pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )					\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;							\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR */
+
+/* If the user has not provided an application specific Tx notification macro,
+or #defined the notification macro away, them provide a default implementation
+that uses task notifications. */
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETED
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer )											\
+		vTaskSuspendAll();																\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotify( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,		\
+									  ( uint32_t ) 0,									\
+									  eNoAction );										\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETED */
+
+#ifndef sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR
+	#define sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )		\
+	{																					\
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;													\
+																						\
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();		\
+		{																				\
+			if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )						\
+			{																			\
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,	\
+											 ( uint32_t ) 0,							\
+											 eNoAction,									\
+											 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );				\
+				( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;						\
+			}																			\
+		}																				\
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );					\
+	}
+#endif /* sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR */
+/*lint -restore (9026) */
+
+/* The number of bytes used to hold the length of a message in the buffer. */
+#define sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH ( sizeof( configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE ) )
+
+/* Bits stored in the ucFlags field of the stream buffer. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER		( ( uint8_t ) 1 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created as a message buffer, in which case it holds discrete messages rather than a stream. */
+#define sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ( ( uint8_t ) 2 ) /* Set if the stream buffer was created using statically allocated memory. */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Structure that hold state information on the buffer. */
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t /*lint !e9058 Style convention uses tag. */
+{
+	volatile size_t xTail;				/* Index to the next item to read within the buffer. */
+	volatile size_t xHead;				/* Index to the next item to write within the buffer. */
+	size_t xLength;						/* The length of the buffer pointed to by pucBuffer. */
+	size_t xTriggerLevelBytes;			/* The number of bytes that must be in the stream buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToReceive; /* Holds the handle of a task waiting for data, or NULL if no tasks are waiting. */
+	volatile TaskHandle_t xTaskWaitingToSend;	/* Holds the handle of a task waiting to send data to a message buffer that is full. */
+	uint8_t *pucBuffer;					/* Points to the buffer itself - that is - the RAM that stores the data passed through the buffer. */
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;		/* Used for tracing purposes. */
+	#endif
+} StreamBuffer_t;
+
+/*
+ * The number of bytes available to be read from the buffer.
+ */
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Add xCount bytes from pucData into the pxStreamBuffer message buffer.
+ * Returns the number of bytes written, which will either equal xCount in the
+ * success case, or 0 if there was not enough space in the buffer (in which case
+ * no data is written into the buffer).
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then reads an entire
+ * message out of the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then read as many bytes as possible from the buffer.
+ * prvReadBytesFromBuffer() is called to actually extract the bytes from the
+ * buffer's data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer, then writes an entire
+ * message to the buffer.  If the stream buffer is being used as a stream
+ * buffer then write as many bytes as possible to the buffer.
+ * prvWriteBytestoBuffer() is called to actually send the bytes to the buffer's
+ * data storage area.
+ */
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer(  StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										const void * pvTxData,
+										size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+										size_t xSpace,
+										size_t xRequiredSpace ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Read xMaxCount bytes from the pxStreamBuffer message buffer and write them
+ * to pucData.
+ */
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+									  uint8_t *pucData,
+									  size_t xMaxCount,
+									  size_t xBytesAvailable ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by both pxStreamBufferCreate() and pxStreamBufferCreateStatic() to
+ * initialise the members of the newly created stream buffer structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer )
+	{
+	uint8_t *pucAllocatedMemory;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer == pdTRUE )
+		{
+			/* Is a message buffer but not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Not a message buffer and not statically allocated. */
+			ucFlags = 0;
+			configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > 0 );
+		}
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		/* A stream buffer requires a StreamBuffer_t structure and a buffer.
+		Both are allocated in a single call to pvPortMalloc().  The
+		StreamBuffer_t structure is placed at the start of the allocated memory
+		and the buffer follows immediately after.  The requested size is
+		incremented so the free space is returned as the user would expect -
+		this is a quirk of the implementation that means otherwise the free
+		space would be reported as one byte smaller than would be logically
+		expected. */
+		xBufferSizeBytes++;
+		pucAllocatedMemory = ( uint8_t * ) pvPortMalloc( xBufferSizeBytes + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 malloc() only returns void*. */
+
+		if( pucAllocatedMemory != NULL )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory, /* Structure at the start of the allocated memory. */ /*lint !e9087 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */ /*lint !e826 Area is not too small and alignment is guaranteed provided malloc() behaves as expected and returns aligned buffer. */
+										   pucAllocatedMemory + sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ),  /* Storage area follows. */ /*lint !e9016 Indexing past structure valid for uint8_t pointer, also storage area has no alignment requirement. */
+										   xBufferSizeBytes,
+										   xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										   ucFlags );
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( ( ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pucAllocatedMemory ), xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pucAllocatedMemory; /*lint !e9087 !e826 Safe cast as allocated memory is aligned. */
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+														   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+														   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+														   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+														   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+	{
+	StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = ( StreamBuffer_t * ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Safe cast as StaticStreamBuffer_t is opaque Streambuffer_t. */
+	StreamBufferHandle_t xReturn;
+	uint8_t ucFlags;
+
+		configASSERT( pucStreamBufferStorageArea );
+		configASSERT( pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+		configASSERT( xTriggerLevelBytes <= xBufferSizeBytes );
+
+		/* A trigger level of 0 would cause a waiting task to unblock even when
+		the buffer was empty. */
+		if( xTriggerLevelBytes == ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xTriggerLevelBytes = ( size_t ) 1;
+		}
+
+		if( xIsMessageBuffer != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated message buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER | sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Statically allocated stream buffer. */
+			ucFlags = sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+		}
+
+		/* In case the stream buffer is going to be used as a message buffer
+		(that is, it will hold discrete messages with a little meta data that
+		says how big the next message is) check the buffer will be large enough
+		to hold at least one message. */
+		configASSERT( xBufferSizeBytes > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticStreamBuffer_t equals the size of the real
+			message buffer structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticStreamBuffer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced is configASSERT() is defined. */
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		if( ( pucStreamBufferStorageArea != NULL ) && ( pxStaticStreamBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+										  pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+										  xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  ucFlags );
+
+			/* Remember this was statically allocated in case it is ever deleted
+			again. */
+			pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags |= sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer );
+
+			xReturn = ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) pxStaticStreamBuffer; /*lint !e9087 Data hiding requires cast to opaque type. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer );
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer );
+
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Both the structure and the buffer were allocated using a single call
+			to pvPortMalloc(), hence only one call to vPortFree() is required. */
+			vPortFree( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer ); /*lint !e9087 Standard free() semantics require void *, plus pxStreamBuffer was allocated by pvPortMalloc(). */
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			/* Should not be possible to get here, ucFlags must be corrupt.
+			Force an assert. */
+			configASSERT( xStreamBuffer == ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) ~0 );
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The structure and buffer were not allocated dynamically and cannot be
+		freed - just scrub the structure so future use will assert. */
+		( void ) memset( pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber;
+#endif
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Store the stream buffer number so it can be restored after the
+		reset. */
+		uxStreamBufferNumber = pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Can only reset a message buffer if there are no tasks blocked on it. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL )
+		{
+			if( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL )
+			{
+				prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( pxStreamBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xLength,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes,
+											  pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+				{
+					pxStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* It is not valid for the trigger level to be 0. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xTriggerLevel = ( size_t ) 1;
+	}
+
+	/* The trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the stream
+	buffer before a task that is waiting for data is unblocked. */
+	if( xTriggerLevel <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevel;
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xSpace;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xSpace = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xSpace -= ( size_t ) 1;
+
+	if( xSpace >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xSpace -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xSpace;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	xReturn = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+						  const void *pvTxData,
+						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+						  TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace = 0;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+
+		/* Overflow? */
+		configASSERT( xRequiredSpace > xDataLengthBytes );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+
+		do
+		{
+			/* Wait until the required number of bytes are free in the message
+			buffer. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+				if( xSpace < xRequiredSpace )
+				{
+					/* Clear notification state as going to wait for space. */
+					( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+					/* Should only be one writer. */
+					configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend == NULL );
+					pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+
+		} while( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+								 const void *pvTxData,
+								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xSpace;
+size_t xRequiredSpace = xDataLengthBytes;
+
+	configASSERT( pvTxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This send function is used to write to both message buffers and stream
+	buffers.  If this is a message buffer then the space needed must be
+	increased by the amount of bytes needed to store the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xRequiredSpace += sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xSpace = xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( pxStreamBuffer );
+	xReturn = prvWriteMessageToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xSpace, xRequiredSpace );
+
+	if( xReturn > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Was a task waiting for the data? */
+		if( prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer ) >= pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes )
+		{
+			sbSEND_COMPLETE_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReturn );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteMessageToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+									   const void * pvTxData,
+									   size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+									   size_t xSpace,
+									   size_t xRequiredSpace )
+{
+	BaseType_t xShouldWrite;
+	size_t xReturn;
+
+	if( xSpace == ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Doesn't matter if this is a stream buffer or a message buffer, there
+		is no space to write. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	else if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* This is a stream buffer, as opposed to a message buffer, so writing a
+		stream of bytes rather than discrete messages.  Write as many bytes as
+		possible. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		xDataLengthBytes = configMIN( xDataLengthBytes, xSpace );
+	}
+	else if( xSpace >= xRequiredSpace )
+	{
+		/* This is a message buffer, as opposed to a stream buffer, and there
+		is enough space to write both the message length and the message itself
+		into the buffer.  Start by writing the length of the data, the data
+		itself will be written later in this function. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdTRUE;
+		( void ) prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) &( xDataLengthBytes ), sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* There is space available, but not enough space. */
+		xShouldWrite = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	if( xShouldWrite != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Writes the data itself. */
+		xReturn = prvWriteBytesToBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( const uint8_t * ) pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes ); /*lint !e9079 Storage buffer is implemented as uint8_t for ease of sizing, alighment and access. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+							 void *pvRxData,
+							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* Checking if there is data and clearing the notification state must be
+		performed atomically. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+			/* If this function was invoked by a message buffer read then
+			xBytesToStoreMessageLength holds the number of bytes used to hold
+			the length of the next discrete message.  If this function was
+			invoked by a stream buffer read then xBytesToStoreMessageLength will
+			be 0. */
+			if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+			{
+				/* Clear notification state as going to wait for data. */
+				( void ) xTaskNotifyStateClear( NULL );
+
+				/* Should only be one reader. */
+				configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive == NULL );
+				pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xBytesAvailable <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+		{
+			/* Wait for data to be available. */
+			traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer );
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyWait( ( uint32_t ) 0, ( uint32_t ) 0, NULL, xTicksToWait );
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+
+			/* Recheck the data available after blocking. */
+			xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+	}
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED( pxStreamBuffer );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer );
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReturn, xBytesAvailable, xOriginalTail;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Ensure the stream buffer is being used as a message buffer. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+		if( xBytesAvailable > sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH )
+		{
+			/* The number of bytes available is greater than the number of bytes
+			required to hold the length of the next message, so another message
+			is available.  Return its length without removing the length bytes
+			from the buffer.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+			returned to its prior state as the message is not actually being
+			removed from the buffer. */
+			xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+			( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempReturn, sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH, xBytesAvailable );
+			xReturn = ( size_t ) xTempReturn;
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The minimum amount of bytes in a message buffer is
+			( sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 1 ), so if xBytesAvailable is
+			less than sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH the only other valid
+			value is 0. */
+			configASSERT( xBytesAvailable == 0 );
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = 0;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+									void *pvRxData,
+									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+size_t xReceivedLength = 0, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+	configASSERT( pvRxData );
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This receive function is used by both message buffers, which store
+	discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a continuous stream of
+	bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the
+	message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	xBytesAvailable = prvBytesInBuffer( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* Whether receiving a discrete message (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength
+	holds the number of bytes used to store the message length) or a stream of
+	bytes (where xBytesToStoreMessageLength is zero), the number of bytes
+	available must be greater than xBytesToStoreMessageLength to be able to
+	read bytes from the buffer. */
+	if( xBytesAvailable > xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReceivedLength = prvReadMessageFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xBytesAvailable, xBytesToStoreMessageLength );
+
+		/* Was a task waiting for space in the buffer? */
+		if( xReceivedLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED_FROM_ISR( pxStreamBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength );
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadMessageFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer,
+										void *pvRxData,
+										size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+										size_t xBytesAvailable,
+										size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+{
+size_t xOriginalTail, xReceivedLength, xNextMessageLength;
+configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+	if( xBytesToStoreMessageLength != ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* A discrete message is being received.  First receive the length
+		of the message.  A copy of the tail is stored so the buffer can be
+		returned to its prior state if the length of the message is too
+		large for the provided buffer. */
+		xOriginalTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+		( void ) prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) &xTempNextMessageLength, xBytesToStoreMessageLength, xBytesAvailable );
+		xNextMessageLength = ( size_t ) xTempNextMessageLength;
+
+		/* Reduce the number of bytes available by the number of bytes just
+		read out. */
+		xBytesAvailable -= xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+
+		/* Check there is enough space in the buffer provided by the
+		user. */
+		if( xNextMessageLength > xBufferLengthBytes )
+		{
+			/* The user has provided insufficient space to read the message
+			so return the buffer to its previous state (so the length of
+			the message is in the buffer again). */
+			pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xOriginalTail;
+			xNextMessageLength = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* A stream of bytes is being received (as opposed to a discrete
+		message), so read as many bytes as possible. */
+		xNextMessageLength = xBufferLengthBytes;
+	}
+
+	/* Read the actual data. */
+	xReceivedLength = prvReadBytesFromBuffer( pxStreamBuffer, ( uint8_t * ) pvRxData, xNextMessageLength, xBytesAvailable ); /*lint !e9079 Data storage area is implemented as uint8_t array for ease of sizing, indexing and alignment. */
+
+	return xReceivedLength;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xTail;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* True if no bytes are available. */
+	xTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if( pxStreamBuffer->xHead == xTail )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+size_t xBytesToStoreMessageLength;
+const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	/* This generic version of the receive function is used by both message
+	buffers, which store discrete messages, and stream buffers, which store a
+	continuous stream of bytes.  Discrete messages include an additional
+	sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH bytes that hold the length of the message. */
+	if( ( pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER ) != ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = sbBYTES_TO_STORE_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xBytesToStoreMessageLength = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* True if the available space equals zero. */
+	if( xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xStreamBuffer ) <= xBytesToStoreMessageLength )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToReceive = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer = xStreamBuffer;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	configASSERT( pxStreamBuffer );
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = ( UBaseType_t ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		if( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend != NULL )
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskNotifyFromISR( ( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend,
+										 ( uint32_t ) 0,
+										 eNoAction,
+										 pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+			( pxStreamBuffer )->xTaskWaitingToSend = NULL;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvWriteBytesToBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer, const uint8_t *pucData, size_t xCount )
+{
+size_t xNextHead, xFirstLength;
+
+	configASSERT( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 );
+
+	xNextHead = pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+
+	/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be added in the first write -
+	which may be less than the total number of bytes that need to be added if
+	the buffer will wrap back to the beginning. */
+	xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextHead, xCount );
+
+	/* Write as many bytes as can be written in the first write. */
+	configASSERT( ( xNextHead + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+	( void ) memcpy( ( void* ) ( &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextHead ] ) ), ( const void * ) pucData, xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+	/* If the number of bytes written was less than the number that could be
+	written in the first write... */
+	if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+	{
+		/* ...then write the remaining bytes to the start of the buffer. */
+		configASSERT( ( xCount - xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer, ( const void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	xNextHead += xCount;
+	if( xNextHead >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xNextHead -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxStreamBuffer->xHead = xNextHead;
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvReadBytesFromBuffer( StreamBuffer_t *pxStreamBuffer, uint8_t *pucData, size_t xMaxCount, size_t xBytesAvailable )
+{
+size_t xCount, xFirstLength, xNextTail;
+
+	/* Use the minimum of the wanted bytes and the available bytes. */
+	xCount = configMIN( xBytesAvailable, xMaxCount );
+
+	if( xCount > ( size_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		xNextTail = pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+
+		/* Calculate the number of bytes that can be read - which may be
+		less than the number wanted if the data wraps around to the start of
+		the buffer. */
+		xFirstLength = configMIN( pxStreamBuffer->xLength - xNextTail, xCount );
+
+		/* Obtain the number of bytes it is possible to obtain in the first
+		read.  Asserts check bounds of read and write. */
+		configASSERT( xFirstLength <= xMaxCount );
+		configASSERT( ( xNextTail + xFirstLength ) <= pxStreamBuffer->xLength );
+		( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pucData, ( const void * ) &( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer[ xNextTail ] ), xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+
+		/* If the total number of wanted bytes is greater than the number
+		that could be read in the first read... */
+		if( xCount > xFirstLength )
+		{
+			/*...then read the remaining bytes from the start of the buffer. */
+			configASSERT( xCount <= xMaxCount );
+			( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) &( pucData[ xFirstLength ] ), ( void * ) ( pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer ), xCount - xFirstLength ); /*lint !e9087 memcpy() requires void *. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Move the tail pointer to effectively remove the data read from
+		the buffer. */
+		xNextTail += xCount;
+
+		if( xNextTail >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+		{
+			xNextTail -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+		}
+
+		pxStreamBuffer->xTail = xNextTail;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static size_t prvBytesInBuffer( const StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer )
+{
+/* Returns the distance between xTail and xHead. */
+size_t xCount;
+
+	xCount = pxStreamBuffer->xLength + pxStreamBuffer->xHead;
+	xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xTail;
+	if ( xCount >= pxStreamBuffer->xLength )
+	{
+		xCount -= pxStreamBuffer->xLength;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewStreamBuffer( StreamBuffer_t * const pxStreamBuffer,
+										  uint8_t * const pucBuffer,
+										  size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+										  size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+										  uint8_t ucFlags )
+{
+	/* Assert here is deliberately writing to the entire buffer to ensure it can
+	be written to without generating exceptions, and is setting the buffer to a
+	known value to assist in development/debugging. */
+	#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+	{
+		/* The value written just has to be identifiable when looking at the
+		memory.  Don't use 0xA5 as that is the stack fill value and could
+		result in confusion as to what is actually being observed. */
+		const BaseType_t xWriteValue = 0x55;
+		configASSERT( memset( pucBuffer, ( int ) xWriteValue, xBufferSizeBytes ) == pucBuffer );
+	} /*lint !e529 !e438 xWriteValue is only used if configASSERT() is defined. */
+	#endif
+
+	( void ) memset( ( void * ) pxStreamBuffer, 0x00, sizeof( StreamBuffer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 memset() requires void *. */
+	pxStreamBuffer->pucBuffer = pucBuffer;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xLength = xBufferSizeBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->xTriggerLevelBytes = xTriggerLevelBytes;
+	pxStreamBuffer->ucFlags = ucFlags;
+}
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber )
+	{
+		xStreamBuffer->uxStreamBufferNumber = uxStreamBufferNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+	{
+		return ( xStreamBuffer->ucFlags & sbFLAGS_IS_MESSAGE_BUFFER );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f93fca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5310 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "stack_macros.h"
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
+functions but without including stdio.h here. */
+#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
+	/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
+	to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
+	uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
+	for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
+	#include 
+#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
+
+#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+	/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+	performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+	#define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION() portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
+#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION	( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION		( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE	( 0xa5U )
+
+/* Bits used to recored how a task's stack and TCB were allocated. */
+#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB 		( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY 			( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB		( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
+value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
+set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	1
+#else
+	#define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE	0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskRUNNING_CHAR		( 'X' )
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR		( 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR		( 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR		( 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR	( 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to be
+ * global, rather than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
+configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configIDLE_TASK_NAME "IDLE"
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
+	performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
+	microcontroller architecture. */
+
+	/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
+	state task. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )														\
+		{																								\
+			uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );														\
+		}																								\
+	} /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()															\
+	{																									\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;														\
+																										\
+		/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) )							\
+		{																								\
+			configASSERT( uxTopPriority );																\
+			--uxTopPriority;																			\
+		}																								\
+																										\
+		/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of						\
+		the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */									\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );			\
+		uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;																\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
+	they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
+	being used. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
+	#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+	/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
+	performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
+	architecture being used. */
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
+	#define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )	portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	#define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()														\
+	{																								\
+	UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;																		\
+																									\
+		/* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */								\
+		portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );								\
+		configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 );		\
+		listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );		\
+	} /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
+
+	/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
+	is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
+	or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
+	#define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )														\
+	{																									\
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )	\
+		{																								\
+			portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );							\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
+count overflows. */
+#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()																	\
+{																									\
+	List_t *pxTemp;																					\
+																									\
+	/* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */						\
+	configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );										\
+																									\
+	pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;																		\
+	pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;													\
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;																\
+	xNumOfOverflows++;																				\
+	prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();																	\
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
+ * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )																\
+	traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );														\
+	taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );												\
+	vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
+	tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
+of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
+priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
+is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
+being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
+the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
+responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
+to its original value when it is released. */
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x8000U
+#else
+	#define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE	0x80000000UL
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
+ * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
+ * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock 			/* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	volatile StackType_t	*pxTopOfStack;	/*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		xMPU_SETTINGS	xMPUSettings;		/*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+	#endif
+
+	ListItem_t			xStateListItem;	/*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
+	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
+	UBaseType_t			uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
+	StackType_t			*pxStack;			/*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+	char				pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+	#if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
+		StackType_t		*pxEndOfStack;		/*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxCriticalNesting;	/*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxTCBNumber;		/*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxTaskNumber;		/*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t		uxBasePriority;		/*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+		UBaseType_t		uxMutexesHeld;
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+		TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+		void			*pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		uint32_t		ulRunTimeCounter;	/*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		/* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
+		Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
+		used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
+		responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
+		newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
+		stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
+		implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
+
+		See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+		for additional information. */
+		struct	_reent xNewLib_reent;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+		volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue;
+		volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState;
+	#endif
+
+	/* See the comments in FreeRTOS.h with the definition of
+	tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
+	#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		uint8_t	ucStaticallyAllocated; 		/*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+		uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		int iTaskErrno;
+	#endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
+below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
+xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be move to function scople but
+doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
+the static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ];/*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;						/*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;						/*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;				/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;		/*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;						/*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination;				/*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList;					/*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
+the errno of the currently running task. */
+#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+	int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks 	= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount 				= ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority 		= tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning 		= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xPendedTicks 			= ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending 			= pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows 			= ( BaseType_t ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber 					= ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime		= ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle					= NULL;			/*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
+
+/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
+interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
+lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
+If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
+moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
+kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
+when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
+accessed from a critical section. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended	= ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+	/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
+	code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;	/*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+	PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL;		/*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
+
+#endif
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+#if(  configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, char *pcTaskName );
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_TICK_HOOK > 0 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	extern void vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxIdleTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulIdleTaskStackSize ); /*lint !e526 Symbol not defined as it is an application callback. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
+ * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
+ * a suspended list, etc.).
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
+ * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
+ * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
+ *
+ * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+ * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
+ * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
+ * set to a value other than 1.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
+ * will exit the Blocked state.
+ */
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void );
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	/*
+	 * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
+	 * human readable tables of task information.
+	 */
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName, 		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
+ * under the control of the scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
+ * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
+ * called by the function.
+ */
+#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+
+	static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+									StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+
+		if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
+			function - use them. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
+
+			/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+									( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+									pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+									pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+									pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+									pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
+
+		if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+			on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+			not static allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+				#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+				{
+					/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
+					this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
+					later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
+					pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
+				}
+				#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+				prvInitialiseNewTask(	pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+										( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+										pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+										pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+										pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+										pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+				prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCreate(	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+							const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+							const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+							void * const pvParameters,
+							UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+							TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNewTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
+		does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
+		the TCB then the stack. */
+		#if( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+		{
+			/* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
+			the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
+			allocation is being used. */
+			pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+			if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+				The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+				be deleted later if required. */
+				pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
+					vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+					pxNewTCB = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		{
+		StackType_t *pxStack;
+
+			/* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
+			pxStack = pvPortMalloc( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
+
+			if( pxStack != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Allocate space for the TCB. */
+				pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
+
+				if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+					pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
+					it again. */
+					vPortFree( pxStack );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxNewTCB = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+		if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			#if( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+			{
+				/* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+				task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
+				pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+			}
+			#endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+			prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( 	TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+									const char * const pcName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+									void * const pvParameters,
+									UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+									TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+									TCB_t *pxNewTCB,
+									const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+{
+StackType_t *pxTopOfStack;
+UBaseType_t x;
+
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+		/* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+		BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
+		if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+	/* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
+	#if( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
+		( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
+	}
+	#endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
+
+	/* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
+	grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
+	portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
+	by the port. */
+	#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
+		pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		#if( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
+			debugging. */
+			pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
+	}
+	#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+	{
+		pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+		/* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+		configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+		/* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
+		performed. */
+		pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
+	}
+	#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+	/* Store the task name in the TCB. */
+	if( pcName != NULL )
+	{
+		for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
+
+			/* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
+			configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
+			string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
+			if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
+		was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
+		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The task has not been given a name, so just ensure there is a NULL
+		terminator when it is read out. */
+		pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] = 0x00;
+	}
+
+	/* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large.  First
+	remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+	if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+	{
+		uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+	#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+		pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
+	back to	the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+	#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+	#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+	#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+	}
+	#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+	#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
+		( void ) xRegions;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+	{
+		for( x = 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS; x++ )
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ x ] = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0;
+		pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+	{
+		/* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure.
+		See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+		for additional information. */
+		_REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+	but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
+	to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+	the top of stack variable is updated. */
+	#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	{
+		/* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+		pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+		function as well. */
+		#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		{
+			#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+			}
+			#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+			}
+			#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		}
+		#else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+		}
+		#endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+	}
+	#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+	{
+		/* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+		pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+		function as well. */
+		#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		{
+			#if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+			}
+			#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+			{
+				pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+			}
+			#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+		}
+		#else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+		{
+			pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+		}
+		#endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+	}
+	#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
+		change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
+		*pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t *pxNewTCB )
+{
+	/* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
+	updated. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+		if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+		{
+			/* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+			the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+			pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				/* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+				initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
+				fails, but we will report the failure. */
+				prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+			current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+			so far. */
+			if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		uxTaskNumber++;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+			pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+		traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+
+		portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+		then it should run now. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+		{
+			taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
+			being deleted. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
+			detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
+			portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
+			not return. */
+			uxTaskNumber++;
+
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				/* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
+				task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
+				Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
+				check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
+				the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
+				vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+				there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+				check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+				++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+
+				/* Call the delete hook before portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as
+				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() does not return in the Win32 port. */
+				traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+
+				/* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
+				in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
+				after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
+				hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
+				required. */
+				portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+				prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
+				the task that has just been deleted. */
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
+		been deleted. */
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
+	{
+	TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+		configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
+		configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+			block. */
+			const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+			/* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+			xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+			if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+			{
+				/* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+				lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
+				actually delay is if the wake time has also	overflowed,
+				and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
+				is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
+				delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+				tick time is less than the wake time. */
+				if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+				{
+					xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+			*pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+			if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
+
+				/* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
+				the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+		if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+			vTaskSuspendAll();
+			{
+				traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+				/* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+				scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+				list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+				is resumed.
+
+				This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+				executing task. */
+				prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
+			}
+			xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+		have put ourselves to sleep. */
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) )
+
+	eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	eTaskState eReturn;
+	List_t const * pxStateList, *pxDelayedList, *pxOverflowedDelayedList;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			/* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
+			eReturn = eRunning;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
+				pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
+			{
+				/* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
+				lists. */
+				eReturn = eBlocked;
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
+					list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
+					indefinitely? */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
+					{
+						#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+						{
+							/* The task does not appear on the event list item of
+							and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
+							blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
+							rather than waiting on an object. */
+							if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+							{
+								eReturn = eBlocked;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								eReturn = eSuspended;
+							}
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							eReturn = eSuspended;
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						eReturn = eBlocked;
+					}
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
+				{
+					/* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
+					tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
+					all. */
+					eReturn = eDeleted;
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
+			{
+				/* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
+				Ready (including pending ready) state. */
+				eReturn = eReady;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
+			that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being queried. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+		configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+		/* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+		if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+			task that is being changed. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+			traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
+
+			#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
+			{
+				/* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+				priority than the calling task. */
+				if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
+				{
+					if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
+					{
+						/* The priority of a task other than the currently
+						running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
+						raised above that of the running task? */
+						if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The priority of the running task is being raised,
+						but the running task must already be the highest
+						priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
+					}
+				}
+				else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of the running task down means
+					there may now be another task of higher priority that
+					is ready to execute. */
+					xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
+					require a yield as the running task must be above the
+					new priority of the task being modified. */
+				}
+
+				/* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
+				before its uxPriority member is changed so the
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
+				uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+
+				#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+					currently using an inherited priority. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+					pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+				being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+				nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
+				the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+				in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
+					adding it to it's new ready list.  As we are in a critical
+					section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+						there is no need to check again and the port level
+						reset macro can be called directly. */
+						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
+				optimised task selection is not being used. */
+				( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
+			being suspended. */
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
+
+			traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+			/* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
+			suspended list. */
+			if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+			if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+				{
+					/* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
+					now suspended, so no notification was received. */
+					pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
+			task that is now in the Suspended state. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+		{
+			if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The current task has just been suspended. */
+				configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+				portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+				to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+				must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+				if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
+				{
+					/* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+					NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+					be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+					is. */
+					pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					vTaskSwitchContext();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+		/* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
+		section. */
+
+		/* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+		configASSERT( xTask );
+
+		/* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
+		if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the	Suspended
+				state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
+				{
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	} /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+
+		/* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+		currently executing task. */
+		if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+					/* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
+					suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove(  &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
+						but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
+						next yield. */
+						taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+				/* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
+					suspended list to the ready list directly. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
+					is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
+					unsuspended. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xYieldRequired;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+	#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	{
+		StaticTask_t *pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+		StackType_t *pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+		uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
+
+		/* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
+		address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
+		vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
+		xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvIdleTask,
+												configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+												ulIdleTaskStackSize,
+												( void * ) NULL, /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
+												portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+												pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
+												pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+
+		if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdPASS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+	}
+	#else
+	{
+		/* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
+		xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvIdleTask,
+								configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+								configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
+								( void * ) NULL,
+								portPRIVILEGE_BIT, /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+								&xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+	}
+	#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+	#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+	{
+		if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+	if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+	{
+		/* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
+		definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
+		the only macro called by the function. */
+		#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		{
+			freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+		before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
+		the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+		so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+		starts to run. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to the task that will run first.
+			See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+			for additional information. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+		xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+		xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+
+		/* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+		macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+		the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+		is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
+		have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
+		FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
+		portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+		portable interface. */
+		if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+			function will not return. */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
+		because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
+		or the timer task. */
+		configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
+	}
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
+	meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
+	( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+	routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
+	layer must ensure interrupts enable	bit is left in the correct state. */
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+	vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+	BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
+	post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
+	http://goo.gl/wu4acr */
+
+	/* portSOFRWARE_BARRIER() is only implemented for emulated/simulated ports that
+	do not otherwise exhibit real time behaviour. */
+	portSOFTWARE_BARRIER();
+
+	/* The scheduler is suspended if uxSchedulerSuspended is non-zero.  An increment
+	is used to allow calls to vTaskSuspendAll() to nest. */
+	++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+	/* Enforces ordering for ports and optimised compilers that may otherwise place
+	the above increment elsewhere. */
+	portMEMORY_BARRIER();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
+	{
+	TickType_t xReturn;
+	UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
+		configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
+		task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
+		running. */
+		#if( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+		{
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
+
+			/* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
+			variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
+			significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
+			above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
+			care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
+			if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
+			{
+				uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
+		{
+			/* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
+			time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
+			processed. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
+			idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
+			configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB = NULL;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+	previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+	/* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+	list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
+	removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
+	scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+	tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		--uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+		if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+			{
+				/* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+				appropriate ready list. */
+				while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* If the moved task has a priority higher than the current
+					task then a yield must be performed. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
+					which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
+					re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
+					important for low power tickless implementations, where
+					this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
+					state. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+
+				/* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+				they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
+				not	slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
+				time. */
+				{
+					TickType_t xPendedCounts = xPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
+
+					if( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+					{
+						do
+						{
+							if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+							{
+								xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+							}
+							--xPendedCounts;
+						} while( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U );
+
+						xPendedTicks = 0;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					#if( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
+					{
+						xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					#endif
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+TickType_t xTicks;
+
+	/* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+	portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		xTicks = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+TickType_t xReturn;
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+	/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+	above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+	when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+	FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+	then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+	failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+	assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+	Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+	system call	interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+	safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+	More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+	link: https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+	portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		xReturn = xTickCount;
+	}
+	portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+	/* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+	BaseType_t. */
+	return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+char *pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	/* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
+	queried. */
+	pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+	configASSERT( pxTCB );
+	return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	static TCB_t *prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t *pxList, const char pcNameToQuery[] )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB, *pxReturn = NULL;
+	UBaseType_t x;
+	char cNextChar;
+	BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
+
+		/* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );  /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+				/* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
+				mismatch. */
+				xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
+				for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+				{
+					cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
+
+					if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
+					{
+						/* Characters didn't match. */
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
+					{
+						/* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
+						found. */
+						pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
+						xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if( pxReturn != NULL )
+				{
+					/* The handle has been found. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return pxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+	TCB_t* pxTCB;
+
+		/* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
+		configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Search the ready lists. */
+			do
+			{
+				uxQueue--;
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
+
+				if( pxTCB != NULL )
+				{
+					/* Found the handle. */
+					break;
+				}
+
+			} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+			/* Search the delayed lists. */
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			if( pxTCB == NULL )
+			{
+				pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+			}
+
+			#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the suspended list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+			{
+				if( pxTCB == NULL )
+				{
+					/* Search the deleted list. */
+					pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return pxTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
+			if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+			{
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Ready state. */
+				do
+				{
+					uxQueue--;
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
+
+				} while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+				/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+				task in the Blocked state. */
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+				uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+
+				#if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+					each task in the Suspended state. */
+					uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1)
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+							portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
+						#else
+							*pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+						#endif
+					}
+				}
+				#else
+				{
+					if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+					{
+						*pulTotalRunTime = 0;
+					}
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+		/* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+		started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+		configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+		return xIdleTaskHandle;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
+implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
+1. */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
+	{
+		/* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
+		was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
+		each stepped tick. */
+		configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
+		xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
+		traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp )
+{
+BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Must not be called with the scheduler suspended as the implementation
+	relies on xPendedTicks being wound down to 0 in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+	/* Use xPendedTicks to mimic xTicksToCatchUp number of ticks occurring when
+	the scheduler is suspended so the ticks are executed in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	xPendedTicks += xTicksToCatchUp;
+	xYieldRequired = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	return xYieldRequired;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB = xTask;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+		vTaskSuspendAll();
+		{
+			/* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
+			it is actually in the Blocked state. */
+			if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+				/* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
+				interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
+				scheduler is suspended. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
+				the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
+				even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
+				is used. */
+				taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+				{
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+						/* This lets the task know it was forcibly removed from the
+						blocked state so it should not re-evaluate its block time and
+						then block again. */
+						pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+				/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
+				switch if preemption is turned off. */
+				#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+				{
+					/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
+					performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
+					equal to or higher than the currently executing task. */
+					if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+					{
+						/* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
+						is unsuspended. */
+						xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+TCB_t * pxTCB;
+TickType_t xItemValue;
+BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+	Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+	tasks to be unblocked. */
+	traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+		block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
+
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
+		delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
+		xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
+
+		if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
+		{
+			taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
+		the	queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
+		has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
+		look any further down the list. */
+		if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+		{
+			for( ;; )
+			{
+				if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
+					to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
+					unlikely that the
+					if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
+					next time through. */
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					break;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
+					item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
+					at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
+					be removed from the Blocked state. */
+					pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+					xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
+					{
+						/* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
+						item value is the time at which the task at the head
+						of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
+						state -	so record the item value in
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
+						xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
+						break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deedmed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+					/* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
+					it from the event list. */
+					if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+					{
+						( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
+					list. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
+					context switch if preemption is turned off. */
+					#if (  configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+					{
+						/* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
+						only be performed if the unblocked task has a
+						priority that is equal to or higher than the
+						currently executing task. */
+						if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+						{
+							xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
+		processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
+		writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
+		{
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
+			count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
+			if( xPendedTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				vApplicationTickHook();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+		{
+			if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		++xPendedTicks;
+
+		/* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+		scheduler is locked. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			vApplicationTickHook();
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	return xSwitchRequired;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
+		getting set. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		/* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+		the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter )
+	{
+	TCB_t *xTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+		if( xTask == NULL )
+		{
+			xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xTCB = xTask;
+		}
+
+		if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFAIL;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+		switch. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+			#ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+				portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+			#else
+				ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+			#endif
+
+			/* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
+			accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
+			stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
+			protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
+			overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
+			against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
+			are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
+			if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
+			{
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+			ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
+		}
+		#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+		/* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
+		taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+		/* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
+		optimised asm code. */
+		taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+		/* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
+		#if( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+		{
+			FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+			structure specific to this task.
+			See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+			for additional information. */
+			_impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+	SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+	This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+	is the first to be woken by the event.  The queue that contains the event
+	list is locked, preventing simultaneous access from interrupts. */
+	vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList, const TickType_t xItemValue, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event groups implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
+
+	/* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
+	event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
+	task that is not in the Blocked state. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
+	list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
+	event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
+	directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
+	the task level). */
+	vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+	{
+		configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+		/* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+		'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+		designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+		it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+
+		/* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+		In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+		be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+		can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+		vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
+		value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
+		if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
+		}
+
+		traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
+		prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
+	called from a critical section within an ISR. */
+
+	/* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
+	be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
+	the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
+
+	If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+	get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
+	means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
+
+	This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+	pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+	{
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+		#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+		{
+			/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+			might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+			unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+			normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+			value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+			tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+			at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+			ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+			prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+		}
+		#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
+		pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+		vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
+		priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
+		it should force a context switch now. */
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+
+		/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
+		"xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem, const TickType_t xItemValue )
+{
+TCB_t *pxUnblockedTCB;
+
+	/* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+	the event flags implementation. */
+	configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
+
+	/* Store the new item value in the event list. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+	/* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
+	event flags. */
+	pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+	configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( pxEventListItem );
+
+	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+	{
+		/* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+		might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+		unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+		normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+		value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+		tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+		at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+		ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+		prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
+	scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
+	lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+	prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+	{
+		/* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
+		a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
+		scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
+		occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
+		xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+		pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+	/* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
+	pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+	pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+	configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		/* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
+		const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+		const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
+
+		#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
+				but has the same result. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+			if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+			{
+				/* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
+				specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
+				indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+		#endif
+
+		if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
+		{
+			/* The tick count is greater than the time at which
+			vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
+			vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
+			around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
+			was called. */
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
+		{
+			/* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+			*pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
+			vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			*pxTicksToWait = 0;
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+	xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+	TCB_t const *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			uxReturn = 0U;
+		}
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask, const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+		if( xTask != NULL )
+		{
+			pxTCB = xTask;
+			pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Stop warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	/** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
+	SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
+
+	/* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
+	the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
+	any. */
+	portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( configMINIMAL_SECURE_STACK_SIZE );
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
+		is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
+		prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+		#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+		{
+			/* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+			see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
+			preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+			will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+			taskYIELD();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+		#if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+			timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+			to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+			timeslice.
+
+			A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+			the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
+			the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+			then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+			{
+				taskYIELD();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
+
+		#if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+			/* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
+			allows the application designer to add background functionality
+			without the overhead of a separate task.
+			NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+			CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+			vApplicationIdleHook();
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
+
+		/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
+		to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
+		user defined low power mode	implementations require
+		configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
+		#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+		{
+		TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
+
+			/* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
+			each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
+			test of the expected idle time is performed without the
+			scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
+			valid. */
+			xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+			if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+			{
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
+					time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
+					be used. */
+					configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
+					xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+					/* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
+					if the application does not want
+					portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
+					configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+					if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+					{
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
+						portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
+						traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+	eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
+	{
+	/* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
+	const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
+	eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
+
+		/* This function must be called from a critical section. */
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
+		{
+			/* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
+			eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
+			have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
+			then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
+			interrupts. */
+			if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
+			{
+				eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		return eReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
+			configASSERT( pxTCB != NULL );
+			pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+	void *pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex )
+	{
+	void *pvReturn = NULL;
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+		{
+			pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+			pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pvReturn = NULL;
+		}
+
+		return pvReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify, const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
+		the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+		vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+	}
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+	vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+	vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+	using list2. */
+	pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+
+	/** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+	{
+		TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		being called too often in the idle task. */
+		while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				--uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+				--uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+		}
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+		/* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
+		pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] );
+		pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+		pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
+		pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
+
+		#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
+		value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
+		state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
+		if( eState != eInvalid )
+		{
+			if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
+
+				#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+				{
+					/* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
+					chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
+					it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
+					if( eState == eSuspended )
+					{
+						vTaskSuspendAll();
+						{
+							if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+							{
+								pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
+							}
+						}
+						( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+					}
+				}
+				#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
+		}
+
+		/* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
+		parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
+		if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
+			}
+			#endif
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray, List_t *pxList, eTaskState eState )
+	{
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+	UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
+
+		if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+			/* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
+			pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
+			pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
+			meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
+			do
+			{
+				listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+				vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
+				uxTask++;
+			} while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return uxTask;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+	static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
+
+		while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+		{
+			pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+			ulCount++;
+		}
+
+		ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
+
+		return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
+
+	/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+	same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+	user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+	overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+	applications that expect an 8-bit return type. */
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
+	configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+		/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are
+		the same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
+		allows the user to determine the return type.  It gets around the
+		problem of the value overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking
+		backward compatibility for applications that expect an 8-bit return
+		type. */
+
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		uxReturn = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint8_t *pucEndOfStack;
+	UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		#if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+		return uxReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+	static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t *pxTCB )
+	{
+		/* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
+		above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
+		want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
+		portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
+
+		/* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
+		to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level.
+		See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+		for additional information. */
+		#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+		{
+			_reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
+		}
+		#endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
+			the stack and TCB. */
+			vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+			vPortFree( pxTCB );
+		}
+		#elif( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+		{
+			/* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+			check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
+			memory. */
+			if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
+			{
+				/* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
+				must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB->pxStack );
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
+			{
+				/* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
+				only memory that must be freed. */
+				vPortFree( pxTCB );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
+				nothing needs to be freed. */
+				configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB	);
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
+{
+TCB_t *pxTCB;
+
+	if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
+		the maximum possible value so it is	extremely unlikely that the
+		if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+		there is an item in the delayed list. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+		the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
+		which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+		from the Blocked state. */
+		( pxTCB ) = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+	TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+	{
+	TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+		/* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+		an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+		individual execution thread. */
+		xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		/* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
+		locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
+		needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
+			the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
+			inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+			{
+				/* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
+				priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
+				not being used for anything else. */
+				if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+				{
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
+				to be moved into a new list. */
+				if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+						there is no need to check again and the port level
+						reset macro can be called directly. */
+						portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Just inherit the priority. */
+					pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+				}
+
+				traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+				/* Inheritance occurred. */
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
+					current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
+					priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
+					Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
+					priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
+					not been the case. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
+			If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
+			interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
+			be the running state task. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+			( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
+
+			/* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
+			task? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					/* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
+					the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
+					given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
+					holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
+					the holding task from the ready/delayed list. */
+					if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+					{
+						taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
+					new	ready list. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+
+					/* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
+					any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
+					running to give back the mutex. */
+					listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+					/* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
+					This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
+					multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
+					in an order different to that in which they were taken.
+					If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
+					returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
+					switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
+					a task is waiting on it or not. */
+					xReturn = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder, UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+	UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
+	const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+		if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+		{
+			/* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
+			one mutex. */
+			configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+
+			/* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
+			holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
+			holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
+			priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
+			if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+			}
+
+			/* Does the priority need to change? */
+			if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
+			{
+				/* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
+				simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
+				the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
+				the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
+				if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
+				{
+					/* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
+					mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
+					its own priority. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
+
+					/* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
+					priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
+					state. */
+					traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+					uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+					pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
+
+					/* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+					being used for anything else. */
+					if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+					{
+						listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
+					then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
+					Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
+					from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
+					the task's priority is going to change and there is one
+					Ready list per priority. */
+					if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+						{
+							/* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+							there is no need to check again and the port level
+							reset macro can be called directly. */
+							portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+
+						prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+	{
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+
+			/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
+			function so	assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
+			context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
+			interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
+			protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
+			critical section. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+			{
+				portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+	{
+		if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
+			{
+				( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+				if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
+				{
+					portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+	static char *prvWriteNameToBuffer( char *pcBuffer, const char *pcTaskName )
+	{
+	size_t x;
+
+		/* Start by copying the entire string. */
+		strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
+
+		/* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
+		printed out. */
+		for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
+		{
+			pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
+		}
+
+		/* Terminate. */
+		pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Return the new end of string. */
+		return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	char cStatus;
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+		 * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays task names, states and stack usage.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
+		 * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
+		 * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
+		 * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
+		 * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
+		 * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
+		 * snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskList().
+		 */
+
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
+
+			/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+			for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+			{
+				switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
+				{
+					case eRunning:		cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eReady:		cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eBlocked:		cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eSuspended:	cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eDeleted:		cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
+										break;
+
+					case eInvalid:		/* Fall through. */
+					default:			/* Should not get here, but it is included
+										to prevent static checking errors. */
+										cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
+										break;
+				}
+
+				/* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
+				can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
+				pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+				/* Write the rest of the string. */
+				sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+				pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+	uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+		#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
+		{
+			#error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		 * PLEASE NOTE:
+		 *
+		 * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+		 * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+		 * scheduler.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
+		 * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+		 * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
+		 * in both absolute and percentage terms.
+		 *
+		 * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
+		 * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
+		 * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
+		 * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
+		 * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
+		 * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
+		 * a full snprintf() implementation!).
+		 *
+		 * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+		 * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+		 * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+		 */
+
+		/* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+		*pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+		/* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		function is executing. */
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+		/* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
+		configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+		equate to NULL. */
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Generate the (binary) data. */
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
+
+			/* For percentage calculations. */
+			ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
+
+			/* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
+			if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+				{
+					/* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+					This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+					ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
+					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
+
+					/* Write the task name to the string, padding with
+					spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
+					easily. */
+					pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+					{
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+						consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+						#ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+						{
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+						}
+						#else
+						{
+							/* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+							printf() library can be used. */
+							sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+						}
+						#endif
+					}
+
+					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+			is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
+{
+TickType_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	/* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
+	queues and semaphores. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+	TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
+	{
+		/* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
+		then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
+		if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
+		{
+			( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
+		}
+
+		return pxCurrentTCB;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue == 0UL )
+			{
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE();
+			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+
+			if( ulReturn != 0UL )
+			{
+				if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = 0UL;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return ulReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
+				set	by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
+				clear the value to zero. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
+
+				/* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+				if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+					traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK();
+
+					/* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+					section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+					critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+					application code should ever do. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT();
+
+			if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				/* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
+				have changed. */
+				*pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			/* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
+			blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
+			task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
+			unblocked because of a timeout. */
+			if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				/* A notification was not received. */
+				xReturn = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* A notification was already pending or a notification was
+				received while the task was waiting. */
+				pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
+				xReturn = pdTRUE;
+			}
+
+			pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction:
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+				prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+				{
+					/* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
+					out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
+					a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
+					because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
+					the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+					tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
+					sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
+					earliest possible time. */
+					prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+				}
+				#endif
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+			{
+				*pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			}
+
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			switch( eAction )
+			{
+				case eSetBits	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue |= ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eIncrement	:
+					( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithOverwrite	:
+					pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					break;
+
+				case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite :
+					if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+					{
+						pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue = ulValue;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						/* The value could not be written to the task. */
+						xReturn = pdFAIL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case eNoAction :
+					/* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+					updated. */
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					/* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+					Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+					compiler can't assume is const. */
+					configASSERT( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue == ~0UL );
+					break;
+			}
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	void vTaskNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	TCB_t * pxTCB;
+	uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+	UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+		configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+
+		/* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+		maximum	system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+		Interrupts that are	above the maximum system call priority are keep
+		permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+		but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+		is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+		failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+		been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+		priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+		from interrupts	that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+		below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+		separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+		simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+		provided on the following link:
+		http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+		portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+		pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+		uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+		{
+			ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState;
+			pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+			/* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
+			semaphore. */
+			( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue )++;
+
+			traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR();
+
+			/* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+			notification then unblock it now. */
+			if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+			{
+				/* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+				configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+				if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+					prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+					this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+					vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+
+				if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+				{
+					/* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+					executing task so a yield is required. */
+					if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+					{
+						*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+					}
+
+					/* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+					using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
+					safe FreeRTOS function. */
+					xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+		its notification state cleared. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+			{
+				pxTCB->ucNotifyState = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = pdFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+	{
+	TCB_t *pxTCB;
+	uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+		/* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+		its notification state cleared. */
+		pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+		taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+		{
+			/* Return the notification as it was before the bits were cleared,
+			then clear the bit mask. */
+			ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue;
+			pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue &= ~ulBitsToClear;
+		}
+		taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+		return ulReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
+
+	uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void )
+	{
+		return xIdleTaskHandle->ulRunTimeCounter;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+	#if( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+	{
+		/* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
+		reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
+		when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
+		pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
+	as the same list item is used for both lists. */
+	if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		/* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
+		check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
+		portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+	{
+		if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
+		{
+			/* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+			list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
+			indefinitely. */
+			vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+			does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
+			kernel will manage it correctly. */
+			xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+			/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+			listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+			if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+			{
+				/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
+				list. */
+				vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
+				is used. */
+				vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+				/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
+				head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+				needs to be updated too. */
+				if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+				{
+					xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	#else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+	{
+		/* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+		does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
+		will manage it correctly. */
+		xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+		/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+		if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+		{
+			/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
+			vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+			/* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+			list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+			too. */
+			if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+			{
+				xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
+		( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
+	}
+	#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+}
+
+/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
+especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
+when performing module tests). */
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
+	#include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#if( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
+
+	#include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
+
+	#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+		static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
+		{
+			FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
+		}
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d10c832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1127 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include 
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
+	#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
+
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY		( TickType_t ) 0U
+
+/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
+defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
+	#define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME "Tmr Svc"
+#endif
+
+/* Bit definitions used in the ucStatus member of a timer structure. */
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE					( ( uint8_t ) 0x01 )
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED	( ( uint8_t ) 0x02 )
+#define tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD				( ( uint8_t ) 0x04 )
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+	const char				*pcTimerName;		/*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+	ListItem_t				xTimerListItem;		/*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+	TickType_t				xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+	void 					*pvTimerID;			/*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+	TimerCallbackFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t			uxTimerNumber;		/*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
+	#endif
+	uint8_t 				ucStatus;			/*<< Holds bits to say if the timer was statically allocated or not, and if it is active or not. */
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
+name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
+Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
+and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
+two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
+and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
+{
+	TickType_t			xMessageValue;		/*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+	Timer_t *			pxTimer;			/*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} TimerParameter_t;
+
+
+typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
+{
+	PendedFunction_t	pxCallbackFunction;	/* << The callback function to execute. */
+	void *pvParameter1;						/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
+	uint32_t ulParameter2;					/* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
+} CallbackParameters_t;
+
+/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
+that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+	BaseType_t			xMessageID;			/*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+	union
+	{
+		TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
+
+		/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
+		it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+			CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+	} u;
+} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access these lists.
+xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
+breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
+static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	/* If static allocation is supported then the application must provide the
+	following callback function - which enables the application to optionally
+	provide the memory that will be used by the timer task as the task's stack
+	and TCB. */
+	extern void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t **ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t **ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize );
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvTimerTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto-reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+	/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+	configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
+	timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
+	been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+	prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+		{
+			StaticTask_t *pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+			StackType_t *pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+			uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
+
+			vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
+			xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic(	prvTimerTask,
+													configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+													ulTimerTaskStackSize,
+													NULL,
+													( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+													pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
+													pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
+
+			if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
+			{
+				xReturn = pdPASS;
+			}
+		}
+		#else
+		{
+			xReturn = xTaskCreate(	prvTimerTask,
+									configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+									configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
+									NULL,
+									( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+									&xTimerTaskHandle );
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	configASSERT( xReturn );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+								const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+								const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+								void * const pvTimerID,
+								TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Status is thus far zero as the timer is not created statically
+			and has not been started.  The auto-reload bit may get set in
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer. */
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus = 0x00;
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(	const char * const pcTimerName,		/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+										const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+										const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+										void * const pvTimerID,
+										TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+										StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer )
+	{
+	Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
+			structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
+			( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
+		configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
+		pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
+
+		if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+		{
+			/* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
+			timer was created statically in case it is later deleted.  The
+			auto-reload bit may get set in prvInitialiseNewTimer(). */
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus = tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+			prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+		}
+
+		return pxNewTimer;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTimer(	const char * const pcTimerName,			/*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+									const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+									const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+									void * const pvTimerID,
+									TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+									Timer_t *pxNewTimer )
+{
+	/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+	if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+		created/initialised. */
+		prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+		/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
+		parameters. */
+		pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+		pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+		pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+		pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+		traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+	on a particular timer definition. */
+	if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+	{
+		/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+		xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+		if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
+		{
+			if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+
+		traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
+{
+	/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+	started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+	configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+	return xTimerTaskHandle;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) == 0 )
+		{
+			/* Not an auto-reload timer. */
+			uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Is an auto-reload timer. */
+			uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * pxTimer =  xTimer;
+TickType_t xReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+	return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
+{
+BaseType_t xResult;
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+	/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
+	been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+	traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+	/* If the timer is an auto-reload timer then calculate the next
+	expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+	if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+	{
+		/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
+		other than the current time.  It will therefore be inserted into the
+		correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
+		if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+			list.  Reload it now.  */
+			xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+			configASSERT( xResult );
+			( void ) xResult;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Call the timer callback. */
+	pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvTimerTask, pvParameters )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
+
+	/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+	( void ) pvParameters;
+
+	#if( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
+
+		/* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
+		this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
+		application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
+		executing after the scheduler has been started. */
+		vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
+
+	for( ;; )
+	{
+		/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+		obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+		xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
+		until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+		prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+		/* Empty the command queue. */
+		prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+		has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+		then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+		when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+		prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
+		xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+		if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+			if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+			{
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+				prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+				time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
+				block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+				received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
+				be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+				case when the current timer list is empty. */
+				if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
+					also empty? */
+					xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
+				}
+
+				vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
+
+				if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+				{
+					/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
+					block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
+					critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
+					will not cause the task to block. */
+					portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+
+	/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+	referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
+	the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
+	active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
+	this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+	timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+	re-assessed.  */
+	*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+		xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+	}
+
+	return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
+
+	xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+	if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+	{
+		prvSwitchTimerLists();
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+	return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
+{
+BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+	if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+	{
+		/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+		timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+		if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+		{
+			/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+			processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+		{
+			/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+			but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+			its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+			xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void	prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+TickType_t xTimeNow;
+
+	while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
+	{
+		#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
+			commands. */
+			if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
+
+				/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
+				callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
+				configASSERT( pxCallback );
+
+				/* Call the function. */
+				pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+
+		/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
+		function calls. */
+		if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
+			software timer. */
+			pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
+
+			if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
+			{
+				/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
+
+			/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
+			it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
+			called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
+			possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
+			queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
+			pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
+			xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+			switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+			{
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
+					/* Start or restart a timer. */
+					pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer,  xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
+						timer list.  Process it now. */
+						pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+						traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+						if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+						{
+							xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+							configASSERT( xResult );
+							( void ) xResult;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
+					/* The timer has already been removed from the active list. */
+					pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+				case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
+					pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
+					configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+					/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
+					be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
+					therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
+					be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
+					meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
+					no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
+					( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+					break;
+
+				case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+					#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+					{
+						/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+						just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
+						allocated. */
+						if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+						{
+							vPortFree( pxTimer );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+						}
+					}
+					#else
+					{
+						/* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
+						could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
+						no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
+						"not active". */
+						pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+					}
+					#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+					break;
+
+				default	:
+					/* Don't expect to get here. */
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
+{
+TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+List_t *pxTemp;
+Timer_t *pxTimer;
+BaseType_t xResult;
+
+	/* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
+	If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+	then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+	are switched. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+		/* Remove the timer from the list. */
+		pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+		traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+		/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+		it is an auto-reload timer.  It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+		have not yet been switched. */
+		pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+
+		if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+		{
+			/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+			the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+			and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+			processed again within this loop.  Otherwise a command should be sent
+			to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+			the lists have been swapped. */
+			xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+			if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+			{
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+				listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+				vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+				configASSERT( xResult );
+				( void ) xResult;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+	pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+	pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+	/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+	queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+	initialised. */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+		{
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+			vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+			pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+			pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
+				configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
+				static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+				static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
+			}
+			#else
+			{
+				xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			{
+				if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+				{
+					vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+Timer_t *pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE ) == 0 )
+		{
+			xReturn = pdFALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pdTRUE;
+		}
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+void *pvReturn;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
+{
+Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+	configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+	BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+	{
+	DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
+		after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
+		queue does not exist. */
+		configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
+
+		/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+		daemon task. */
+		xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+		xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+		xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+
+		tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+	{
+		return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer, UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
+	{
+		( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
+
+
+
diff --git a/STM32F411XX_FLASH.ld b/STM32F411XX_FLASH.ld
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c9e64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/STM32F411XX_FLASH.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+**
+
+**  File        : LinkerScript.ld
+**
+**  Author		: STM32CubeMX
+**
+**  Abstract    : Linker script for STM32F411RETx series
+**                512Kbytes FLASH and 128Kbytes RAM
+**
+**                Set heap size, stack size and stack location according
+**                to application requirements.
+**
+**                Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used.
+**
+**  Target      : STMicroelectronics STM32
+**
+**  Distribution: The file is distributed “as is,” without any warranty
+**                of any kind.
+**
+*****************************************************************************
+** @attention
+**
+** 
© COPYRIGHT(c) 2025 STMicroelectronics

+**
+** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+**   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+**      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+**   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+**      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+**      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+**   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+**      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+**      without specific prior written permission.
+**
+** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+**
+*****************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/* Entry Point */
+ENTRY(Reset_Handler)
+
+/* Specify the memory areas */
+MEMORY
+{
+RAM (xrw)      : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K
+FLASH (rx)      : ORIGIN = 0x8000000, LENGTH = 512K
+}
+
+/* Highest address of the user mode stack */
+_estack = ORIGIN(RAM) + LENGTH(RAM);    /* end of RAM */
+_sstack = _estack - _Min_Stack_Size;
+/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */
+_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200;      /* required amount of heap  */
+_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */
+
+/* Define output sections */
+SECTIONS
+{
+  /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */
+  .isr_vector :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */
+  .text :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    *(.text)           /* .text sections (code) */
+    *(.text*)          /* .text* sections (code) */
+    *(.glue_7)         /* glue arm to thumb code */
+    *(.glue_7t)        /* glue thumb to arm code */
+    *(.eh_frame)
+
+    KEEP (*(.init))
+    KEEP (*(.fini))
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _etext = .;        /* define a global symbols at end of code */
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* Constant data goes into FLASH */
+  .rodata :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    *(.rodata)         /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+    *(.rodata*)        /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .ARM.extab (READONLY) : /* The "READONLY" keyword is only supported in GCC11 and later, remove it if using GCC10 or earlier. */
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*)
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .ARM (READONLY) : /* The "READONLY" keyword is only supported in GCC11 and later, remove it if using GCC10 or earlier. */
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    __exidx_start = .;
+    *(.ARM.exidx*)
+    __exidx_end = .;
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .preinit_array (READONLY) : /* The "READONLY" keyword is only supported in GCC11 and later, remove it if using GCC10 or earlier. */
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(.preinit_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .);
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .init_array (READONLY) : /* The "READONLY" keyword is only supported in GCC11 and later, remove it if using GCC10 or earlier. */
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*)))
+    KEEP (*(.init_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .);
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  .fini_array (READONLY) : /* The "READONLY" keyword is only supported in GCC11 and later, remove it if using GCC10 or earlier. */
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .);
+    KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*)))
+    KEEP (*(.fini_array*))
+    PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .);
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >FLASH
+
+  /* used by the startup to initialize data */
+  _sidata = LOADADDR(.data);
+
+  /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */
+  .data :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _sdata = .;        /* create a global symbol at data start */
+    *(.data)           /* .data sections */
+    *(.data*)          /* .data* sections */
+    *(.RamFunc)        /* .RamFunc sections */
+    *(.RamFunc*)       /* .RamFunc* sections */
+
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+  } >RAM AT> FLASH
+
+ /* Initialized TLS data section */
+  .tdata : ALIGN(4)
+  {
+    *(.tdata .tdata.* .gnu.linkonce.td.*)
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    _edata = .;        /* define a global symbol at data end */
+    PROVIDE(__data_end = .);
+    PROVIDE(__tdata_end = .);
+  } >RAM AT> FLASH
+
+  PROVIDE( __tdata_start = ADDR(.tdata) );
+  PROVIDE( __tdata_size = __tdata_end - __tdata_start );
+
+  PROVIDE( __data_start = ADDR(.data) );
+  PROVIDE( __data_size = __data_end - __data_start );
+
+  PROVIDE( __tdata_source = LOADADDR(.tdata) );
+  PROVIDE( __tdata_source_end = LOADADDR(.tdata) + SIZEOF(.tdata) );
+  PROVIDE( __tdata_source_size = __tdata_source_end - __tdata_source );
+
+  PROVIDE( __data_source = LOADADDR(.data) );
+  PROVIDE( __data_source_end = __tdata_source_end );
+  PROVIDE( __data_source_size = __data_source_end - __data_source );
+  /* Uninitialized data section */
+  .tbss (NOLOAD) : ALIGN(4)
+  {
+     /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */
+    _sbss = .;         /* define a global symbol at bss start */
+    __bss_start__ = _sbss;
+    *(.tbss .tbss.*)
+    . = ALIGN(4);
+    PROVIDE( __tbss_end = . );
+  } >RAM
+
+  PROVIDE( __tbss_start = ADDR(.tbss) );
+  PROVIDE( __tbss_size = __tbss_end - __tbss_start );
+  PROVIDE( __tbss_offset = ADDR(.tbss) - ADDR(.tdata) );
+
+  PROVIDE( __tls_base = __tdata_start );
+  PROVIDE( __tls_end = __tbss_end );
+  PROVIDE( __tls_size = __tls_end - __tls_base );
+  PROVIDE( __tls_align = MAX(ALIGNOF(.tdata), ALIGNOF(.tbss)) );
+  PROVIDE( __tls_size_align = (__tls_size + __tls_align - 1) & ~(__tls_align - 1) );
+  PROVIDE( __arm32_tls_tcb_offset = MAX(8, __tls_align) );
+  PROVIDE( __arm64_tls_tcb_offset = MAX(16, __tls_align) );
+
+  .bss (NOLOAD) : ALIGN(4)
+  {
+    *(.bss)
+    *(.bss*)
+    *(COMMON)
+
+      . = ALIGN(4);
+    _ebss = .;         /* define a global symbol at bss end */
+    __bss_end__ = _ebss;
+      PROVIDE( __bss_end = .);
+  } >RAM
+  PROVIDE( __non_tls_bss_start = ADDR(.bss) );
+
+  PROVIDE( __bss_start = __tbss_start );
+  PROVIDE( __bss_size = __bss_end - __bss_start );
+
+  /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */
+  ._user_heap_stack (NOLOAD) :
+  {
+    . = ALIGN(8);
+    PROVIDE ( end = . );
+    PROVIDE ( _end = . );
+    . = . + _Min_Heap_Size;
+    . = . + _Min_Stack_Size;
+    . = ALIGN(8);
+  } >RAM
+
+
+
+  /* Remove information from the standard libraries */
+  /DISCARD/ :
+  {
+    libc.a:* ( * )
+    libm.a:* ( * )
+    libgcc.a:* ( * )
+  }
+
+}
diff --git a/cmake/gcc-arm-none-eabi.cmake b/cmake/gcc-arm-none-eabi.cmake
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1b5bd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cmake/gcc-arm-none-eabi.cmake
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME               Generic)
+set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR          arm)
+
+set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID GNU)
+set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID GNU)
+
+# Some default GCC settings
+# arm-none-eabi- must be part of path environment
+set(TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX                arm-none-eabi-)
+
+set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER                ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}gcc)
+set(CMAKE_ASM_COMPILER              ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER})
+set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER              ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}g++)
+set(CMAKE_LINKER                    ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}g++)
+set(CMAKE_OBJCOPY                   ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}objcopy)
+set(CMAKE_SIZE                      ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}size)
+
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_ASM     ".elf")
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_C       ".elf")
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_CXX     ".elf")
+
+set(CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE STATIC_LIBRARY)
+
+# MCU specific flags
+set(TARGET_FLAGS "-mcpu=cortex-m4 -mfpu=fpv4-sp-d16 -mfloat-abi=hard ")
+
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} ${TARGET_FLAGS}")
+set(CMAKE_ASM_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -x assembler-with-cpp -MMD -MP")
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections -fstack-usage")
+
+# The cyclomatic-complexity parameter must be defined for the Cyclomatic complexity feature in STM32CubeIDE to work.
+# However, most GCC toolchains do not support this option, which causes a compilation error; for this reason, the feature is disabled by default.
+# set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fcyclomatic-complexity")
+
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-Os -g0")
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "-Os -g0")
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions -fno-threadsafe-statics")
+
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${TARGET_FLAGS}")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -T \"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/STM32F411XX_FLASH.ld\"")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} --specs=nano.specs")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,-Map=${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.map -Wl,--gc-sections")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,--print-memory-usage")
+set(TOOLCHAIN_LINK_LIBRARIES "m")
diff --git a/cmake/starm-clang.cmake b/cmake/starm-clang.cmake
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd58ca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cmake/starm-clang.cmake
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME               Generic)
+set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR          arm)
+
+set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID Clang)
+set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID Clang)
+
+# Some default llvm settings
+set(TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX                starm-)
+
+set(CMAKE_C_COMPILER                ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}clang)
+set(CMAKE_ASM_COMPILER              ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER})
+set(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER              ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}clang++)
+set(CMAKE_LINKER                    ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}clang)
+set(CMAKE_OBJCOPY                   ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}objcopy)
+set(CMAKE_SIZE                      ${TOOLCHAIN_PREFIX}size)
+
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_ASM     ".elf")
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_C       ".elf")
+set(CMAKE_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX_CXX     ".elf")
+
+set(CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE STATIC_LIBRARY)
+
+# STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG allows you to choose the toolchain configuration.
+# Possible values are:
+#  "STARM_HYBRID"   : Hybrid configuration using starm-clang Assemler and Compiler and GNU Linker
+#  "STARM_NEWLIB"   : starm-clang toolchain with NEWLIB C library
+#  "STARM_PICOLIBC" : starm-clang toolchain with PICOLIBC C library
+set(STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG "STARM_PICOLIBC")
+
+if(STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG STREQUAL "STARM_HYBRID")
+  set(TOOLCHAIN_MULTILIBS "--multi-lib-config=\"$ENV{CLANG_GCC_CMSIS_COMPILER}/multilib.gnu_tools_for_stm32.yaml\" --gcc-toolchain=\"$ENV{GCC_TOOLCHAIN_ROOT}/..\"")
+elseif (STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG STREQUAL "STARM_NEWLIB")
+  set(TOOLCHAIN_MULTILIBS "--config=newlib.cfg")
+endif()
+
+# MCU specific flags
+set(TARGET_FLAGS "-mcpu=cortex-m4 -mfpu=fpv4-sp-d16 -mfloat-abi=hard ${TOOLCHAIN_MULTILIBS}")
+
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} ${TARGET_FLAGS}")
+set(CMAKE_ASM_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -x assembler-with-cpp -MP")
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections -ftls-model=local-exec -fstack-usage")
+
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-Og -g3")
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-Oz -g0")
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "-Og -g3")
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "-Oz -g0")
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions -fno-threadsafe-statics")
+
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${TARGET_FLAGS}")
+
+if (STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG STREQUAL "STARM_HYBRID")
+  set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} --gcc-specs=nano.specs")
+  set(TOOLCHAIN_LINK_LIBRARIES "m")
+elseif(STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG STREQUAL "STARM_NEWLIB")
+  set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -lcrt0-nosys")
+elseif(STARM_TOOLCHAIN_CONFIG STREQUAL "STARM_PICOLIBC")
+  set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -lcrt0-hosted -z norelro")
+
+endif()
+
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -T \"${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/STM32F411XX_FLASH.ld\"")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,-Map=${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.map -Wl,--gc-sections")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -z noexecstack")
+set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,--print-memory-usage ")
diff --git a/cmake/stm32cubemx/CMakeLists.txt b/cmake/stm32cubemx/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..618c8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cmake/stm32cubemx/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.22)
+# Enable CMake support for ASM and C languages
+enable_language(C ASM)
+# STM32CubeMX generated symbols (macros)
+set(MX_Defines_Syms 
+	USE_HAL_DRIVER 
+	STM32F411xE
+    $<$:DEBUG>
+)
+
+# STM32CubeMX generated include paths
+set(MX_Include_Dirs
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Inc
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Include
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/CMSIS/Include
+)
+
+# STM32CubeMX generated application sources
+set(MX_Application_Src
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/main.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/freertos.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_it.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/sysmem.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/syscalls.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../startup_stm32f411xe.s
+)
+
+# STM32 HAL/LL Drivers
+set(STM32_Drivers_Src
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Core/Src/system_stm32f4xx.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c
+)
+
+# Drivers Midllewares
+
+
+set(FreeRTOS_Src
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c
+)
+
+# Link directories setup
+set(MX_LINK_DIRS
+
+)
+# Project static libraries
+set(MX_LINK_LIBS 
+    STM32_Drivers
+    ${TOOLCHAIN_LINK_LIBRARIES}
+    FreeRTOS
+)
+# Interface library for includes and symbols
+add_library(stm32cubemx INTERFACE)
+target_include_directories(stm32cubemx INTERFACE ${MX_Include_Dirs})
+target_compile_definitions(stm32cubemx INTERFACE ${MX_Defines_Syms})
+
+# Create STM32_Drivers static library
+add_library(STM32_Drivers OBJECT)
+target_sources(STM32_Drivers PRIVATE ${STM32_Drivers_Src})
+target_link_libraries(STM32_Drivers PUBLIC stm32cubemx)
+
+
+# Create FreeRTOS static library
+add_library(FreeRTOS OBJECT)
+target_sources(FreeRTOS PRIVATE ${FreeRTOS_Src})
+target_link_libraries(FreeRTOS PUBLIC stm32cubemx)
+
+# Add STM32CubeMX generated application sources to the project
+target_sources(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${MX_Application_Src})
+
+# Link directories setup
+target_link_directories(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${MX_LINK_DIRS})
+
+# Add libraries to the project
+target_link_libraries(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} ${MX_LINK_LIBS})
+
+# Add the map file to the list of files to be removed with 'clean' target
+set_target_properties(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES ADDITIONAL_CLEAN_FILES ${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}.map)
+
+# Validate that STM32CubeMX code is compatible with C standard
+if((CMAKE_C_STANDARD EQUAL 90) OR (CMAKE_C_STANDARD EQUAL 99))
+    message(ERROR "Generated code requires C11 or higher")
+endif()
diff --git a/openocd.cfg b/openocd.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7b4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/openocd.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+source [find interface/stlink.cfg]
+source [find target/stm32f4x.cfg]
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/startup_stm32f411xe.s b/startup_stm32f411xe.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c1f70d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/startup_stm32f411xe.s
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file      startup_stm32f411xe.s
+  * @author    MCD Application Team
+  * @brief     STM32F411xExx Devices vector table for GCC based toolchains. 
+  *            This module performs:
+  *                - Set the initial SP
+  *                - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler,
+  *                - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address
+  *                - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually
+  *                  calls main()).
+  *            After Reset the Cortex-M4 processor is in Thread mode,
+  *            priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
+  * in the root directory of this software component.
+  * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+    
+  .syntax unified
+  .cpu cortex-m4
+  .fpu softvfp
+  .thumb
+
+.global  g_pfnVectors
+.global  Default_Handler
+
+/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section. 
+defined in linker script */
+.word  _sidata
+/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */  
+.word  _sdata
+/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */
+.word  _edata
+/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
+.word  _sbss
+/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
+.word  _ebss
+/* stack used for SystemInit_ExtMemCtl; always internal RAM used */
+
+/**
+ * @brief  This is the code that gets called when the processor first
+ *          starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely
+ *          necessary set is performed, after which the application
+ *          supplied main() routine is called. 
+ * @param  None
+ * @retval : None
+*/
+
+    .section  .text.Reset_Handler
+  .weak  Reset_Handler
+  .type  Reset_Handler, %function
+Reset_Handler:  
+  ldr   sp, =_estack    		 /* set stack pointer */
+
+/* Call the clock system initialization function.*/
+  bl  SystemInit   
+
+/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */  
+  ldr r0, =_sdata
+  ldr r1, =_edata
+  ldr r2, =_sidata
+  movs r3, #0
+  b LoopCopyDataInit
+
+CopyDataInit:
+  ldr r4, [r2, r3]
+  str r4, [r0, r3]
+  adds r3, r3, #4
+
+LoopCopyDataInit:
+  adds r4, r0, r3
+  cmp r4, r1
+  bcc CopyDataInit
+  
+/* Zero fill the bss segment. */
+  ldr r2, =_sbss
+  ldr r4, =_ebss
+  movs r3, #0
+  b LoopFillZerobss
+
+FillZerobss:
+  str  r3, [r2]
+  adds r2, r2, #4
+
+LoopFillZerobss:
+  cmp r2, r4
+  bcc FillZerobss
+
+/* Call static constructors */
+    bl __libc_init_array
+/* Call the application's entry point.*/
+  bl  main
+  bx  lr    
+.size  Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler
+
+/**
+ * @brief  This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an 
+ *         unexpected interrupt.  This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving
+ *         the system state for examination by a debugger.
+ * @param  None     
+ * @retval None       
+*/
+    .section  .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits
+Default_Handler:
+Infinite_Loop:
+  b  Infinite_Loop
+  .size  Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler
+/******************************************************************************
+*
+* The minimal vector table for a Cortex M3. Note that the proper constructs
+* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address
+* 0x0000.0000.
+* 
+*******************************************************************************/
+   .section  .isr_vector,"a",%progbits
+  .type  g_pfnVectors, %object
+    
+g_pfnVectors:
+  .word  _estack
+  .word  Reset_Handler
+  .word  NMI_Handler
+  .word  HardFault_Handler
+  .word  MemManage_Handler
+  .word  BusFault_Handler
+  .word  UsageFault_Handler
+  .word  0
+  .word  0
+  .word  0
+  .word  0
+  .word  SVC_Handler
+  .word  DebugMon_Handler
+  .word  0
+  .word  PendSV_Handler
+  .word  SysTick_Handler
+  
+  /* External Interrupts */
+  .word     WWDG_IRQHandler                   /* Window WatchDog              */                                        
+  .word     PVD_IRQHandler                    /* PVD through EXTI Line detection */                        
+  .word     TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler             /* Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line */            
+  .word     RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler               /* RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line */                      
+  .word     FLASH_IRQHandler                  /* FLASH                        */                                          
+  .word     RCC_IRQHandler                    /* RCC                          */                                            
+  .word     EXTI0_IRQHandler                  /* EXTI Line0                   */                        
+  .word     EXTI1_IRQHandler                  /* EXTI Line1                   */                          
+  .word     EXTI2_IRQHandler                  /* EXTI Line2                   */                          
+  .word     EXTI3_IRQHandler                  /* EXTI Line3                   */                          
+  .word     EXTI4_IRQHandler                  /* EXTI Line4                   */                          
+  .word     DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 0                */                  
+  .word     DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 1                */                   
+  .word     DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 2                */                   
+  .word     DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 3                */                   
+  .word     DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 4                */                   
+  .word     DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 5                */                   
+  .word     DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream 6                */                   
+  .word     ADC_IRQHandler                    /* ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s         */                   
+  .word     0               				  /* Reserved                      */                         
+  .word     0              					  /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     EXTI9_5_IRQHandler                /* External Line[9:5]s          */                          
+  .word     TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler          /* TIM1 Break and TIM9          */         
+  .word     TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler          /* TIM1 Update and TIM10        */         
+  .word     TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler     /* TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 */
+  .word     TIM1_CC_IRQHandler                /* TIM1 Capture Compare         */                          
+  .word     TIM2_IRQHandler                   /* TIM2                         */                   
+  .word     TIM3_IRQHandler                   /* TIM3                         */                   
+  .word     TIM4_IRQHandler                   /* TIM4                         */                   
+  .word     I2C1_EV_IRQHandler                /* I2C1 Event                   */                          
+  .word     I2C1_ER_IRQHandler                /* I2C1 Error                   */                          
+  .word     I2C2_EV_IRQHandler                /* I2C2 Event                   */                          
+  .word     I2C2_ER_IRQHandler                /* I2C2 Error                   */                            
+  .word     SPI1_IRQHandler                   /* SPI1                         */                   
+  .word     SPI2_IRQHandler                   /* SPI2                         */                   
+  .word     USART1_IRQHandler                 /* USART1                       */                   
+  .word     USART2_IRQHandler                 /* USART2                       */                   
+  .word     0               				  /* Reserved                       */                   
+  .word     EXTI15_10_IRQHandler              /* External Line[15:10]s        */                          
+  .word     RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler              /* RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line */                 
+  .word     OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler            /* USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line */                       
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved     				  */         
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved       			  */         
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved 					  */
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler           /* DMA1 Stream7                 */                          
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     SDIO_IRQHandler                   /* SDIO                         */                   
+  .word     TIM5_IRQHandler                   /* TIM5                         */                   
+  .word     SPI3_IRQHandler                   /* SPI3                         */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */
+  .word     DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 0                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 1                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 2                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 3                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 4                */                   
+  .word     0                    			  /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0              					  /* Reserved                     */                     
+  .word     0              					  /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     0             					  /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     0              					  /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     0              					  /* Reserved                     */                          
+  .word     OTG_FS_IRQHandler                 /* USB OTG FS                   */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 5                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 6                */                   
+  .word     DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler           /* DMA2 Stream 7                */                   
+  .word     USART6_IRQHandler                 /* USART6                       */                    
+  .word     I2C3_EV_IRQHandler                /* I2C3 event                   */                          
+  .word     I2C3_ER_IRQHandler                /* I2C3 error                   */                          
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                         
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */
+  .word     FPU_IRQHandler                    /* FPU                          */
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */                   
+  .word     0                                 /* Reserved                     */
+  .word     SPI4_IRQHandler                   /* SPI4                         */
+  .word     SPI5_IRQHandler                   /* SPI5                         */  
+                    
+
+  .size  g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler. 
+* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override 
+* this definition.
+* 
+*******************************************************************************/
+   .weak      NMI_Handler
+   .thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler
+  
+   .weak      HardFault_Handler
+   .thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+  
+   .weak      MemManage_Handler
+   .thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler
+  
+   .weak      BusFault_Handler
+   .thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      UsageFault_Handler
+   .thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      SVC_Handler
+   .thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      DebugMon_Handler
+   .thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      PendSV_Handler
+   .thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      SysTick_Handler
+   .thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler              
+  
+   .weak      WWDG_IRQHandler                   
+   .thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler      
+                  
+   .weak      PVD_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+               
+   .weak      TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler                  
+   .thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      FLASH_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      RCC_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      EXTI0_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      EXTI1_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      EXTI2_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set EXTI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler 
+                 
+   .weak      EXTI3_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                        
+   .weak      EXTI4_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+         
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler 
+                 
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler              
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      ADC_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set ADC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      EXTI9_5_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+      
+   .weak      TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+      
+   .weak      TIM1_CC_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      TIM2_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      TIM3_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      TIM4_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      I2C1_EV_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      I2C1_ER_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      I2C2_EV_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C2_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      I2C2_ER_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C2_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                           
+   .weak      SPI1_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                        
+   .weak      SPI2_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set SPI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      USART1_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      USART2_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                                  
+   .weak      EXTI15_10_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+               
+   .weak      RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler         
+   .thumb_set OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      SDIO_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set SDIO_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      TIM5_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set TIM5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      SPI3_IRQHandler            
+   .thumb_set SPI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+               
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+            
+   .weak      OTG_FS_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set OTG_FS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                     
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler               
+   .thumb_set DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                  
+   .weak      USART6_IRQHandler      
+   .thumb_set USART6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                        
+   .weak      I2C3_EV_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C3_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                        
+   .weak      I2C3_ER_IRQHandler   
+   .thumb_set I2C3_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+                        
+   .weak      FPU_IRQHandler                  
+   .thumb_set FPU_IRQHandler,Default_Handler  
+
+   .weak      SPI4_IRQHandler                  
+   .thumb_set SPI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+   .weak      SPI5_IRQHandler                  
+   .thumb_set SPI5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler